Product Catalog - Analytik Jena Life Science (2014)
Product Catalog - Analytik Jena Life Science (2014)
Product Catalog - Analytik Jena Life Science (2014)
Applications 2014
+
+
+
+
+
Products and
Applications 2014
Your distributor:
3
Life Science unlimited
Research for life Strong brands fuel the growth and the
international expansion
Researchers in the life sciences study the structures and Analytik Jena is a case study of organic growth and
behavior of living organisms — and the field is experiencing sensible international expansion, with a sense for growth
extremely fast growth. The markets of the future are those markets — a talent evidenced in particular when the
throughout the world where increasing standards of living company successfully expanded its Life Science product
are generating a disproportionately high demand for biotech area within just a few years. The process was accompanied
products, and Analytik Jena is keeping a very close eye on by the acquisition of promising companies that round out
those markets. The company offers its customers one-stop the product portfolio. The competencies underlying the
shopping for all of the instruments and consumables they Biometra, CyBio and UVP brands are having a tremendous
need to obtain results from a sample. The product portfolio impact under the Analytik Jena umbrella and hold enormous
encompasses over 500 reagents and kits, including those potential for the future. Likely the most important sign of this
for nucleic acid isolation, PCR and pathogen analyses. The new direction came when the company made the largest
company’s in-house expertise is protected by 150 patents. acquisition of its 23-year history. In purchasing UVP, LLC
of the United States, Analytik Jena not only acquired one
of the world’s leading providers of digital imaging systems
Bundling expertise under one roof for applications in proteomics, genomics, and plant and
animal research — the company also obtained a respected
firm with a long tradition and an excellent team. The move
A key priority for Analytik Jena is being able to support significantly strengthens the Life Science unit, supplementing
its customers with powerful systems throughout every and rounding out its product portfolio through the inclusion
phase of analysis. Continuously expanding its expertise of a broad range of new in vivo and in vitro systems —
allows Analytik Jena — both the parent company and its the latter ranging from basic gel documentation devices
subsidiaries — to offer its customers a diverse portfolio. to expanded, integrated instruments for fluorescent,
The range of products and services includes DNA isolation, chemiluminescent and colorimetric imaging and quantitative
robotics, standard and real-time PCR instruments, a variety analysis.
of detection methods, and molecular diagnostic kits for
food and water analysis. Automated, high-throughput
screening systems for the pharmaceutical industry remain
part of this extensive portfolio.
A number of instruments are defining new standards in
their fields and enjoying considerable prestige among users
throughout the world.
4
Always a step ahead with innovation Creating value, retaining value — maintenance
packages from Analytik Jena
Analytik Jena’s broad research and development expertise As Analytik Jena continues to expand its product portfolio,
currently encompasses 30 innovative projects, allowing the company’s sales and service network is becoming
the company to go on the offensive for its life science increasingly comprehensive and productive. The focus of this
customers. As standards of living rise around the globe — development is on robust products with long service lives,
even in developing and emerging economies — demand products that live up to the quality standards represented by
for biotech and molecular diagnostic products is increasing the “Made in Germany” label.
at a disproportionately high rate. And innovation is the In order to ensure high sample throughput and stable test
key to meeting that demand. Analytik Jena recognizes its results over long periods of time, Analytik Jena offers its
customers’ needs and is systematically pressing ahead customers three maintenance packages that include a variety
with innovation management for a diverse array of kits, of instrument care and testing services. These maintenance
maintaining its focus both on the quality and quantity of options begin with the Economy Package, which includes
innovation, and, most importantly, on the speed at which the performance testing, small repairs and reconditioning
company develops marketable solutions. services for worn parts. They progress to the Standard
To this end, the company has recently joined forces with Package, which provides additional calibration services.
its subsidiary AJ Innuscreen to introduce an innovative Finally, there is the Premium Package, and customers opting
technology for enriching and isolating freely circulating DNA. for this also benefit from automatic software updates,
Based on a novel PME (polymer mediated enrichment) personal telephone assistance, and replacement units while
method, this technology allows researchers to study the their instruments are being repaired — all in addition to the
DNA that circulates freely in a variety of bodily fluids, such as services already listed.
plasma, serum, and urine. This type of research is becoming
increasingly important in medical applications, such as sports
medicine, non-invasive prenatal diagnostics, diagnostics
for metabolic diseases, and diagnostics and monitoring
for tumor diseases. The new Analytik Jena PME method
is extremely easy and fast, and does not require large
quantities of reagents.
5
Let‘s make a Deal
Up-to-date product offers available 24/7
Monthly customer promotions for a wide variety
of products and consumables
Attractive discounts
w w w.aj-ls.com
Whether you are scientist or student, laboratory notebook is an essential part of each
research project. With the laboratory notebook of Analytik Jena you are perfectly able to
document your laboratory research and daily work results.
Order information
7
New Products
8
New Products
PureProve® Concept
Consumables for high sensitivity DNA-amplification
assays sensitive to contaminating DNA
Clean room technology minimizes contamination
risks in production, filling and packaging
Plastics are treated with ethylene oxide to destroy
contaminating DNA
Other components are specially treated to destroy or
remove DNA
Each production lot complies to our elaborate quality
assurance criteria
9
New Products
GelStudio Systems
Computer based systems and designed to
provide high functionality with easy-to-use
operating interfaces
GelStudio line also offers instruments with
integrated computer
VisionWorksLS gel analysis software is included
in all GelStudio systems
Brilliant images of fluorescence and colorimet-
ric applications
Monochrome, scientific grade CCD camera for
black & white images
Extraordinary compact systems are designed
for fast saving and printing of gels
10
New Products
InnuPure® C96
New and compact design
Adjustable elution volumes (50 - 500 μl)
Ready-to-use purification kits for easy handling and
for the extraction of high quality nucleic acids
Preparation of up to 96 samples in parallel
Preprogrammed extraction protocols for optimal
reproducibility
Minimum number of manual steps
Optimized lysis by using an integrateable thermal
shaker
11
Contents
Mobile diagnostics
1 MobiLab – Your lab to go.......................................................................................... 246
2 Kits for Mobilab.............................................................................................................251
3 ePaTOX II..........................................................................................................................261
12
Contents
Instruments
1 Mixing and homogenization..................................................................................... 270
2 Automated nucleic acid isolation........................................................................... 286
3 Spectrophotometer..................................................................................................... 296
4 Liquid handling............................................................................................................. 304
5 Real-time PCR thermal cycler...................................................................................314
6 rapid PCR thermal cycler............................................................................................ 326
7 Standard PCR thermal cycler................................................................................... 336
8 BioImaging...................................................................................................................... 342
9 General laboratory equipment................................................................................ 376
Consumables/Accessories
1 Selection charts/Overview starting material...................................................... 384
2 Microplates, tubes, strips and foils......................................................................... 388
3 Consumables for KingFisher ® systems................................................................ 393
4 Pipetting tips.................................................................................................................. 394
LIMS
1 LABbase® – The LIMS Standard............................................................................. 400
2 readyLIMS® – A compact solution for small partners..................................... 404
3 ENMO®hydro – Automated water quality monitoring..................................... 406
4 AJ Blomesystem in the field of Life Science...................................................... 408
Service
1 Order information.........................................................................................................412
2 Information......................................................................................................................413
3 Numerical index............................................................................................................414
4 A – Z index........................................................................................................................421
13
Analytik Jena | Life Science offers a comprehen-
sive range of kits for nucleic acid isolation as well
as enzymes, Reagents and additives for PCR.
1 Product overview 16
1.1 Description of product groups 16
1.2 Selection chart for DNA extraction 18
1.3 Slection chart for RNA extraction 24
6 Epigenomic 142
6.1 Epigenomic solutions and kits 142
15
1.1 Description of product groups
The innuPREP extraction and purification systems have been The blackPREP Kits are a new product line of specialized kits for
developed for a very fast and efficient isolation of DNA and/or RNA isolation of DNA and/or RNA from different kinds of complex start-
from different kinds of starting materials. The isolation procedure ing materials. The extraction procedure is based on a new patented
is based on a new kind of chemistry, which allows the isolation of technology and combines a very fast and efficient lysis step with
nucleic acids with high yield and quality. The isolation procedure the subsequent binding of DNA or RNA on a Spin Filter surface. The
consists of lysis of starting material, binding of the DNA or RNA on Spin Filter bound nucleic acids are washed and finally eluted using a
the surface of a Spin Filter column, washing of the bound nucleic low salt buffer. All kits are optimized for a specific application to get
acids and its final elution. All steps are performed by means of a maximum yield and high quality DNA or RNA.
table centrifuge.
The innuEASY Kits allow to speed up nucleic acid extraction All innuSPEED Kits are optimized kits for the complete isolation of
processes. Due to the absence of the former necessary steps to nucleic acids (DNA and RNA) from various starting materials. These
isolate the nucleic acid, the extracted DNA or RNA can be used im- kits contain special Lysis Tubes with application specific beads for
mediately after a few minutes for further downstream applications. the usage of a homogenizer (e. g. SpeedMill P12 or SpeedMill PLUS).
The extraction procedure is based on a new patented technology. It Furthermore the kits also contain all other components needed for
combines a fast sample lysis of the starting material using a unique the extraction of nucleic acids from the homogenized sample. The
two components formula of solid Reagents. Therefore the whole mechanical disruption of the sample as well as the proteolytic lysis
procedure is finished within 1 hour (sample lysis and rapid PCR) by step take place inside the Lysis Tube. Following the DNA or RNA is
minimal hands on time. All Reagents for sample lysis and amplifica- bound to a Spin Filter membrane, washed and finally eluted. Both,
tion of the nucleic acid are provided in the kit. the yield and quality of the isolated nucleic acids are excellent.
The innuPREP Kits KFml have been developed for the automatic iso- KFFLX innuPREP kits have been specifically adapted to the operating
lation of nucleic acids by using the extraction system KingFisher ml. features of the KingFisher ® FLEX automated extraction system. All
These kits are based on the isolation of nucleic acids by magnetic products contain the consumables and solutions needed for highly
particles. The kits contain all necessary Reagents for the extraction, efficient DNA and/or RNA isolation, which is based on the use of
as well as all needed consumables for the KingFisher processors. specially developed magnetic particles.
16
1.1 Description of product groups
1
1 product overview
All innuPREP-IPC16 kits contain pre-filled, sealed Reagent Strips/ The innuPREP Kits -IPC96 are optimized for the usage of the
Plates, allowing operators to use the InnuPure® C16 for automating InnuPure® C96 and predestinated for extremely fast and efficient
nucleic acid isolation with as few manual steps as possible. The isolation of DNA or RNA from different starting materials. The kits
piercing feature of this unit eliminates the need for removing the contain specialized magnetic or paramagnetic beads, which will be
sealing foil, making potential cross-contamination a thing of the processed in an automized nucleic acid extraction robot. The nucleic
past. Plus, customers can choose between Reagent Strips (for pre- acids to be isolated are adsorbed to surface functionalized magnetic
paring individual samples) and Reagent Plates (for processing up to or paramagnetic particles. Further the kits contain the required extrac-
16 samples in parallel). Following the highly efficient lysis process, tion chemistry, which is optimally adapted to the application or used
nucleic acids are bound to magnetic or paramagnetic particles, starting material and facilitates the isolation of very pure nucleic acids
washed and, in a final step, eluted into a separate vessel. with excellent yields. For extraction up to 96 samples in parallel.
LOOXSTER® PureProve®
LOOXSTER® is a technology for the enrichment of bacterial and The PureProve® concept: following suitable processes for reducing
fungal DNA in DNA isolates containing predominant amounts contamination with DNA, all system components. Clean room
of mammalian DNA. Resulting DNA is available for all kinds of technology minimizes contamination risks in production, filling and
downstream applications. LOOXSTER® is an enabling technology packaging. The plastics are treated with ethylene oxide to destroy
enhancing the efficiency of downstream applications. All system contaminating DNA and other components are specially treated to
components are PureProve® level assuring low risk of foreign destroy or remove DNA. Each production lot complies to our elabo-
DNA contamination. LOOXSTER® enrichment-effect is achieved rate quality assurance criteria.
by the specific affinity of LOOXSTER® for non-methylated CpG
dinucleotides. DNA extracts containing a mixture of predominantly
methylated host DNA and minute amounts of bacterial or fungal
DNA are incubated under stringent conditions with LOOXSTER®.
Under these conditions LOOXSTER® binds to DNA-molecules
containing non-methylated CpG dinucleotides. A stringent washing
step removes methylated DNA and finally enriches bacterial and
fungal DNA can be eluted.
innuAMP Tests
17
1.2 Selection chart for DNA extraction
Manual
1.2
innuPREP
18
x
55
innuPREP Plasmid MIDI Direct Kit
x
56
innuPREP Plasmid Rapid Kit
x
57
innuPREP Plasmid Small Kit
x
x
59
innuPREP PCRpure Kit
x
x
59
innuPREP PCRpure 96 Kit
x
x
60
innuPREP Gel Extraction Kit
x
x
x
61
innuPREP DOUBLEpure Kit
x
62
innuPREPDYEpure Kit
37
blackPREP Swab DNA Kit
38
blackPREP Rodent tail DNA Kit
blackPREP
x
39
blackPREP FFPE DNA Kit
x
(x)
48
x
x
x
x
51
x
89
x
90
x
x
92
19
1 Selection charts/Overview starting material 1.2
1.2 Selection chart for DNA extraction
Manual
1.2
innuPREP
x – Recommended Kit
Sample type
Catalog page 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 42 43 44 45 74 75 53 54
Pepper (virus, bacteria)
Plant material x
Plasma (virus) x (x) x
Plasmid x x
Powder (virus, bacteria)
Rodent tails x
Saliva x
Saliva stains x
Salt (virus, bacteria)
Sand (virus, bacteria)
Serum (virus) x (x) x
Soil
Sperm stains x
Spicery (virus, bacteria)
Sputum (Mycobacteria) x
Stamps and envelopes x
Stool x x
Sugar (virus, bacteria)
Swabs x x x (x) x
Tea (virus, bacteria)
Ticks
Tissue samples x x (x) x x x (x) x
Washing detergent
(virus, bacteria)
Yeast
20
x
55
innuPREP Plasmid MIDI Direct Kit
x
56
innuPREP Plasmid Rapid Kit
x
57
innuPREP Plasmid Small Kit
59
innuPREP PCRpure Kit
59
innuPREP PCRpure 96 Kit
60
innuPREP Gel Extraction Kit
61
innuPREP DOUBLEpure Kit
62
innuPREPDYEpure Kit
x
37
blackPREP Swab DNA Kit
x
38
blackPREP Rodent tail DNA Kit
blackPREP
39
blackPREP FFPE DNA Kit
48
x
49
x
50
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
51
x
x
89
x
90
x
91
x
92
x
93
21
1 Selection charts/Overview starting material 1.2
1.2 Selection chart for DNA extraction
Sample type
Catalog Page 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 118 119
Bacterial cell pellets (gram+ & gram-) x
Blood x x x x
Bone powder x
Bronchoalveolar lavage (Mycobacteria) x
Cell culture supernatants (virus) x x
Cell-free body fluids (virus) x x
Paraffin-embedded tissue x
Plant material x
Plasma (Virus) x x
Rodent tails x
Saliva stains x
Serum (Virus) x x
Sputum (Mycobacteria) x
Stool x x x
Swabs x x x x
22
x
x
x
x
x
innuPREP DNA I Kit – KFmL
121
KFml
systems
x
innuPREP Bacteria DNA Kit – KFmL
innuPREP
122
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
innuPREP Virus DNA Kit – KFmL
123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
innuPREP Virus DNA / RNA Kit – KFmL
125
x
x
x
innuPREP Tissue DNA Kit – KF96 & KFFLX
127
x
innuPREP
128
KF96 & KFFLX
x
innuPREP Blood DNA Kit – KFFLX
129
Automated DNA extraction using KingFisher ®
x
innuPREP Blood DNA Midi Kit – KFFLX
130
x
x
x
PureProve® Blood & Tissue DNA Maxi Kit-KFFLX
131
x
x
x
LOOXTER® Blood & Tissue DNA Kit-KFFLX
132
x
innuPREP Plant DNA Kit - KFFLX
133
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
innuPREP DNA/RNA Virus Plus Kit-KFFLX
137
1.2 Selection chart for DNA extraction
23
1 Selection charts/Overview starting material 1.2
1.3 Slection chart for RNA extraction
Manual
1.3
x – Recommended Kit
Sample type
Catalog Page 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 73 74 75 50 51 87
Backing powder (virus, bacteria) x
Bacterial cells (gram+ & gram-) x x x x x
Blood x x
BTV
Cell culture supernatants (virus) x x x
Cell cultures (virus) x x x
Cell-free body fluids (virus) x x x
Cerebrospinal fluid (virus) x x x
Coffee powder (virus, bacteria) x
Dust (virus, bacteria) x
Eucaryotic cells x x x x x
Flour (virus, bacteria) x
Fungi x
Fungi spores
Liquor (virus)
Paraffin embedded material (virus) x x
Pepper (virus, bacteria) x
Plant material x
Plasma (virus) x x x
Powder (virus, bacteria) x
Salt (virus, bacteria) x
Sand (virus, bacteria) x
Serum (virus) x x x
Soil (virus, bacteria) x
Spicery (virus, bacteria) x
Stool samples x
Sugar (virus, bacteria) x
Swabs (virus) x x x
Tea (virus, bacteria) x
Ticks x
Tissue samples x x x x x x x x
Virus (various sources) x x x
Washing powder (virus, bacteria) x
Yeast cells x
24
x
95
innuSPEED Tissue RNA Kit
x
x
96
innuSPEED Plant RNA Kit
innuSPEED
homogenizer
Manual using
x
x
97
innuSPEED Bacteria/Fungi RNA Kit
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
innuPREP Virus DNA/RNA Kit - IPC16
116
systems
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
innuPREP Virus DNA/RNA Kit - IPC96
innuPREP
119
InnuPure® C16 and C96
Automated using InnuPure®
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
innuPREP Virus RNA Kit – KFmL
124
KFml
systems
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
(x)
innuPREP Virus DNA / RNA Kit – KFmL
innuPREP
125
x
x
x
(x)
innuPREP BTV RNA Kit – KFmL
126
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
134 innuPREP RNA Virus Plus Kit – KFFLX
KFFLX
x
x
(x)
innuPREP BTV RNA Virus Kit – KFFLX
innuPREP
135
Automated using KingFisher ®
x
x
(x)
(x)
innuPREP BVDV/INFL/SP Kit – KFFLX
136
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x innuPREP DNA/RNA Virus Plus Kit - KFFLX
137
1.3 Slection chart for RNA extraction
25
1 Selection charts/Overview starting material 1.3
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
Manual
innuPREP blackPREP
x - Recommended
2 Manual nucleic acid isolation/Enrichment
Cataloge page 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
Blood x x x x x x
Blood sticks/ FPE samples x x
Whole blood 50 µl x x
Whole blood up to 300 µl x
Whole blood 0.3 -1 ml x
Whole blood 0.5 - 2 ml x (x)
Whole blood 0.5 - 5 ml x
Bone powder x
Chewing gum x
Cigarette butts x
Dental floss x
Eucaryotic cells x x (x)
1x 106 cells x x
5x 10 cells
6
x (x)
Finger nails x
Forensic material x
Fungi x
Hairs, barb hairs, hair roots x
Mycoplasma x
Paraffin-embedded tissue x x
Plant material x
Up to 100 mg x
Fresh x
Frozen x
Dried x
Rodent tails x x
0.5 - 1 cm x x
Mouse tail 0.5 - 1.2 cm x
26
Rat tail 0.2 - 0.6 cm x
innuPREP D
innuPREP D
innuPREP B
innuPREP B
innuPREP B
innuPREP B
innuPREP P
innuPREP F
blackPREP
blackPREP
blackPREP
innuPREP
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
Cataloge page 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
Blood x x x x x x
Blood sticks/ FPE samples x x
Whole blood 50 µl x x
Whole blood up to 300 µl x
Whole blood 0.3 -1 ml x
Whole blood 0.5 - 2 ml x (x)
2.1 Whole
Isolation of- genomic
blood 0.5 5 ml DNA x
englisch
Bone powder x
Chewing gum x
Cigarette butts x
Dental floss x
2.1
Eucaryotic cells x x (x)
1x 106 cells Manual
x x
5x 10 cells
6 innuPREP
x (x) blackPREP
xFinger
- Recommended
nails x
Paraffin-embedded tissue x x
Plant material x
Up to 100 mg x
Fresh x
Frozen x
Driedpage
Cataloge 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 x
36 37 38 39
Rodent
Blood tails x x x x x x x x
0.5 - 1sticks/
Blood cm FPE samples x x x x
Mouse tail 0.550
Whole blood - 1.2
µl cm x x x
Rat tail blood
Whole 0.2 - 0.6 cm300 µl
up to x x
Whole
Saliva blood 0.3 -1 ml
stains x x
Whole
Sperm blood 0.5 - 2 ml
stains x x (x)
Whole
Stamps blood
and 0.5 - 5 ml
envelopes x x
Swabspowder
Bone x x x
Buccalgum
Chewing swabs x x x
Swabsbutts
Cigarette from surfaces x
Tissue
Dental samples
floss x x (x) x
Biopsiescells
Eucaryotic (host DNA) x x (x) x
Up to 5cells
1x 10 6
mg x (x)
x
Up to 620
5x 10 mg
cells x (x) x
Up nails
Finger to 50 mg x x
Forensic material x
Fungi x
Hairs, barb hairs, hair roots x
Mycoplasma x
Paraffin-embedded tissue x x
Plant material x
Up to 100 mg x
Fresh x
Frozen x
Dried x
Rodent tails x x
0.5 - 1 cm x x
Mouse tail 0.5 - 1.2 cm x
27
Rat tail 0.2 - 0.6 cm x
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
le c t ed pro g ew
äh
se us
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-v
tic -v
In
s
o-D itr o
iagnos -Di
tissue samples, whole blood or blood sticks and eucaryotic cells. The
patented chemistry underlying the purification method combines
extremely fast lysis followed by efficient binding of the genomic DNA Storage conditions and stability
to the optimized surface of a Spin Filter. The bound DNA is then The innuPREP DNA Micro Kit will remain stable for at least 12 months
washed and eluted. The result is an excellent yield of highly pure if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14 to 25 °C). The
DNA, available for all subsequent applications after only 8 minutes. recommended storage temperature for lyophilized Proteinase K is
The kit is also certified for in-vitro diagnostics use (CE-IVD). 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubilized, it should be stored
in aliquots at –20 °C, because repeated freezing and thawing will
significantly reduce its activity.
Procedure
1. Lyse the starting
material 1 Sample application
2. Bind the DNA to the Extraction of genomic DNA from 50 µl whole blood samples, fol-
3
Spin Filter lowed by human-specific PCR (GAPDH).
3. Wash the bound DNA
4. Elute the DNA
Lane 1: DNA ladder
2 Lane 2 – 7: PCR products
Extraction time:
Approx. 8 minutes after lysis
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg gDNA
Order information
Average yield:
Order number Quantity
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
845-KS-1010010 10 reactions
Average purity (A 260:A 280): 845-KS-1010050 50 reactions
1.7 – 2.0 845-KS-1010250 250 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
28
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
le c t ed pro g ew
ähl te
se us P
ro
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-
tic -v os
In
s
v
o-D itr o
iagnos -Diagn
2.1
Product description Kit components
The universal innuPREP DNA Mini Kit has been specially designed Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Proteinase K, Washing Solutions,
for fast, efficient purification of genomic DNA from a variety of Elution Buffer, Spin Filter (blue), Receiver Tubes, Elution Tubes,
different starting materials. The kit utilizes patented Dual Chemistry user manual
Product specifications
Starting material:
Tissue samples of up to 50 mg After the DNA was isolated, the mouse DNA was target-specific
Rodent tail specimens 0.5 – 1 cm in length amplified (GAPDH).
Paraffin samples (tissue)
Eucaryotic cells (max. 5 × 106)
Buccal swabs Lane 1: DNA ladder
Lane 2 – 4: Amplification after
DNA isolation from 5 mg tissue
Extraction time: Lane 6 – 8: Amplification after
Approx. 8 minutes after lysis DNA isolation from 30 g tissue
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg gDNA
29
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
4a 4b
5a 5b
Product specifications
Starting material: Lane 1: Marker Lane 1: Marker
Eucaryotic cells (max. 5 × 106) Lane 2 – 5: Genomic DNA Lane 2 – 5: Total cellular
extracted from a human RNA extracted from a
Tissue samples (max. 20 mg) cell line human cell line
Gram+ and gram– bacteria (max. 1 × 109)
Extraction time:
Approx. 15 – 40 minutes
Binding capacity:
Approx. 100 µg RNA; > 50 µg gDNA Order information
30
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
le c t ed pro g ew
ähl te
se us P
ro
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-
tic -v os
In
s
v
o-D itr o
iagnos -Diagn
2.1
Product description Kit components
The innuPREP Forensic Kit is a sophisticated tool optimized specifi- Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Proteinase K, Washing Solutions,
cally for isolating genomic DNA from tiny samples and from highly Elution Buffer, Spin Filter (blue), Receiver Tubes, Elution Tubes,
contaminated forensic specimens. Extraction has already been user manual
Procedure
1. Lyse the forensic 1 Sample application
sample Extraction of genomic DNA from postage stamps, followed by
3
2. Bind the DNA to the amplification of a target sequence specific to human beings (marker
Spin Filter for the Y chromosome; human GAPDH; marker for aneuploidy on
3. Wash the bound chromosome 21). The amplified DNA fragments were analyzed us-
DNA ing an Agilent Bioanalyzer.
2
4. Elute the gDNA
Stamps
(female DNA)
4
Product specifications
Starting material:
Blood and traces of blood
Hair, hair roots and beard stubble
Finger nails
Stamps and envelopes Stamps
Cigarette butts (male DNA)
Chewing gum
Swab samples and fingerprints taken from surfaces
Traces of sperm
Bone meal
Extraction time:
Approx. 15 minutes after lysis
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg gDNA Order information
31
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
le c t ed pro g ew
äh
se us
du
A
cts
better performance
für die
for in
itr
-v
tic -v
In
s
o-D itr o
iagnos -Di
Procedure
1. Lyse whole blood 1 Sample application
sample Extraction of gDNA from differrent 400 µl bloos samples (EDTA) in
3
2. Bind the DNA to the comparison with another competitor. The extracted gDNA was the
Spin Filter visualized on an 0.8 % TAE agarose gel.
3. Wash the bound DNA
4. Elute the gDNA
2
Product specifications
Starting material:
Whole blood samples (up to 400 µl)
Fresh or frozen blood
Stabilizers: EDTA or citrate Lane 1: DNA Ladder Comparison of quantity of extracted
Lane 2-3: Extracted gDNA between Kit of analytikjena and
gDNA from 400 µl blood competitor.
Extraction time: samples (EDTA) with The innuPREP Blood DNA Mini Kit
Approx. 24 minutes, including lysis innuPREP Blood DNA Mini extracted 100 % more gDNA.
Kit (AJ)
Lane 4-5: Extracted
Binding capacity: gDNA from 400 µl blood
Column binding capacity: > 60 µg gDNA samples (EDTA) with a Kit
of competitor
Average yield:
Depends on sample and the used volume
Up to 30 µg gDNA Order information
32
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
2.1
Product description Kit components
The innuPREP Blood DNA Midi Kit has been specially designed as Ery Lysis Solution, Lysis Solution, Precipitation Buffer, Proteinase K,
an effective tool for isolating genomic DNA from 0.5 ml to 2 ml Washing Solution, Elution Buffer, Spin Filter (vanilla), Receiver
samples of whole blood. The kit combines three steps: erythrocytes Tubes, Elution Tubes, user manual
Procedure
1. Digest erythrocytes Sample application
3
and then pellet and Human genomic DNA was extracted from 1 ml whole blood
1
lyse lymphocytes samples. The isolated gDNA was then loaded directly onto a
2. Precipitate proteins 0.8 % TAE agarose gel.
3. Bind gDNA to the
Spin Filter 4
4. Wash DNA 2
5. Perform final elution
Product specifications
Starting material:
0.5 to 2 ml samples of whole blood
Fresh or frozen blood
Stabilizers: EDTA or citrate Lane 1 – 10: Human gDNA isolated from 1 ml whole blood samples
Extraction time:
Approx. 30 – 40 minutes, including lysis
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg gDNA
33
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
reducing the number of required centrifugation steps to an absolute is 4°C. Once the proteinase K has been solubilized, it should be
minimum. Following direct lysis of the whole blood sample, the stored in aliquots at -20°C, because repeated freezing and thawing
nucleic acids are bound to optimized MIDI Spin Filters, washed and will significantly reduce its activity.
finally eluted into a 15 ml tube using 300 – 400 µL elution buffer.
This allows researchers to isolate roughly 35 µg of extremely high-
quality genomic DNA from 1 ml whole blood. Sample application
The following example demonstrates the high quality of DNA isolated
15
14
from 6 different whole blood samples. Triple determinations on 1 ml
13
Procedure 12
11
10
whole blood were performed for each preparation. The isolated nucle-
1. Lyse the starting 1
ic acids were subsequently visualized on an 0.8 % TAE agarose gel.
9
8
7
6
material
5
4 15
3 14
2 13
11
3
4
10
5
9
3
6
8
8
7
9
10
6
11
12
Spin Filter
13
4
14
15
3
2
DNA
15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9
4
9
8
7 2 8
7
6 6
5 5
4 4
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 50 µg gDNA Lane 1: DNA ladder
lanes 2 – 4: DNA from 0.4 ml
whole blood
Average yield: lanes 6 – 8: DNA from 0.7 ml
Depends on the sample and the volumes used whole blood
From 0.5 ml whole blood: approx. 4 – 12 µg gDNA lanes 10 – 12: DNA from 1.0 ml
whole blood
From 1 ml whole blood: approx. 10 – 35 µg gDNA lanes 5 and 9: blanks
34
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
2.1
Product description Kit components
The innuPREP Blood DNA Master Kit is used for extracting genomic Ery Lysis Solution, Lysis Tubes PLP, Precipitation Buffer, Washing
DNA from 0.5 ml to 5 ml whole blood samples. The basis for the Solution, Elution Buffer, Spin Filter (blue), Receiver Tubes, Elution
test is an optimum combination of three steps: selective digestion Tubes, user manual
Extraction time:
Approx. 30 – 40 minutes, including lysis
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg gDNA
35
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
In addition to efficient sample digestion, the extraction routine also 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubilized, it should be stored
includes a prefiltration step to effectively minimize unlysed plant in aliquots at –20 °C, because repeated freezing and thawing will
components. The DNA is then bound to a Spin Filter column using significantly reduce its activity.
a novel Binding Buffer, after which it is washed and then eluted in a
separate Elution Tube. The extracted nucleic acid is then immedi-
ately available for a number of downstream applications and can be Sample application
stored for future applications without any trouble. Plant DNA was isolated from rice. The purified DNA was analysed
by plant specific Real-Time PCR.
Procedure
1. Homogenize and
lyse the plant 1
material; follow with
3
a prefiltration step
(use Prefilter)
2. Bind the DNA to the
Spin Filter 2
3. Wash the bound
DNA
4. Elute
Average yield:
Depends on the type and starting quantity of the plant material
Approx. 3 – 25 µg
36
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
2.1
Product description Kit components
The blackPREP Swab DNA Kit has been optimized for fast, simple Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Proteinase K, Washing Solutions,
extraction of DNA from buccal swab samples. The kit contains Elution Buffer, Prefilter (colourless), Spin Filter (black), Receiver
optimized swabs for collecting samples. Each swab consists of a Tubes, Elution Tubes, user manual
Product specifications
Starting material:
Buccal swabs
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg DNA
Average yield:
Depends on starting sample
Up to 20 µg DNA
37
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
Procedure
1. Lyse the pieces of Sample application
mouse or rat tail Genomic DNA was extracted from pieces of rodent tails and the
2. Bind the DNA to the 1 3 extracted gDNA was then visualized on an 0.8 % TAE agarose gel.
Spin Filter
3. Wash the bound DNA
4. Elute the gDNA Lane 1: DNA ladder
Lane 2 – 11: Extracted
2 gDNA from mouse tail pieces
(1.0 cm)
Extraction time:
Lysis: Between 1 and no more than 3 hours
Isolation: approx. 9 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg DNA
Average yield:
Mouse tail pieces (1.2 cm): 30 – 40 µg
Rat tail pieces (0.6 cm): 35 – 45 µg Order information
38
2.1 Isolation of genomic DNA
le c t ed pro g ew
ähl te
se us P
ro
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-
tic -v os
In
s
v
o-D itr o
iagnos -Diagn
2.1
Product description Storage conditions and stability
The blackPREP FFPE DNA Kit has been specially adapted for extract- The blackPREP FFPE DNA Kit will remain stable for at least 12
ing genomic DNA from formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue months if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14 °C to
samples. The novel chemistry underlying this purification kit renders 25 °C). The recommended storage temperature for lyophilized
Extraction time:
Approx. 2.5 hours, including lysis
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: approx. 50 µg Summary:
K-ras: cd12 (Val) present [1]
Average yield:
Depends on type and amount of starting material used
39
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
Along with Spin Filter columns, these products also make use of
magnetic particles for manual DNA separation.
Special highlight: the ability to isolate microbial DNA and RNA at the
same time from a single sample.
Manuell
innuPREP blackPREP
"x - Recommended
(x) - Recommended with limitations"
2 Manual nucleic acid isolation/Enrichment
2.2
(x) - Recommended with limitations"
Flour (Virus, Bacteria) x
Mycobacteria x
innuPREP Bacteria DNA Kit
le c t ed pro g ew
äh
se us
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-v
tic -v
In
s
o-D itr o
iagnos -Di
process combines an initial lysis step using lysozyme and a subse- Proteinase K is 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubilized,
quent proteolytic digestion step with a highly efficient process for it should be stored in aliquots at -20 °C, because repeated freezing
binding bacterial DNA to the surface of a Spin Filter membrane. The and thawing will significantly reduce its activity.
DNA is then washed and desorbed from the surface of the filter.
Extraction is based on Spin Filter columns and, in addition to being
very easy to perform, also makes it possible to bind more than Sample application
50 µg of bacterial DNA. CE-IVD marking also makes the innuPREP Extraction of bacterial DNA from gram+ bacteria. The bacterial DNA
Bacteria DNA Kit suitable for in-vitro diagnostics. is then visualized on an 0.8 % TAE agarose gel.
Extraction time:
Approx. 45 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 50 µg DNA
Average yield:
Depends on the type and starting quantity and/or cell count of
the bacteria; up to 35 µg
42
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
2.2
Product description Sample application
The innuPREP Mycobacteria DNA Kit selectively extracts mycobacte- Respiratory sample material from patients was tested for
rial DNA from sputum, bronchoalveolar lavages or tissue samples M. tuberculosis complex (MTC) at a genomic level. The first step
(e. g. lymph nodes). The extraction process includes a step in was to use the innuPREP Mycobacteria DNA Kit to extract DNA
Procedure 3
1. Lyse the starting
material 1
ΔRn
4
Cycle
Product specifications
Starting material: Amplification plot of the MTB specific, real-time PCR compared to a
Sputum samples, 0.2 – 5.0 ml reference gene
Bronchoalveolar lavages, up to 1.0 ml Red curve: 5 patients were studied; one patient tested positive
Tissues (e. g., lymph nodes) ranging in size from 1.0 mg to Blue curve: Internal standard (reference gene)
no more than 10 mg
Extraction time:
Approx. 15 minutes after lysis
Kit components
NAC Buffer, Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Proteinase K, Washing
Solutions, Elution Buffer, Spin Filter (blue), Receiver Tubes, Elution
Tubes, user manual
Order information
Storage conditions and stability
Order number Quantity
The innuPREP Mycobacteria DNA Kit will remain stable for at least
12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14 °C to 845-KS-6100010 10 reactions
25 °C). The recommended storage temperature for lyophilized 845-KS-6100050 50 reactions
Proteinase K is 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubilized, 845-KS-6100250 250 reactions
it should be stored in aliquots at –20 °C, because repeated freezing
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
and thawing will significantly reduce its activity.
43
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
le c t ed pro g ew
äh
se us
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-v
tic -v
In
s
o-D itr o
iagnos -Di
Product specifications
Starting material:
200 – 400 µg of solid stool samples
200 – 400 µl of liquid stool samples Lane 1: DNA ladder
Of human or animal origin Lane 2 – 4: 538 bp fragment
specific to E.coli
Lane 5: Negative control
Extraction time:
Approx. 30 – 45 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 50 µg DNA
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
44
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
2.2
Product description Storage conditions and stability
The innuPREP Virus DNA Kit is ideally suited for isolating viral The innuPREP Virus DNA Kit will remain stable for at least
ssDNA and dsDNA from serum, plasma or other cell-free fluids, 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14 °C to
from tissue, paraffin or swab samples or from cell cultures. The 25 °C). The recommended storage temperature for lyophilized
Product specifications
Starting material:
Cell-free bodily fluids such as serum and plasma (200 µl each)
Supernatant from cell cultures (200 µl) Lane 1: DNA ladder
Tissue samples and biopsies of up to 20 mg Lane 2 – 3: 1.5 × 10 4 genome equivalents per 150 µl starting material
Lane 4 – 5: 1.5 × 103 genome equivalents per 150 µl starting material
Cell cultures (max. 5 × 106) Lane 6 – 7: 1.5 × 102 genome equivalents per 150 µl starting material
Swab samples
Paraffin samples (tissue)
Detection system for internal control
Extraction time: innuDETECT Internal Control DNA Assay............................................... 141
Approx. 25 minutes innuDETECT Internal Control RNA Assay................................................ 141
innuDETECT Internal Control DNA/RNA Assay.................................... 141
DNA quality:
Positive PCR and TaqMan® real-time PCR testing results
45
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
or from cell cultures. A novel extraction chemistry known as “Dual lized Proteinase K is 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubi-
Chemistry” (DC) technology guarantees researchers the ability to lized, it should be stored in aliquots at –20 °C, because repeated
isolate highly pure viral nucleic acids of excellent quality. The use of freezing and thawing will significantly reduce its activity.
a Spin Filter membrane maximizes DNA and RNA yields. In addition,
having a number of different extraction protocols makes it possible Sample application
to adapt the innuPREP Virus DNA/RNA Kit to the starting material Various concentrations of a DNA virus were prepared in serum and pro-
used. One major advantage of this kit is the time saved by isolating cessed with the innuPREP Virus DNA/RNA Kit (double determinations).
nucleic acids simultaneously, particularly when using starting materi- The final nucleic acid elution was performed in 60 µl. 1.5 µl aliquots of
als in which the viral contamination is not clear. this were added to a virus-specific PCR (total reaction volume = 15 µl).
The reaction was then visualized in 10 µl aliquots on a TAE agarose gel.
Dilution 1:
Product specifications 1:10³ with Ct 18
Fluorescence (dR)
Dilution 2:
Starting material: 1:10 4 with Ct 21
Serum, plasma, cell-free bodily fluids, supernatants from cell Dilution 3:
cultures (150 µl each) 1:105 with Ct 24
and NTC
Tissues and biopsies of up to 20 mg
Cell cultures (max. 5 × 106)
Swab samples Cycles
Paraffin samples (tissue)
Order information
Kit components
Order number Quantity
Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Carrier Mix, Proteinase K, Washing
Solutions, RNase-free water, Spin Filter (purple), Receiver Tubes, 845-KS-4800010 10 reactions
Elution Tubes, user manual 845-KS-4800050 50 reactions
845-KS-4800250 250 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
46
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
2.2
Product description Storage conditions and stability
The innuPREP MP Basic Kit A was developed for isolating viral/ The innuPREP MP Basic kit will remain stable for at least 12 months if
bacterial DNA and/or RNA from various cell-free bodily fluids. The stored in a dry place at room temperature (14°C – 25°C). The recom-
separation technology involved is based on a novel extraction mended storage temperature for the MAG suspension is 4°C. The
Amplification plot of a
negative control and
of various viral RNA
Product specifications concentrations ranging
Starting material: from 2x 10² to 2x 108
Serum, plasma, synovial fluids, saliva, other cell-free bodily copies.
fluids and supernatants from cell cultures (200 µL each)
Biopsies (1 – 5 mg)
Cell cultures (max. 5 x 106)
Nasopharyngeal swabs
Stool samples (0.05 – 0.1 g) final detection of the isolated viral RNA and for reviewing its quality.
After using the innuPREP MP Basic Kit A to extract the viral RNA, differ-
Extraction time: ent numbers of starting copies were introduced in a virus-specific Taq-
Approx. 20 minutes after lysis Man® real-time PCR in order to assess the quality of the isolated RNA.
Positive test results obtained for the following targets: Amplification plot of
Rift valley fever virus (RNA virus model) various concentrations
of an RNA virus (from
Vaccinia virus (DNA virus model) 10 copies to 1 x 10 4
Yersinia pestis (gram- bacteria) copies per batch).
Bacillus anthracis spores (gram+ bacteria)
Ebola virus
Bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV)
Marburg virus
Yellow fever virus
Norovirus
Sigma virus
Influenza A & influenza B virus Available magnetic racks
Francisella tularensis Small magnetic rack for 1.5 – 2.0 ml tubes..........................................250
Bacillus cereus Medium magnetic rack for 15 ml tubes.................................................250
Bacillus thuringiensis Large magnetic rack for 50 ml tubes ......................................................250
47
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
The starting material for the extraction is a bacterial pellet taken from Proteinase K is 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubilized, it
1 ml culture. The subsequent purification step is based on binding should be stored in aliquots at –20 °C, because repeated freezing
the extracted DNA to an optimized Spin Filter membrane. Multiple and thawing will significantly reduce its activity.
wash steps precede elution; these guarantee highly pure DNA for
later applications. Analytik Jena‘s rapidSTRIPE assays can then be
used as fast, uncomplicated tools for detecting food-borne bacterial Sample application
pathogens in later applications. Ready-to-use kits include, among The blackPREP Food DNA I Kit was used to isolate bacterial DNA from
others, highly-specific systems for detecting listeria and salmonella. meat samples that had undergone the standard culturing process in a
Stomacher apparatus. This was followed by a PCR application specific
to S. enterica. The PCR products were loaded onto a TAE agarose gel.
Procedure
1. Culture the food 5
according to standard 1
procedure in a 2
Stromacher apparatus
3
2. Obtain a bacterial
pellet from a 1 ml
Stromacher culture
4
3. Lyse the cell pellet
4. Bind the DNA to the
Spin Filter
5. Wash the bound DNA 6
6. Elute the DNA
48
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
2.2
Product description Kit components
The blackPREP Tick DNA Kit has been adapted specifically for isolat- Lysis Tube, Lysis Solution, Proteinase K, Binding Solution, Precipi-
ing DNA from ticks. The kit contains Lysis Tubes with optimized tation Buffer, Washing Solutions, Prefilter (colourless), Spin Filter
beads and can be used in combination with the SpeedMill (black), Receiver Tubes, Elution Buffer, user manual
Procedure
Sample application
The blackPREP Tick DNA Kit was used to isolate the DNA from a
3 variety of different ticks and/or tick species. The nucleic acids were
then introduced into a tick-specific amplification reaction. The PCR
products were visualized on an agarose gel as the final step.
1 2
49
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
Procedure
1. Homogenize and lyse 1 2
the starting material Cycles
2. Bind the DNA to the first
Spin Filter Amplification plot of a TaqMan® real-time PCR specific to TBE/FSME.
3. Bind the total RNA to
the second Spin Filter
Cell count/reaction Ct value (average)
4a. Wash the bound DNA
3 3 × 10 4 25.5
4b. Wash the bound RNA
3 × 103 29.0
5a. Elute the DNA
3 × 102 34.1
5b. Elute the RNA
3 × 10 34.7
4a 4b
Ct values from the TaqMan® real-time PCR as a function of cell count
50
2.2 Isolation of microbial DNA
2.2
Product description Kit components
The blackPREP Powder DNA/RNA Kit is particularly ideal for the Reagent 1-3, PBS, Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Proteinase K,
extraction of viral and bacterial nucleic acids from difficult starting Washing Solution, Elution buffer, RNase-free water, Spin Filter
materials, such as soaps, tea, soil, milk and powdery solids of un- (black), Receiver tubes, user manual
Product specifications Lane 1 and 2: Amplification product Standard 10 µL virus/ml (150 µl)
Starting material: Lane 3, 21 and 16: DNA controls
Lane 4 and 5: Amplification product dilution series 10 µL virus/ml
Liquid or solid samples (1 ml)
Liquid samples max. 1.2 ml Lane 6 and 7: Amplification product dilution series 1 µL virus/ml
Solid samples max. 0.02 – 0.05 g (1 ml)
Lane 8 and 9: Amplification product dilution series 0.1 µL virus/ml
(1 ml)
Extraction time: Lane 10 and 11: Amplification product dilution series 0.01 µL virus/ml
Sample preparation: approx. 35 minutes (1 ml)
Lane 13: Empty
Purification: approx. 25 minutes
Lane 14: Amplification product positive control
Lane 16: Amplification product negative control
Average quality and yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
Successfully tested using a wide variety of RNA and DNA
viruses (ss, ds, enveloped, non-enveloped) and bacteria Order information
Positively tested in a variety of different downstream
Order number Quantity
applications
Positively tested in PCR and TaqMan® real-time PCR 845-BP-0040010 10 reactions
845-BP-0040050 50 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
51
2.3 Isolation of plasmid DNA
Mini Spin Filters and MIDI Spin Filters can both be used for this task.
The nucleic acids are eluted into a low-salt buffer, after which they
are immediately available for use in sequencing reactions and other
downstream applications.
2.3 Isolation of plasmid DNA englisch
2.3
Manual
innuPREP
x - Recommended
2 Manual nucleic acid isolation/Enrichment
Cataloge page 53 54 55 56 57
Bacterial suspension (Plasmid) x x x x x
250 µl (direct) x
0.5 - 5 ml x x
> 5 - 10 ml x x x
5 - 15 ml x
25 - 50 ml x
High copy plasmid x x x
Low copy plasmid or P1 constructs x x x
Plasmid x x x x x
52
2.3 Isolation of plasmid DNA
2.3
Product description Kit components
The innuPREP Plasmid Mini Kit allows researchers to isolate plasmid Resuspension Buffer, Lysis Buffer, Neutralization Buffer, Washing
DNA from bacterial lysates quickly and easily. The method combines Solutions, Elution Buffer, Spin Filter (orange), Receiver Tubes,
alkaline lysis with the process of binding plasmid DNA to a filter user manual
Sample application
Procedure 1 4 pDNA (Bluescript) isolated using innuPREP Plasmid Mini Kit. pDNA
1. Perform alkaline lysis was incubated for 1 hour at 37 °C with HindIII and EcoRI restriction
2. Centrifuge for enzymes. The restriction digestion was then analyzed on a 1 % TAE
10 minutes agarose gel.
to precipitate
chromosomal DNA 5
and proteins 2 Lane 1: DNA ladder
3. Bind plasmid DNA Lane 2, 5 and 8: pDNA,
uncleaved
4. Wash Lane 3, 6 and 9: pDNA,
5. Elute pDNA 3 cleaved with HindIII
Lane 4, 7 and 10: pDNA,
cleaved with EcoRI
Extraction time:
Approx. 16 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: approx. 40 µg pDNA
Average yield:
Typical yield from 2 ml starting material (high-copy plasmid):
6 – 20 µg
Order information
Average purity (A 260:A 280):
Order number Quantity
1.8 – 2.0
845-KS-5040010 10 reactions
845-KS-5040050 50 reactions
845-KS-5040250 250 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
53
2.3 Isolation of plasmid DNA
Sample application
Procedure 1 4 pDNA was extracted from 10 ml starting material using the innuPREP
1. Perform alkaline lysis Plasmid Mini Kit Plus. The pDNA was incubated for 1 hour at 37 °C
2. Centrifuge for with HindIII and EcoRI restriction enzymes. The restriction digestion
10 minutes was then analyzed on a 1 % TAE agarose gel.
to precipitate
chromosomal DNA 5
and proteins 2
3. Bind plasmid DNA
4. Wash
5. Elute pDNA 3
Product specifications
Starting material:
5 – 15 ml bacterial suspension
Lane 1 and 14: DNA ladder
Extraction time: Lane 2, 5, 8 and 11: pDNA, uncleaved
Lane 3, 6, 9 and 12: pDNA, cleaved with HindIII
Approx. 20 minutes Lane 4, 7, 10 and 13: pDNA, cleaved with EcoRI
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: approx. 80 µg pDNA
Average yield:
Typical yield from 15 ml starting material (high-copy plasmid):
60 – 70 µg
54
2.3 Isolation of plasmid DNA
2.3
Product description Kit components
The innuPREP Plasmid MIDI Direct Kit is a tool for fast, simple isola- Resuspension buffer, Lysis buffer, Neutralization buffer, Washing
tion of plasmid DNA from bacterial cultures of up to 25 ml (high- solutions, Elution buffer, Midi Spin Filter, 15 ml tubes, user manual
copy plasmids) or from bacterial suspensions of up to 50 ml (low-
Procedure
11
10
1
9
8
1. Perform alkaline 7
6
5
material
2
11
3
4
10
5
9
4
6
2. Centrifuge for 10
7
8
8
7
9
10
6
11
12
minutes to precipitate
13
4
14
15
2 3
2
chromosomal DNA
and proteins
3. Bind plasmid DNA
4. Wash 15
14
15
14
13 13
5. Elute pDNA 12
11
10
12
11
10
9
5
9
8
7 3 8
7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
Product specifications
Starting material:
Bacterial suspension
For isolating high-copy plasmids: up to 25 ml Lane 1: DNA control Lane 1: DNA control
For isolating low-copy plasmid DNA, P1 constructions, Lane 2 und 4: pDNA, uncut Lane 2 und 4: pDNA, uncut
Lane 3 und 5: pDNA EcoRI, Lane 3 und 5: pDNA HindIII,
etc.: up to 50 ml cleaved cleaved
Extraction time:
Approx. 55 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: approx. 100 µg pDNA
55
2.3 Isolation of plasmid DNA
ing plasmid DNA, this kit utilizes a simple, fast filtration step with a
specially optimized filter membrane to separate out chromosomal
DNA and bacterial proteins. The plasmid DNA are then bound to a Sample application
fiberglass membrane, washed and eluted by adding a low salt buffer. Plasmid DNA (Bluescript) isolation followed by Big Dye Primer
The extracted pDNA can then be used immediately in a wide variety Sequencing.
of subsequent applications.
Procedure
1. Perform alkaline lysis
2. Isolate chromosomal 3
DNA and bacterial
1
proteins with the
aid of a special filter
4
membrane
3. Bind plasmid DNA
4. Wash 2
5. Elute pDNA
Product specifications
Starting material:
1 – 5 ml bacterial suspension
Extraction time:
Approx. 6 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: approx. 40 µg pDNA
Average yield:
Typical yield from 2 ml starting material (high-copy plasmid):
6 – 14 µg
Sequence fragment verifying outstanding quality of purified plasmid DNA
Average purity (A 260:A 280): for plasmid sequencing.
1.8 – 2.0
Order information
Kit components
Order number Quantity
Resuspension Buffer, Lysis Buffer, Neutralization Buffer, Washing
Solutions, Elution Buffer, Prefilter (vanilla), Spin Filter (orange), 845-KS-5140010 10 reactions
Receiver Tubes, user manual 845-KS-5140050 50 reactions
845-KS-5140250 250 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
56
2.3 Isolation of plasmid DNA
2.3
Product description Storage conditions and stability
The innuPREP Plasmid Small Kit provides a fast, simplified method The innuPREP Plasmid Small Kit will remain stable for at
of directly isolating plasmid DNA from a 250 µl bacterial culture. least 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature
After performing an alkaline lysis step and precipitating chromosom- (14 °C to 25 °C).
Procedure 1
1. Perform alkaline
lysis directly on the
starting material
2. Bind pDNA to the
Spin Filter 4
3. Wash 2
4. Elute plasmid DNA
Lane 1 and 10: DNA ladder
Lane 2 – 9: Extracted pDNA from a 250 µl bacterial suspension
3
Product specifications
Starting material: The quality of the isolated
250 µl bacterial suspension (direct) plasmid DNA was confirmed
to be excellent for plasmid
sequencing.
Extraction time:
Approx. 12 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 20 µg pDNA
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
250 µl starting material (high-copy plasmid): 1 – 3 µg
Order information
Kit components
Order number Quantity
Lysis Buffer, Neutralization Buffer, Washing Solutions, Elution Buffer,
Spin Filter (orange), Receiver Tubes, user manual 845-KS-5340010 10 reactions
845-KS-5340050 50 reactions
845-KS-5340250 250 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
57
2.4 Cleanup products
Cleanup products
Kits in the innuPREP product group include flexible, effective clean-
up products. PCR amplification products are not only isolated in an
optimized process—thanks to adjustable elution volumes, they can be
concentrated efficiently as well.
Solutions are available for processing PCR reactions, agarose gels and
sequencing batches.
Manual
innuPREP
x - Recommended
2 Manual nucleic acid isolation/Enrichment
innuPREPDYEpure Kit
Cataloge page 59 59 60 61 62
Agarose gel (TBE or TAE) x x
Up to 300 mg x x
PCR fragments x x x x
PCR reaction mixes x x x x
Up to 50 µl x x x
Removal of dye terminators x
58
2.4 Cleanup products
2.4
Product description Comparison with competing products
The innuPREP PCRpure Kit provides an extremely fast, simple and
highly efficient method for purifying amplification products directly innuPREP Bind Elute
from PCR reaction mixtures and/or for concentrating PCR products. Total time: 3 minutes
Product specifications
Starting material:
PCR reaction mixtures (up to 50 µl) After
purification
Extraction time:
Approx. 3 minutes
Based on a fast, 2-step process
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 20 µg
Fragment lengths:
> 60 bp – 30 kb Order information
Procedure
1. Solubilize gel
2. Bind the DNA to the 1
Spin Filter 3
3. Wash the bound DNA
4. Elute the DNA The recovery rate of a 98 bp fragment was determined on an
Agilent Bioanalyzer. Recovery rate: 85 %
2
Before
4 purification
Product specifications
Starting material:
TAE agarose gels (up to 300 mg)
TBE agarose gels (up to 300 mg)
After
Extraction time: purification
Approx. 20 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 20 µg DNA
Fragment lengths:
100 bp – 30 kb
60
2.4 Cleanup products
2.4
Product description Sample application
The innuPREP DOUBLEpure Kit allows efficiently extracting of DNA Purification of various PCR fragments from an amplification reaction.
fragments from TAE or TBE agarose gels and utilizes a novel 2-step The recovery rate is then determined using an Agilent bioanalyzer.
technology for purifying amplification products from PCR reaction
Product specifications
B
Starting material:
A 98 bp fragment after
PCR reaction mixes (up to 50 µl) purification; recovery rate:
TAE agarose gels (up to 300 mg) 85 %
TBE agarose gels (up to 300 mg) B 638 bp fragment after
purification; recovery rate:
76 %
Extraction time: C Recovery rate comparison
PCR purification: approx. 3 minutes (2-step process)
Gel extraction: approx. 20 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 20 µg DNA Extraction of a 538 bp fragment from a section of TBE agarose gel
with subsequent determination of the recovery rate using an Agilent
Fragment lengths: bioanalyzer. Recovery rate: 87 %
PCR purification: > 60 bp – 30 kb
Gel extraction: 100 bp – 30 kb
538 bp fragment before
Average recovery rate: purification
PCR purification: approx. 60 % to 95 %
Gel extraction: approx. 60 % to 90 %
Depends on fragment length
61
2.4 Cleanup products
Recovery rate:
> 75 % depending on the fragment size
Quality:
> 99 % of dye terminators are removed
62
2.5 Isolation of total RNA
2.5
Manual
innuPREP innuSOLV
x - Recommended
Cataloge page 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 87
Bacterial cells (gram+ & gram-) x x x x x
5x 106 x
1x 10 9
x x x
max. 5x 10 - 5x 10
8 9
x
Blood x x x
Whole blood 0.5 - 1.0 ml x
Whole blood 1.5 - 10.0 ml x
Eucaryotic cells x x x x x
5x 106 x x x x
5x 10 - 1x 10
6 8
x
Fungi x
Plant material x
Up to 50 mg x
Up to 100 mg x
Tissue samples x x x x x
Biopsies x x x
Up to 20 mg x x x
Up to 100 mg x
50 - 200 mg x
Yeast cells x
5x 10 6
x
63
2.5 Isolation of total RNA
Product specifications
Starting material:
Eucaryotic cells (max. 5 × 106)
Tissue samples (max. 20 mg)
Gram+ and gram– bacteria (max. 1 × 109)
Biopsies The analysis was performed using an Agilent Bioanalyzer, and shows pure
RNA free of gDNA and with no degradation.
Extraction time:
Approx. 15 – 40 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: approx. 100 µg RNA
64
2.5 Isolation of total RNA
2.5
Product description Kit components
The extraction procedure for the innuPREP RNA MIDI Direct Kit is Lysis Solution, Washing Solutions, RNase-free water, MIDI Spin Filter,
based on a patented technology. After homogenizing and/or lysing Spin Filter, 15 ml tubes, user manual
the starting material, the next step is to remove the genomic DNA
1 10
9
8
7
Isolation of Total RNA from and 2.5 x 107 NIH 3T3 cells
Procedure
6
5
4 15
3 14
1. Homogenize / lyse
2 13
2 12
11
3
4
3
10
2. Selectively remove
10 6
11
12 5
4
genomic DNA
15
2
lane 6: blank
3. Bind total cellular RNA lanes 7 – 10: total RNA from
4. Wash and elute 15
2.5 x 107 NIH 3T3 cells
14
13
12
11
10
15
9
14
2 8
7
13
12
6
11
5
4
10
4
9
3
8
2
7
6
5
4
3
2
Extraction time:
Approx. 65 minutes after the corresponding lysis step
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: approx. 1000 µg RNA RIN: 10 RIN: 10
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material Order information
From 2.5 x 107 NIH 3T3 cells: approx. 200 µg RNA
Order number Quantity
From 1.0 x 107 NIH 3T3 cells: approx. 100 µg RNA
From 150 mg mouse liver: approx. 400 µg RNA 845-KS-2070010 10 reactions
From 4 x 109 Listeria cells: approx. 100 µg RNA 845-KS-2070025 25 reactions
845-KS-2070050 50 reactions
Average purity (A 260:A 280):
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
1,8 – 2,0
65
2.5 Isolation of total RNA
small RNA molecules such as mRNA, tRNA, rRNA and snRNA. The
first step utilizes well-established Spin Filter column technology to
selectively remove genomic DNA; the RNA is then bound, washed Storage conditions and stability
and finally removed from the filter membrane using RNase-free The innuPREP Micro RNA Kit will remain stable for at least 12 months
water. Users have the flexibility to adjust the elution volume within a if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14 °C to 25 °C).
range of 30 µl to 80 µl. Also, the extraction chemistry (DC tech-
nology) renders the use of highly toxic b-mercaptoethanol utterly
unnecessary for isolating RNA. Sample application
Comparison between the innuPREP RNA Mini Kit and the
innuPREP Micro RNA Kit with respect to the recovery of small RNA
Procedure molecules. Both kits were used to extract RNA from human cells,
1. Homogenize/lyse which were then analyzed with an Agilent Bioanalyzer.
starting material 3
2. Selectively remove 1
genomic DNA
3. Bind RNA to a Spin
Filter membrane
4. Wash 4
5. Elute 2
5
RNA isolated using the innuPREP RNA Mini Kit shows excellent results for
total RNA, but not for small RNA molecules.
Product specifications
Starting material:
Eucaryotic cells (max. 5 × 106)
Tissue samples (max. 20 mg)
Gram+ and gram– bacteria (max. 1 × 109)
Biopsies
Extraction time:
Approx. 15 – 40 minutes
RNA isolated using the innuPREP Micro RNA Kit; yield of small RNA
Binding capacity: molecules is shown to be clearly higher. Referring to yield of total RNA
both kits are comparable.
Column binding capacity: approx. 100 µg RNA
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material Order information
Up to 100 µg RNA
Order number Quantity
High recovery rate for small RNA molecules
845-KS-2030010 10 reactions
Average purity (A 260:A 280): 845-KS-2030050 50 reactions
1.8 – 2.1 845-KS-2030250 250 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
66
2.5 Isolation of total RNA
2.5
Product description Kit components
The innuPREP DNA/RNA Mini Kit is the jack-of-all-trades from Lysis Solution, Washing Solutions, RNase-free water, Elution Buffer,
Analytik Jena. The binding capacity is 50 µg DNA and 100 µg RNA, Spin Filter (blue and purple), Receiver Tubes, Elution Tubes,
which means that both nucleic acids can be isolated from a single user manual
4a 4b
5a 5b
Product specifications
Starting material: Lane 1: Marker Lane 1: Marker
Eucaryotic cells (max. 5 × 106) Lane 2 – 5: Genomic DNA Lane 2 – 5: Total cellular
extracted from a human RNA extracted from a
Tissue samples (max. 20 mg) cell line human cell line
Gram+ and gram– bacteria (max. 1 × 109)
Extraction time:
Approx. 15 – 40 minutes
Binding capacity:
Approx. 100 µg RNA; > 50 µg gDNA Order information
67
2.5 Isolation of total RNA
Sample application
Procedure Extraction of total RNA from a 1 ml whole blood sample followed
1. Lyse whole blood by analysis of the isolated RNA on an Agilent Bioanalyzer.
sample 3 The analysis shows pure RNA free of gDNA and with no degradation.
2. Selectively remove 1
genomic DNA
3. Bind total cellular RIN 10
RNA
4. Wash 4
5. Elute 2
RIN 10
Product specifications
Starting material:
0.5 – 1 ml whole blood samples
Fresh or frozen blood
Stabilizers: EDTA or citrate
RIN 9.7
Extraction time:
Approx. 45 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 20 µg RNA
Average yield:
Depends on sample
Approx. 1 –8 µg Order information
68
2.5 Isolation of total RNA
2.5
Product description Kit components
The innuPREP Blood RNA MIDI Direct Kit was specifically developed Buffer (concentrate), Lysis Solution, Washing Solutions, RNase-free
for isolating total RNA from whole blood samples with relatively water, MIDI Spin Filter,15 ml tubes, user manual
large starting volumes. Based on optimized MIDI Spin Filters, this
1
Procedure
10
9
8
7
1. Homogenize / lyse
6
5
4 15
3 14
starting materials 2
3
2
13
12
11
2. Selectively remove
4
3
5 10
6 9
8
7
8
9 7
genomic DNA
10 6
11
12 5
13 4
14 3
2 8
7
13
12
6
11
5
4
10
4
9
3
8
2
7
6
5
4
3
2
RIN 9.1
Product specifications 15
14
Starting material:
13
12
11
10
5
1.5 – 10 ml whole blood samples 9
8
7
6
Extraction time:
Approx. 65 minutes
Binding capacity:
Binding capacity der Säule: ca. 50 µg RNA
Order information
Average yield:
Order number Quantity
Depends on the amount and quality of the initial sample
From 5 ml whole blood: approx. 4 – 12 µg RNA 845-KS-2100010 10 reactions
From 10 ml whole blood: approx. 5 – 18 µg RNA 845-KS-2100025 25 reactions
845-KS-2100050 50 reactions
Average purity (A 260:A 280):
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
1,7 – 2,0
69
2.5 Isolation of total RNA
Product specifications
Starting material:
Various types of plant samples (100 mg = max.)
Fresh or frozen plant material
Extraction time:
Approx. 30 minutes after homogenization
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: approx. 100 µg RNA innuPREP Plant RNA Kit with RIN 9.5
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the sample Order information
Up to 70 µg
Order number Quantity
70
2.6 Isolation of microbial RNA
2.6
Manual
innuPREP blackPREP innuSOLV
"x - Recommended
Cataloge page 64 65 66 67 73 74 75 50 51 87
Backing powder (Virus, Bacteria) x
Bacterial cells (gram+ & gram-) x x x x x
5x 10 6
x
1x 109 x x x
max. 5x 108 - 5x 109 x
Cell culture supernatants (Virus) x x x
Up to 150 µl x x
Up to 200 µl x
Cell cultures (Virus) x x x
5x 10 6
x x x
Cell-free body fluids (Virus) x x x
Up to 150 µl x x
Up to 200 µl x
Cerebrospinal fluid (Virus) x
Up to 200 µl x
Coffee powder (Virus, Bacteria) x
Dust (Virus, Bacteria) x
Flour (Virus, Bacteria) x
Paraffin embedded material (Virus) x x
Pepper (Virus, Bacteria) x
Plasma (Virus) x x x
Up to 150 µl x x
Up to 200 µl x
Powder (Virus, Bacteria) x
Salt (Virus, Bacteria) x
Sand (Virus, Bacteria) x
Serum (Virus) x x x
Up to 150 µl x x 71
Up to 200 µl x
blackPREP Tic
innuPREP Mic
blackPREP Po
innuPREP DN
innuPREP MP
innuSOLV RN
innuPREP RN
innuPREP RN
innuPREP Vir
innuPREP Vir
2.6 Isolation of microbial RNA
Cataloge page 64 65 66 67 73 74 75 50 51 87
Backing powder (Virus, Bacteria) x
Bacterial cells (gram+ & gram-) x x x x x
5x 10 6
x
1x 109 x x x
max. 5x 108 - 5x 109 x
Cell culture supernatants (Virus) x x x
Up to 150 µl x x
Up to 200 µl x
Cell cultures (Virus) x x x
2.65x Isolation
10 6
of microbial RNA englisch x x x
2.6
2.6
Product description Sample application
The innuPREP Virus RNA Kit is a highly efficient tool for extract- RNA viruses were first diluted in serum. This was followed by RNA
ing viral ssRNA from serum, plasma or other cell-free bodily fluids, extraction using the innuPREP Virus RNA Kit. After cDNA systhesis, a
tissue samples, swab samples and supernatants from cell cultures. PCR specific to the RNA virus was performed. A TaqMan® real-time
Product specifications
Starting material:
Serum, plasma, other cell-free bodily fluids, supernatants
from cell cultures (150 µl each)
Tissues and biopsies, up to a maximum of 20 mg
Swab samples
Cycle number
Extraction time:
Approx. 25 minutes
Amplification plot for the TaqMan® real-time PCR specific to the RNA
Quality of viral RNA: virus; analogous to gel electrophoresis.
Tested with positive results in cDNA synthesis and TaqMan®
real-time PCR
Detection system for internal control
Kit components innuDETECT Internal Control RNA Assay................................................ 141
Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Carrier Mix, Washing Solutions, innuDETECT Internal Control DNA/RNA Assay.................................... 141
RNase-free water, Spin Filter (purple), Receiver Tubes, Elution
Tubes, user manual
or from cell cultures. A novel extraction chemistry known as “Dual lized Proteinase K is 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubi-
Chemistry” (DC) technology guarantees researchers the ability to lized, it should be stored in aliquots at –20 °C, because repeated
isolate highly pure viral nucleic acids of excellent quality. The use of freezing and thawing will significantly reduce its activity.
a Spin Filter membrane maximizes DNA and RNA yields. In addition,
having a number of different extraction protocols makes it possible Sample application
to adapt the innuPREP Virus DNA/RNA Kit to the starting material Various concentrations of a DNA virus were prepared in serum and pro-
used. One major advantage of this kit is the time saved by isolating cessed with the innuPREP Virus DNA/RNA Kit (double determinations).
nucleic acids simultaneously, particularly when using starting materi- The final nucleic acid elution was performed in 60 µl. 1.5 µl aliquots of
als in which the viral contamination is not clear. this were added to a virus-specific PCR (total reaction volume = 15 µl).
The reaction was then visualized in 10 µl aliquots on a TAE agarose gel.
Dilution 1:
Product specifications 1:10³ with Ct 18
Fluorescence (dR)
Dilution 2:
Starting material: 1:10 4 with Ct 21
Serum, plasma, cell-free bodily fluids, supernatants from cell Dilution 3:
cultures (150 µl each) 1:105 with Ct 24
and NTC
Tissues and biopsies of up to 20 mg
Cell cultures (max. 5 × 106)
Cycles
Swab samples
Paraffin samples (tissue)
Detection system for internal control
Extraction time: innuDETECT Internal Control DNA Assay............................................... 141
Approx. 25 minutes innuDETECT Internal Control RNA Assay................................................ 141
innuDETECT Internal Control DNA/RNA Assay.................................... 141
Nucleic acid quality:
Positive PCR and TaqMan® real-time PCR testing results
Order information
74
2.6 Isolation of microbial RNA
2.6
Product description Storage conditions and stability
The innuPREP MP Basic Kit A was developed for isolating viral/ The innuPREP MP Basic Kit will remain stable for at least 12 months if
bacterial DNA and/or RNA from various cell-free bodily fluids. The stored in a dry place at room temperature (14°C – 25°C). The recom-
separation technology involved is based on a novel extraction mended storage temperature for the MAG suspension is 4°C. The
Extraction time: After using the innuPREP MP Basic Kit A to extract the viral RNA, differ-
Approx. 20 minutes after lysis ent numbers of starting copies were introduced in a virus-specific Taq-
Man® real-time PCR in order to assess the quality of the isolated RNA.
Positive test results obtained for the following targets:
Rift valley fever virus (RNA virus model) Amplification plot of
Vaccinia virus (DNA virus model) various concentrations
of an RNA virus (from
Yersinia pestis (gram- bacteria) 10 copies to 1 x 10 4
Bacillus anthracis spores (gram+ bacteria) copies per batch).
Ebola virus
Bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV)
Marburg virus
Yellow fever virus
Norovirus
Sigma virus
Influenza A & influenza B virus Available magnetic racks
Francisella tularensis Small magnetic rack for 1.5 – 2.0 ml tubes..........................................250
Bacillus cereus Medium magnetic rack for 15 ml tubes.................................................250
Bacillus thuringiensis Large magnetic rack for 50 ml tubes ......................................................250
75
2.6 Isolation of microbial RNA
Procedure
1. Homogenize and lyse 1 2
the starting material Cycles
2. Bind the DNA to the first
Spin Filter Amplification plot of a TaqMan® real-time PCR specific to TBE/FSME.
3. Bind the total RNA to
the second Spin Filter
4a. Wash the bound DNA
3 Cell count/reaction Ct value (average)
4b. Wash the bound RNA
3 × 10 4 25.5
5a. Elute the DNA
3 × 103 29.0
5b. Elute the RNA
3 × 102 34.1
4a 4b 3 × 10 34.7
76
2.6 Isolation of microbial RNA
2.6
Product description Kit components
The blackPREP Powder DNA/RNA Kit is particularly ideal for the Reagent 1-3, PBS, lysis solution, binding solution, proteinase K,
extraction of viral and bacterial nucleic acids from difficult starting washing solution, elution buffer, RNase-free water, Spin Filter
materials, such as soaps, tea, soil, milk and powdery solids of un- (black), receiver tubes, user manual
Product specifications Lane 1 and 2: Amplification product Standard 10 µL virus/ml (150 µl)
Starting material: Lane 3, 21 and 16: DNA controls
Lane 4 and 5: Amplification product dilution series 10 µL virus/ml
Liquid or solid samples (1 ml)
Liquid samples max. 1.2 ml Lane 6 and 7: Amplification product dilution series 1 µL virus/ml
Solid samples max. 0.02 – 0.05 g (1 ml)
Lane 8 and 9: Amplification product dilution series 0.1 µL virus/ml
(1 ml)
Extraction time: Lane 10 and 11: Amplification product dilution series 0.01 µL virus/ml
Sample preparation: approx. 35 minutes (1 ml)
Lane 13: Empty
Purification: approx. 25 minutes
Lane 14: Amplification product positive control
Lane 16: Amplification product negative control
Average quality and yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
Successfully tested using a wide variety of RNA and DNA Order information
viruses (ss, ds, enveloped, non-enveloped) and bacteria
Order number Quantity
Positively tested in a variety of different downstream
applications 845-BP-0040010 10 reactions
Positively tested in PCR and TaqMan® real-time PCR 845-BP-0040050 50 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
77
2.7 Enrichment
Einrichment
More than any other issue, identifying diagnostic targets often goes
hand in hand with concerns about the limits of detection. Various
technologies are now available in the Enrichment product area that
allow users to recover even the tiniest amounts of nucleic acids. In
addition to enriching nucleic acids from a large volume of starting
materials, the following products also simultaneously reduce any
potential inhibitors and contaminants.
78
2.7 Enrichment
2.7
Product description Product specifications
Circulating cell-free DNA is a very interesting diagnostic target, but the Starting material:
amount of free-circulating DNA is usually very low and varies among Serum, plasma and urine
different individuals. Further, these nucleic acids are present as short Cell culture supernatants or mediums
Validation
333 Positive tested for following blood collection systems
1. S-Monovette® 9 ml Silicat
2. S-Monovette® 9 ml Polyacrylester Gel
3. S-Monovette® 8,5 ml CPDA
4. S-Monovette® 9 ml K3E (EDTA K3)
444
5. S-Monovette® 10 ml 9NC (Trisodium Citrate Solution, Citrate Solution)
6. S-Monovette® 7,5 ml NH (Natrium-Heparin)
15 15 15 15
15 15
7. S-Monovette® 7,5 ml LH-Gel (Lithium-Heparin)
2 ml up to 5 ml
14 14 14 14
14 14
13 13 13 13
13 13
222
12 12 12 12
12 12
11 11
8. S-Monovette® 9 ml LH (Lithium-Heparin)
11 11
11 11
10 10 10 10
10 10
9 9 9 9
9 9
8 8 8 8
8 8
7 7 7 7
7 7
6 6 6 6
6 6
5 5 5 5
5 5
4 4 4 4
4 4
222
3 3 3 3
3 3
Kit components
2 2 2 2
2 2
79
2.7 Enrichment
Testing the suitability of the PME free-circulating DNA Kit for eight dif- Comparison or cell-free DNA extraction from 1 ml and 5 ml serum
ferent blood collection systems (listed above), at two different starting respectively by using PME technology versus a commercially standard
amounts of sera or plasma (1 ml and 5 ml, respectively). extraction kit for free-circulating nucleic acids. After isolation, the DNA
Extracted free-circulating DNA has been tested by amplification of a has been tested for amplification of a gene coding for the human
2.7
Figure 1: R
esultant amplification plots after preparation of 1 ml starting Figure 3: R
esultant amplification plots after preparation of 1 ml starting
sample volume sample volume
LFigure 2: R
esultant amplification plots after preparation of 5 ml starting Figure 4: R
esultant amplification plots after preparation of 5 ml starting
sample volume sample volume
The amplification plots show differences in dependence on type of The red graphs correspond to the extraction based on PME technol-
blood collection systems. Best results can be achieved using ogy and the black graphs correspond to the competitor’s kit (market
S-Monovette® 9 ml LH (Lithium-Heparin, Sarstedt) or S-Monovette® leader).
7,5 ml NH (Natrium-Heparin, Sarstedt) and S-Monovette®
7,5 ml LH-Gel (Lithium-Heparin, Sarstedt).
Related products
innuCONVERT Bisulfite Basic Kit................................................................143
innuCONVERT Bisulfite All-in-One Kit......................................................144
Order information
80
2.7 Enrichment
2.7
Product description Kit components
The LOOXSTER® Enrichment Kit is a sample preparation system for Lyophilized LOOXSTER® Magnetic Particles, LOOXSTER® Binding
enriching bacterial and fungal deoxyribonucleic acids (DNA) in a DNA Buffer, LOOXSTER® Wash Buffer, LOOXSTER® Elution Buffer; tubes
isolate of predominantly eucaryotic origin. The specific affinity of the with caps, desalting spin columns, collection tubes, desalting bind-
1 3 5
2 4 6
Product specifications
Starting material:
Up to 300 µg of predominantly
eucaryotic DNA
Extraction time:
Approx. 75 minutes
Related products
Yield: Magnetrack small for 1.5 ml tubes
No more than 3 µg of enriched DNA MobiLab Order Information............................................................................. 250
The concentration of bacterial DNA in the enriched DNA de-
pends on the ratio of eucaryotic DNA to procaryotic DNA.
Example: Less than 5% of the human DNA and approx. 50% Order information
of the bacterial DNA (E. coli) were isolated from a
Order number Quantity
100,000-fold excess of human DNA in the starting sample.
203-001-0010 10 reactions
Average purity (A 260:A 280): 844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
1.7 - 2.0
81
2.8 Additional reagents for nucleic acid extraction
82
2.8 Additional reagents for nucleic acid extraction
2.8
Product description Storage conditions and stability
The innuEASY Direct Amplification Kit A is a fast, simple tool for lys- Store the innuEASY Direct Amplification Kit A in a dry place; lysis
ing samples and then directly amplifying genomic DNA from whole components should be kept at room temperature (14 °C to 25 °C)
blood, saliva samples or buccal swabs. The process is based on and PCR Reagents at –20 °C. The kit will remain stable under these
Processing time:
Sample lysis: approx. 25 minutes
rapid PCR (e.g. SpeedCycler ²): up to 40 minutes
Standard PCR: depends on the thermal cycler used
Order information
83
2.8 Additional reagents for nucleic acid extraction
that it can be conveniently run during the RNA isolation process. Sample application
This is accomplished by diluting the DNase I in the buffer pro- The innuPREP DNase I Digest Kit was used for on-column DNA
vided and then introducing it directly onto the Spin Filter column digestion during RNA isolation. Therefore the sample was incubated
previously used for binding the nucleic acids. Digestion is followed for 30 min at 37 °C.
by additional wash steps before highly pure RNA is eluted. The Re-
agents provided are free of RNase and, as such, also contribute to
the quality of the RNA. Efficient DNA removal makes the innuPREP
DNase I Digest Kit suitable for applications in which even the tiniest
amounts of DNA could distort the results. Potential applications in-
clude preparing DNA-free RNA, DNase footprinting, Nick translation
or breaking down the DNA template when transcribing to cDNA.
Procedure
1. Bind the nucleic 3
acids to the Spin
1
Filter
2. Perform DNase I
digestion
3. Wash
4. Elute the RNA
(DNA-free) Lane 1: DNA ladder
2 Lane. 2 - 3: Preperation of 2.5 x 106 3T3 Zellen without DNase digest
Lane. 4: Empty
Lane 5 - 6: Preperation of 2.5 x 106 3T3 Zellen with DNase digest
4
Product specifications
Concentration:
DNase I, 20 KU/µL
Starting material:
RNA samples contaminated with DNA
84
2.8 Additional reagents for nucleic acid extraction
innuPREP DNase I
2.8
Product description Kit components (RNase-free)
innuPREP DNase I reliably and efficiently digests even the tiniest DNase I, 10x reaction buffer, EDTA, manual
amounts of DNA that could potentially contaminate extracted RNA
samples. After using a non-sequence-specific DNA endonuclease to
Process sequence
1. DNase I digestion following RNA
extraction 1
2. EDTA addition to inactivate
reaction
Product specifications
Concentration:
DNase I, 1 KU/µL
Starting material:
RNA samples contaminated with DNA Order information
85
2.8 Additional reagents for nucleic acid extraction
innuPREP Proteinase K
Proteinase K is particularly suitable for isolating nucleic acids for use will significantly reduce its activity.
in amplification reactions, for isolating native RNA and DNA from
tissues and cell lines, for promoting cell lysis by activating a bacterial Proteinase K will remain stable for at least 12 months if stored
autolysis factor, and for modifying proteins and/or glycoproteins on under these conditions.
cell surfaces (for membrane structure analyses).
The enzyme can reduce proteins to free amino acids if a large ex-
cess of protein is present and if incubated for long periods of time.
Activity
> 30 units/mg protein (hemoglobin, pH 7.5, 37°C).
Unit definition
a unit is the enzyme activity that releases the same amount of Fo-
lin-positive amino acids and peptides from hemoglobin as released
by 1 µmol tyrosine over the course of 1 min. at 37°C.
86
2.8 Additional reagents for nucleic acid extraction
2.8
Product description Product specifications
The innuSOLV RNA Reagent is a solution for efficiently isolating Starting material:
total RNA from various quantities of different starting materials Tissue samples (100 mg)
(such as tissue samples, cells, bacterial cells, plants, etc.). The ex- Monolayer cells
The RNA is then precipitated by adding an alcohol. Extraction with Kit components
the innuSOLV RNA Reagent produces high-quality nucleic acids with innuSOLV RNA Reagent
no degradation that are available for a variety of different applica-
tions after just 1 hour of prep time. Storage conditions and stability
The innuSOLV RNA Reagent will remain stable for 6 months if
stored in a dry, dark place at 4 °C.
Procedure 2
1. Add innuSOLV
RNA Reagent and 1
chloroform to the
starting material
2. Phase separation
3. Precipitate the RNA
3
using isopropanol.
Wash RNA and
dissolve
Order information
87
3.1 Isolation of DNA
Isolation of DNA
Especially hard and/or compact starting materials often represent
a DNA extraction challenge. The chemical and thermal efficiency of
the lysis process is relatively poor in these cases, and very unevenly
distributed throughout the starting sample.
innuSPEED DNA Kits include optimized lysis tubes that address this
issue. These tubes contain specially designed beads that break down
the starting sample, perfectly preparing it for subsequent nucleic acid
extraction. SpeedMill and other commercially available homogenizers
can be combined with innuSPEED kits.
3.1 Isolation of DNA englisch
Cataloge page 89 90 91 92 93
Bacterial cell pellets (gram+ & gram-) x
1x 10 cells
9
x
Cartilage material x
Fungi x
Fungi spores x
Plant material x
Up to 100 mg x
Fresh x
Frozen x
Dried x
Rodent tails x
0.5 - 1 cm x
Soil x
Up to 100 mg x
Stool x
200 - 400 mg x
200 - 400 µl x
Bacterial DNA x
Tissue samples x
Up to 50 mg x
Yeast x
88
3.1 Isolation of DNA
3.1
tissue proteins in the lysate, after which the genomic DNA is bound 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14 °C to
to a Spin Filter column. Samples are then washed to remove re- 25 °C). The recommended storage temperature for lyophilized
sidual inhibitors; the final DNA elution is performed in up to 200 µl Proteinase K is 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubilized, it
Elution Buffer. should be stored in aliquots at –20 °C, because repeated freezing
and thawing will significantly reduce its activity.
Product specifications
Starting material:
Tissue samples of up to 50 mg
Rodent tails or other cartilaginous material
Samples from museums or archives; dried samples Lane 1, 6, 11 and 16: DNA ladder
Bioptates Lane 2 – 5: DNA from 0.5 cm of mouse tail
Lane 7 – 10: DNA from 20 mg lung
Insects Lane 12 – 15: DNA from 20 mg liver
Lane 17 – 20: DNA from 20 mg kidney
Extraction time:
Homogenization and lysis: 35 minutes
Purification: approx. 10 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg DNA Order information
89
3.1 Isolation of DNA
walls. A prefiltration step is also performed to remove residual cell 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14 °C to
components. Genomic DNA are then bound to a Spin Filter and 25 °C). The recommended storage temperature for lyophilized
washed; the nucleic acids are eluted in a final step. Proteinase K is 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubilized, it
should be stored in aliquots at –20 °C, because repeated freezing
and thawing will significantly reduce its activity.
3 Nucleic acid extraction using a homogenizer
Procedure 3
1. Homogenize and lyse
the plant material; 1 Sample application
follow with a Plant DNA was isolated from 50 mg parsley samples, after which
prefiltration step the extracted DNA was first loaded onto an 0.8 % TBE agarose gel
2. Bind the plant DNA and added in parallel to an arbitrary primed (AP) PCR.
to the Spin Filter
3. Wash the bound DNA 2
4. Elute
Product specifications
Starting material:
Up to 100 mg of plant material
Extraction time:
Homogenization and lysis: approx. 15 – 30 minutes
Purification: approx. 10 minutes Lane 1: DNA ladder Lane 1: DNA ladder
Lane 2 – 4: Plant DNA from Lane 2 – 4: AP PCR with
50 mg parsley isolated plant DNA
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg DNA
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the plant material
Up to 100 µg
90
3.1 Isolation of DNA
3.1
efficiently removes inhibitors such as humic acids. Finally, DNA is de- least 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature
sorbed from the membrane through the addition of a low-salt buffer. (14 °C to 25 °C).
1 2
Product specifications
Starting material:
Soil samples (100 – 250 mg)
Extraction time:
Homogenization and lysis: 30 minutes
Purification: approx. 16 minutes
PCR product specific to microorganisms
Lane 1: DNA ladder, lane 2 – 3: soil sample I, lane 4 – 5: Soil sample II,
Binding capacity: lane 6 – 7: Soil sample III, lane 8 – 9: soil sample IV,
Column binding capacity: > 30 µg DNA lane 10 – 11: Soil sample V, lane 12 – 13: soil sample VI
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of microorganisms in the soil Order information
Up to 30 µg
Order number Quantity
91
3.1 Isolation of DNA
enzymatic lysis. The DNA is then selectively bound to the surface of least 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14 °C
a Spin Filter membrane, a step that is followed first by wash steps to 25 °C). The recommended storage temperature for lyophilized
to remove inhibitors, and then by addition of a low-salt buffer to Proteinase K is 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has been solubilized, it
separate bound DNA from the membrane. should be stored in aliquots at –20 °C, because repeated freezing
and thawing will significantly reduce its activity.
3 Nucleic acid extraction using a homogenizer
Procedure
1. Homogenize and 1 Sample application
lyse the starting DNA extraction from various samples carrying spores followed by
material 3 an arbitrary primed (AP) PCR. PCR products were then visualized on
2. Bind the DNA to the a TAE agarose gel as the final step.
Spin Filter
3. Wash the bound 2
DNA
4. Perform final elution
Product specifications
Starting material:
Gram+ bacteria (max. 1 × 109)
Fungal spores
Yeasts (max. 1 × 109)
Extraction time:
Homogenization and lysis: approx. 30 – 45 minutes
Purification: approx. 12 minutes Lane 1: DNA ladder
Lane 2 – 9: Fragment sample of an AP PCR using a variety of different
target DNA
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 30 µg DNA
92
3.1 Isolation of DNA
3.1
nents. Microbial DNA are then selectively bound to the surface of a least 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature
Spin Filter membrane, this is followed first by wash steps to remove (14 °C to 25 °C).
inhibitors, and then by addition of a low-salt buffer to separate
bound DNA from the membrane. The DNA is then ready for use in
all subsequent applications. Sample application
2
3
Extraction time:
Homogenization and lysis: 25 minutes Order information
Purification: approx. 15 minutes
Order number Quantity
93
3.2 Isolation of RNA
Isolation of RNA
Successful RNA isolation: innuSPEED RNA kits contain lysis tubes with
application-specific beads for mechanically homogenizing the starting
sample. Using a SpeedMill or other ball mill tremendously increases
the lysis efficiency during subsequent nucleic acid extraction. Treatment
is gentler on the sample material, and the extracted RNA yields
impressively high RIN values of up to 9.8.
Manual using
homogenizer
innuSPEED
"x - Recommended
(x) - Recommended with limitations"
innuSPEED Bacteria/Fungi RNA Kit
3.2
Cataloge page 95 96 97
Bacterial cells (gram+ & gram-) x
1x 10 9
x
Fungi x
Fungi spores x
Plant material x
Up to 50 mg x
Tissue samples x
Up to 20 mg x
94
3.2 Isolation of RNA
3.2
bound to a second Spin Filter membrane, washed and finally eluted least 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature
in 30 – 80 µl of RNase-free water. (14 °C to 25 °C).
Product specifications
Starting material:
Tissue samples of up to 20 mg
Bioptates
Extraction time:
Homogenization and lysis: approx. 20 minutes
Purification: approx. 11 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg RNA
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
Up to 100 µg Order information
95
3.2 Isolation of RNA
The total plant RNA is then bound to the filter membrane on a least 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature
second column, washed and finally eluted in 30 – 80 µl of RNase- (14 °C to 25 °C).
free water. Rapidly accelerated beads are used to solubilize plant cell
walls efficiently, which, in turn, maximizes RNA yields.
Sample application
3 Nucleic acid extraction using a homogenizer
The innuPREP Plant RNA Kit was used to extract total cellular RNA
Procedure from 50 mg leaf material and compared to the innuSPEED Plant
1. Homogenize and lyse RNA Kit. Subsequent analysis of the quality of the isolated nucleic
the plant material 3 acids was performed on an Agilent Bioanalyzer. Data indicate total
2. Use an initial Spin 1 plant RNA with intact ribosomal RNA, free of genomic DNA con-
Filter to selectively tamination and with no sign of degradation.
remove the DNA
3. Bind the RNA to a
second Spin Filter 4
4. Wash the bound RNA 2
5. Elute the plant DNA
Product specifications
Starting material:
Up to 50 mg of plant material
Extraction time:
Homogenization and lysis: 15 minutes
Purification: approx. 12 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 100 µg RNA
innuPREP Plant RNA Kit, RIN = 9.5
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the plant material used
Up to 100 µg Order information
96
3.2 Isolation of RNA
3.2
of a Spin Filter membrane, washed and then finally eluted from the at least 12 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature
membrane. The isolated RNA is immediately available for down- (14 °C to 25 °C).
stream applications.
Sample application
RNA was extractedHomogenisation/ / which are not carrying
Wash
Extraction time:
Homogenization and lysis: approx. 40 minutes
Purification: approx. 10 minutes
Binding capacity:
Column binding capacity: > 30 µg RNA
97
3.3 Lysis Tubes
Lysis Tubes
innuSPEED lysis tubes include a variety of 0.5 and 2.0 mL reaction As a general rule of thumb: the smaller the sample, the smaller the
3.3 Lysis
vessels Tubes
with skirted englisch
bases and screw caps. Prefilled with beads in beads.
various sizes, materials and quantities, innuSPEED lysis tubes are ide-
ally suited for homogenizing an exceptionally wide variety of starting
materials (e.g., plants, tissues, cells, etc.)
3.3
98
3.3 Lysis Tubes
Lysis Tube A is a 2.0 ml tube with a screwing cap (colourless) containing optimized
ceramic beads (1.4 - 1.6 mm) for efficient disruption of plant or animal tissue samples
using SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
Lysis Tube B is a 2.0 ml tube with a screwing cap (blue) containing optimized glass
(90 - 150 µm) beads for efficient disruption of bacteria and fungi samples using SpeedMill
or other homogenizers.
3.3
innuSPEED Lysis Tube C
Lysis Tube C is a 0.5 ml tube with a screwing cap (violet) containing optimized ceramic
(0.4 - 0.6 mm) beads for efficient disruption of plant or tissue samples using SpeedMill
or other homogenizers.
Lysis Tube D is a 0.5 ml tube with a screwing cap (colourless) containing optimized
glass (90 - 150 µm) beads for efficient disruption of bacteria and fungi samples using
SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
Lysis Tube E is a 2.0 ml tube with screwing cap (orange) containing optimized ceramic
beads (2.4 - 2.6 mm) for efficient disruption of difficult samples as insects, dried tissues
or plants using SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
99
3.3 Lysis Tubes
Lysis Tube F is a 0.5 ml tube with screwing cap (yellow) containing optimized steel
beads (4.7 mm) for efficient disruption of resistant samples as wood, seed or rice grain
using SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
Lysis Tube G is a 2.0 ml tube with a screwing cap (colourless) containing optimized
glass beads (90 - 150 µm) for efficient disruption of bacteria and fungi samples using
3.3
845-CS-1100050 50 tubes
845-CS-1100100 100 tubes
845-CS-1100250 250 tubes
Lysis Tube H is a 0.5 ml tube with screwing cap (violet) containing optimized steel
beads (8x 3.5 mm) for efficient disruption of resistant samples as wood, seed or rice
grain using SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
Lysis Tube I is a 0.5 ml tube with screwing cap (red) containing optimized steel beads
(5x 3.5 mm) for efficient disruption of resistant samples as wood, seed or rice grain
using SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
Lysis Tube J is a 2.0 ml tube with screwing cap (blue) containing optimized steel beads
(4.7 mm) for efficient disruption of resistant samples as wood, seed or rice grain using
SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
100
3.3 Lysis Tubes
Lysis Tube P is a 0.5 ml tube with screwing cap (green) containing optimized ceramic
beads (2.4 - 2.8 mm) for efficient disruption for difficult samples as insects, dried tis-
sues or plants using SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
The Lysis Tube Q consist of a 2.0 mL tube with a screwing cap (red) and a metal mandrel.
The tube has been specially developed for homogenizing extremely tough starting materi-
3.3
als, such as rice, bones and wood. The use of a tube fixation is recommended if using the
Lysis Tube Q with the SpeedMill PLUS. The mandrel is a reusable homogenization element.
Sterilizing or autoclaving the mandrel after use is recommended.
Lysis Tube S is a 2.0 ml tube with screwing cap (yellow) containing special small
ceramic beads (0.4 - 0.6 mm) for efficient disruption of stool, bacteria and fungi samples
using SpeedMill and other homogenizers.
Lysis Tube W is a 2.0 ml tube with screwing cap (red) containing a mixture of ceramic and
steel beads (1.4 - 1.6 mm and 3.5 mm) for efficient disruption of stool, bacteria, fungi and
soil samples as well as cell cultures and spores using SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
Lysis Tube X is a 2.0 ml tube with screwing cap (withe) containing a mixture of ceramic beads
(0.4 - 0.6 mm und 1.4 - 1.6 mm) different in size for efficient disruption of stool, bacteria, fungi
and soil samples as well as cell cultures and spores using SpeedMill or other homogenizers.
101
3.3 Lysis Tubes
Lysis Tube Y is a 2.0 ml tube with screwing cap (brown) containing a mixture of glass
and steel beads (90 - 150 µm und 4.7 mm) for efficient disruption of stool, bacteria,
fungi and soil samples as well as cell cultures and spores using SpeedMill or other
homogenizers.
Lysis Tube Z is a 2.0 ml tube with screwing cap (black) containing a mixture of glass and
3.3
steel beads (90 - 150 µm und 3.5 mm) for efficient disruption of stool, bacteria, fungi
and soil samples as well as cell cultures and spores using SpeedMill or other homog-
enizers.
3 Nucleic acid extraction using a homogenizer
102
3.3 Lysis Tubes
3.3
lysate easy to remove after a brief centrifugation step. was spiked with pathogens from exponentially growing cultures.
Aliquots of the spiked blood—some undergoing mechanical lysis
The PureProve® concept: following suitable processes for reducing and some not—were diluted, plated onto a suitable substrate and
contamination with all system components are filled and packaged incubated overnight. The number of colonies was counted on the
under clean-room conditions. following day.
Procedure
1. Lysis tube filling
2. Homogenizer loading
3. The 2 lysis intervals begin
(45 sec. each with a 5 minutes
pause in between)
4. Cell debris centrifugation and
lysate removal
Product specifications
Starting material:
Whole blood or other bodily fluids (cerebrospinal fluid, synovial
fluid), up to 5 mL
Tissues (liver, kidney, muscle), up to 1 g
The protocol may need to be optimized if using other samples
or alternative homogenizers.
Lysis time:
Approx. 10 minutes
Order information
Kit components
Order number Quantity
10 lysis tubes, prefilled with glass beads and antifoam agent, 50 mL
sample buffer, user manual 850-301-001-0010 10 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
103
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
innuPREP Kits – IPC16: Automated nucleic acid isolation using based on Analytik Jena’s patented extraction chemistry (DC tech-
an optimized, universal extraction chemistry nology), which unites a stringent lysis buffer with a novel binding
A wide variety of different kits is available for fast, automated nucle- buffer system. Extraction produces excellent yields of high-quality
ic acid isolation on the InnuPure® C16 automated extraction system. RNA and DNA alike. In addition, ultramodern instrument technol-
Prefilled, sealed reagent plastics make this unit very easy to use, ogy provides for highly efficient magnetic bead collection, reducing
allowing operators to prepare for extraction in just a few manual particle transfer to the final eluate to an absolute minimum. Isolated
steps, while the piercing feature of the InnuPure® C16 eliminates nucleic acids can then be used in subsequent applications (such
the need for opening Reagent Strips/Plates. The result is the nearly as PCR, qPCR, cDNA synthesis, etc.) with no additional purification
complete eradication of any conceivable cross-contamination. All steps.
kits make use of the magnetic particle separation principle and are
Addition of the
elution buffer and
mixing Mixing
Collection of the
magnetic particles
Collection of the
nucleic-acid-bound 2. Automated binding
magnetic particles of the nucleic acid
and removal of the
to the magnetic
Collection of the binding buffer
nucleic-acid-bound
particles
magnetic particles
4. Drying the and removal of the Addition of the
magnetic particles wash buffer wash buffer and
mixing
104
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
Product specifications
Starting material:
Tissue samples of up to 20 mg
4.1
Rodent tails up to 1.0 cm in length
Eucaryotic cells (max. = 5 x 106)
Extraction time:
Lysis: 10–75 minutes (external)
Kit components
Proteinase K, Lysis Solution, prefilled Reagent Strips and/or Plates,
tips, elution tubes, user manual
Order information
Storage conditions and stability
Order number Quantity
The innuPREP DNA Kit-IPC16 will remain stable for at least 6 months
if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14°C–25°C). The 845-IPS-2016016 16 reactions
recommended storage temperature for lyophilized proteinase K is 845-IPS-2016096 96 reactions
4°C. Once the proteinase K has been solubilized, it should be stored 845-IPP-2016016 16 reactions
in aliquots at –20°C, because repeated freezing and thawing will
845-IPP-2016096 96 reactions
significantly reduce its activity.
845-IPP-2016480 480 reactions
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
IPS = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Strips for processing individual samples
IPP = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Plates for running 8 samples in parallel
Note: Prefilled Reagent Strips and Reagent Plates can be used in parallel with
the InnuPure® C16.
105
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
Process sequence
4.1
1. External lysis
2. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
3. DNA is washed automatically
4. DNA is automatically eluted
4 Automated nucleic acid extraction
Product specifications
Starting material:
Blood and traces of blood
Hair, hair roots and beard stubble
Finger nails TaqMan® real-time PCR amplification plot of GAPDH-gene using genomic
Stamps and envelopes DNA of different forensic samples in quadruplicate (turquoise: swab,
violet: blood drive, blue: ear swab, brown: tooth brush, green: cigarette,
Cigarette butts, chewing gum red: chewing gum, yellow: hairs) including NTC (grey).
Swab samples and fingerprints taken from surfaces, ear swab,
tooth brush
Traces of sperm, bone meal
Average yield:
Lysis: approx. 120 minutes (external)
InnuPure® C16 protocol: approx. 38 - 47 minutes
Order information
Durchschnittliche Ausbeute:
Order number Quantity
Depends on the sample and the amount used
845-IPS-2416016 16 reactions
Average purity (A 260:A 280): 845-IPS-2416096 96 reactions
1,8 - 2,0 845-IPP-2416016 16 reactions
845-IPP-2416096 96 reactions
106
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
le c t ed pro g ew
ähl te
se us P
ro
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-
tic -v os
In
s
v
o-D itr o
iagnos -Diagn
Process sequence
1. Starting material is automatically lysed
4.1
2. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
3. Bound DNA is automatically washed
4. DNA is automatically eluted
Average yield
Depends on the type and quality of the starting material
Whole blood samples: up to 10 µg
IPS = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Strips for processing individual samples
IPP = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Plates for running 8 samples in parallel
Note: Prefilled Reagent Strips and Reagent Plates can be used in parallel in
the InnuPure® C16.
107
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
Product description
The innuPREP Blood DNA Midi Kit-IPC16 can be used for automat- Sample application
ed DNA isolation from 0.5 – 2.0 mL whole blood samples on the Automated DNA purification from 3 different volumes of whole-
InnuPure® C16. The initial work (solubilizing the erythrocytes and blood samples. The extracted genomic DNA was first visualized on
pelletizing the nucleated blood cells) are followed by an additional a TAE agarose gel and then underwent spectrophotometric testing.
lysis step. The InnuPure® C16 fully automates all subsequent work
sequences, such as binding nucleic acids to magnetic particles and
then washing and eluting them. In addition to pre-filled, sealed Lane 1: DNA control;
Reagent Strips/Plates, the kit also contains all of the other solutions lanes 2 - 4: gDNA
from whole-blood
and consumables, such as elution tubes and tips. The extracted samples (0.5 mL each);
DNA is highly pure and can be analyzed immediately in further lanes 5 - 7: gDNA from
downstream applications. whole-blood samples
(1.0 mL each);
lanes 8 - 10: gDNA
from whole-blood
Process sequence samples (2.0 mL each)
1. External erythrocyte lysis and lymphocyte pelleting
2. External lymphocyte lysis
4.1
Product specifications
Starting material
0.5 to 2 mL samples of whole blood
Fresh or frozen blood Spectrophotometric DNA testing: Spectrophotometric DNA testing:
Stabilized in EDTA or citrate 0.5 mL whole-blood sample 1.0 mL whole-blood sample
Extraction time
Lysis: 20 – 40 minutes (external)
InnuPure® C16 protocol: approx. 45 minutes
Average yield
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
Whole blood samples: up to 10 – 40 µg
Spectrophotometric DNA testing:
Average purity (A 260:A 280) 2.0 mL whole-blood sample
1.8 - 2.0
Order information
108
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
Process sequence
1. External homogenization e.g. SpeedMill and lysis of starting
4.1
material
2. Selective removal of proteins and polysaccharides
3. Automized binding of DNA to magnetic particles
4. Automized washing of bound DNA
5. Automized elution of DNA
Extraction time
Homogenization: Homogenizer: approx. 30 seconds - 3 minutes
Liquid nitrogen: approx. 5 - 10 minutes
Lysis: approx. 40 - 45 minutes
InnuPure® C16 protocol: approx. 45 minutes
Average yield
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material Order information
Up to 60 µg
Ordner number Quantity
IPS = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Strips for processing individual samples
IPP = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Plates for running 8 samples in parallel
Note: Prefilled Reagent Strips and Reagent Plates can be used in parallel with
the InnuPure® C16.
109
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
Product sequence
1. External lysis of categorized food samples
4.1
Product specifications
Starting material
Categorized food samples: TaqMan® Real-Time PCR curves (double determinations) for the amplified
Meat and sausage products gene in genomic DNA taken from a food sample (paprika-flavored
potato chips) (Analytik Jena: red = undiluted sample, pink = 1:10 sample
Canned foods (frankfurters and fish) dilution; competing product: turquoise = undiluted sample, blue = 1:10
Convenience foods sample dilution), includes NTC (green).
Baked goods, chips, muesli
Chocolate Undiluted 1:10 dilution
Flour, baking mixtures, spices
Analytik Jena AG 21.9 25.7
Ketchup, mustard, sauces, jams, bread spreads
Competing product 37.4 28.1
Dairy products
Oils and fats
Up to 200 mg of material
Extraction time
Lysis: approx. 60 minutes (external) Order information
InnuPure® C16 protocol: approx. 38 or 47 minutes
Ordner number Quantity
110
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
4.1
Process sequence
1. External lysis
2. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
3. DNA is washed automatically
4. DNA is automatically eluted
Extraction time:
Lysis: approx. 120 minutes (external)
InnuPure® C16 protocol: approx. 38 - 47 minutes
Average yield:
Depends on the sample and the amount used
IPS = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Strips for processing individual samples
IPP = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Plates for running 8 samples in parallel
Note: Prefilled Reagent Strips and Reagent Plates can be used in parallel in
the InnuPure® C16.
111
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
Procedure
4.1
Extraction time
Lysis: 15 minutes
InnuPure® C16 protocol: approx. 45 minutes
Average yield
Depends on the quality and quantity of the starting material
Up to 15 µg DNA
112
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
Process sequence
1. Optional: External cell-wall lysis with lysozyme
2. External proteolytic digestion
3. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
4.1
Lane 1: DNA control;
4. DNA is automatically washed and eluted lanes 2 - 17: E. coli-DNA
Product specifications
Starting material
Extraction time
Lysis: 30 - 40 minutes
InnuPure® C16 protocol: approx. 45 minutes
Average yield
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
Up to 25 µg
113
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
Process sequence
1. External lysis
2. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
4.1
Product specifications
4 Automated nucleic acid extraction
Starting material:
Mycobacterial cell pellets (max. 1 x 109 cells)
Sputum
Bronchoalveolar lavages (up to 1 mL)
Extraction time:
Lysis: Mycobacterial cell pellets, approx. 55 – 65 minutes
(external)
Sputum samples, approx. 105 minutes (external)
Bronchoalveolar lavages, approx. 60 – 75 minutes (external)
InnuPure® C16 protocol: approx. 45 minutes
Average yield:
Depends on the sample and the volumes used
IPS = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Strips for processing individual samples
IPP = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Plates for running 8 samples in parallel
Note: Prefilled Reagent Strips and Reagent Plates can be used in parallel in
the InnuPure® C16.
114
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
Process sequence
4.1
1. Homogenization of starting material (e.g., SpeedMill)
2. External lysis of the starting material
3. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
4. Bound DNA is automatically washed
5. DNA is automatically eluted
Average yield
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
IPS = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Strips for processing individual samples
IPP = Kit contains prefilled Reagent Plates for running 8 samples in parallel
Note: Prefilled Reagent Strips and Reagent Plates can be used in parallel with
the InnuPure® C16.
115
4.1 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C16
le c t ed pro g ew
äh
se us
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-v
tic -v
In
s
o-D itr o
iagnos -Di
Process sequence
1. Combine the Carrier Mix and lysis buffer
2. Internal lysis occurs once the sample is added
3. Viral DNA / RNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
4. Bound viral DNA / RNA is automatically washed
4 Automated nucleic acid extraction
Product specifications
Starting material
Serum (200 µL)
Plasma (200 µL)
Cell-free bodily fluids (200 µL) Detection system for internal control
Cell culture supernatants (200 µL) innuDETECT Internal Control DNA Assay............................................... 141
Swab samples innuDETECT Internal Control RNA Assay................................................ 141
Stool samples (200 µL) innuDETECT Internal Control DNA/RNA Assay.................................... 141
Extraction time
Lysis: internal
InnuPure® C16 protocol: approx. 75 minutes
Order information
Average yield
Order number Quantity
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
845-IPS-5016016 16 reactions
Average purity (A 260:A 280) 845-IPS-5016096 96 reactions
1.8 - 2.0 845-IPP-5016016 16 reactions
845-IPP-5016096 96 reactions
116
4.2 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C96
Flexible, optimized kits for simple and rapid absolute minimum with the aid of pre-filled Reagent Plasticware,
nucleic acid purification an integrated lysis step (optimized for the corresponding starting
A variety of different DNA/RNA extraction kits are available for the materials), as well as pipetting, mixing and heating steps contained
InnuPure® C96. Based on the well-established nucleic acid separa- in the routine. The entire purification process is completely taken
tion via the binding of the DNA/RNA to magnetic particles, excellent over by InnuPure® C96, and thus possible contaminations can be
results with a high purity and yield are also guaranteed in the 96 specifically reduced. In addition, the elution of high-quality nucleic
well format. It is ensured that the end product is free of proteins, acids takes place in a separate 96 well microplate. The previously
nucleases and other contaminants and can be immediately used for defined volume can be adjusted in an application-specific manner.
subsequent applications. The complete system provides a signifi- All components needed for high throughput extraction in a 96 well
cant time savings. Manual interventions can be kept to the format are contained in the kits.
4.2
Proteolytic digestion
Lysozyme digestion
Addition of the
elution buffer and
mixing Mixing
Collection of the
magnetic particles
Collection of the
nucleic-acid-bound
2. Automated binding
magnetic particles
Collection of the and removal of the
of the nucleic acid
nucleic-acid-bound binding buffer to the magnetic
magnetic particles particles
4. Drying the and removal of the
wash buffer Addition of the
magnetic particles
wash buffer and
mixing
Process sequence
1. Automatic lysis of starting material
2. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
4.2
Starting material
Fresh or frozen whole blood (up to 200 µL)
Stabilized with EDTA or citrate
Extraction time
Lysis: internal lysis
InnuPure® C96 protocol: approx. 85 min. Lane 51 – 62: human gDNA from 200 µl blood, Position E1 - E12
Lane 63: DNA ladder
Lane: 64 – 75: human gDNA from 200 µl blood, Position F1-F12
Average yield
Depends on the whole-blood sample used
Up to 10 µg
118
4.2 Isolation kits for InnuPure® C96
Process sequence
1. Internal lysis
2. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
4.2
3. DNA is washed automatically
4. DNA is automatically eluted
Product specifications
Extraction time
Lysis: Internal lysis
InnuPure® C96 protocol: approx. 90 minutes
DNA quality
Positive PCR, cDNA synthesis and TaqMan® real-time
PCR testing results
Kit components
Prefilled Reagent Plates, tips, Sample Plate, Elution Plate, user
manual
119
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
innuPREP Kits – KF: nucleic acid extraction using the KingFisher® steps, and transfer magnetic particles from one solution to the next
mL or KingFisher ® FLEX extraction systems using a stamp and plastic comb. Rapid up and down movements
Patented DC technology also serves as the basis for extraction mix the samples.
chemistry developed at Analytik Jena for use on KingFisher ® proces- A large number of isolation products are available for an extremely
sors. Combining highly stringent lysis buffer with a special binding wide variety of starting materials. In addition to genomic DNA from
buffer shortens the overall DNA/RNA isolation process tremendous- human samples, these systems can also isolate bacterial and viral
ly, while achieving exceptionally high yields and excellent purity. nucleic acids from cultures and cell-free fluids. The DNA and/or
The manual filling protocols makes all KingFisher ® kits flexible and RNA obtained in this way is immediately available for use in subse-
adjustable. These automated systems do not involve any pipetting quent applications. No additional cleanup step required.
Procedure
4.3
Transfer Tip
Reagent 1 and Magnetic particles Well 1 Well 2 Reagent 2 and Magnetic particles
120
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Product specifications
Starting material:
Whole blood samples (up to 150 µl)
Tissue samples of up to 30 mg
4.3
Rodent tail specimens (0.4 cm – 1.0 cm)
Paraffin samples (FFPE material: formalin-fixed,
paraffin-embedded) Lane 1: DNA ladder
Buccal swabs Lane 2 – 16: DNA from 150 µl whole blood samples
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
Typical yield from 30 mg of tissue: 4 – 14 µg
Typical yield from 150 µl of whole blood: 4 – 10 µg
Lane 1: DNA ladder
Average purity (A 260:A 280): Lane 2 – 16: GAPDH PCR products
Lane 17: Negative control
1.7 – 2.0
Kit components
Lysis Solution, Proteinase K, Washing Solutions, Elution Buffer,
MAG Suspension, KingFisher ® Tip Combs, KingFisher ® Tube Strips,
user manual
121
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Product specifications
Starting material:
1.0 ml bacterial culture
Gram+ or gram– bacterial cell pellets
Extraction time:
Lysis: approx. 40 – 45 minutes
KingFisher ® ml protocol: approx. 30 minutes Lane 1: DNA ladder
Lane 2 – 16: Bacterial DNA (E.coli overnight culture)
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
122
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Procedure
1. External lysis of the starting material
2. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
3. Bound DNA is automatically washed
4. Automated, final elution in a low-salt buffer
4.3
Product specifications
Starting material:
Cell-free bodily fluids such as serum, plasma and cerebrospinal
DNA quality:
Positive PCR and TaqMan® real-time PCR testing results
123
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Procedure
1. External lysis of the starting material
Fluorescence (dRn)
Product specifications
Starting material:
Cell-free bodily fluids such as serum, plasma and cerebrospinal
4 Automated nucleic acid extraction
Extraction time:
Lysis: approx. 15 – 30 minutes, up to 60 minutes for tissue Amplification plot of the CSFV-specific TaqMan® real-time PCR [1]
samples
[1] Data provided with kind permission from Dr. A. Engelhardt, LUA Berlin,
KingFisher ® ml protocol: approx. 30 minutes
Germany
124
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Procedure
1. External lysis of the starting material
2. Viral nucleic acids are automatically bound to magnetic particles
3. Bound nucleic acids are automatically washed
4. Final, automated elution of DNA and RNA
4.3
Product specifications
Starting material: A DNA virus was diluted in different patient serum samples. This
Cell-free bodily fluids such as serum, plasma and cerebrospinal was followed by DNA extraction (using the innuPREP Virus DNA/
Extraction time:
Lysis: approx. 15 – 30 minutes, up to 60 minutes for tissue
samples
KingFisher ® ml protocol: approx. 30 minutes
125
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Procedure
1. External lysis of the whole blood sample
2. Viral RNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
3. Bound RNA is automatically washed
4. Final automated BTV RNA elution
4.3
Product specifications
Starting material:
Whole blood samples (200 µl max.)
4 Automated nucleic acid extraction
Extraction time:
Lysis: approx. 15 minutes
KingFisher ® ml protocol: approx. 30 minutes
Kit components
Lysis Solution, Proteinase K, Binding Solution, Washing Solutions,
RNase-free water, MAG Suspension, KingFisher ® Tip Combs,
KingFisher ® Tube Strips, user manual
Order information
126
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
4.3
3. Bound nucleic acids are automatically washed
4. Automated elution in a 96 well plate
Product specifications
Extraction time:
Lysis: Tissue samples and rodent tails: approx. 30 min – 3 h Lane 1 and 2: Spleen genomic DNA
FFPE tissue samples: approx. 2 h Lane 3 and 4: Uterine genomic DNA
Lane 5 and 6: Lymph node genomic DNA
KingFisher ® 96 protocol: approx. 39 minutes Lane 7 and 8: Heart genomic DNA
KingFisher ® FLEX protocol: approx. 39 minutes Lane 9 and 10: Kidney genomic DNA
Average yield: [1] Dr. A. Bondzio of the Institut für Veterinärbiochemie at the Freie Univer-
sität Berlin kindly granted permission for the use of this image.
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
Typical yield from 30 mg of tissue: 4 – 14 µg
127
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
3. Proteolytic digestion
4. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
5. Bound DNA is automatically washed
6. Final automated nucleic acid elution
4 Automated nucleic acid extraction
Product specifications
Starting material:
200 – 400 µg of solid stool samples
200 – 400 µl of liquid stool samples
Extraction time:
Lysis: approx. 40 – 45 minutes Lane 1 and 20: DNA ladder
KingFisher ® 96 protocol: approx. 30 minutes Lane 2 – 19: DNA extracted from guinea pig excrement
KingFisher ®FLEX Protokoll: 30 minutes
Average yield:
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
128
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
le c t ed pro g ew
ähl te
se us P
ro
du
A
innuPREP Blood DNA Kit - KFFLX improved product
cts
better performance
für die
for in
itr
-
tic -v os
In
s
v
o-D itr o
iagnos -Diagn
4.3
4. Automated DNA elution in a 96 well plate
Product specifications
Starting material:
Extraction time:
KingFisher ® FLEX lysis protocol: approx. 25 minutes
KingFisher ® FLEX isolation protocol: approx. 37 minutes
Lane 1 and 50: DNA ladder
Average yield: Lane 2 – 49 and lane 51 – 98: DNA extracted from 200 µl whole blood
samples
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
Up to 10 µg DNA
129
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Procedure
1. Blood samples are automatically lysed in the KingFisher ® FLEX
2. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
3. Bound DNA is automatically washed
4. Automated DNA elution in a 24 well plate
4.3
Fresh or frozen blood Fully automated DNA extraction of 1 ml whole blood samples using
Stabilizers: EDTA or citrate the KingFisher ® FLEX (double determinations). This image shows
the isolated genomic DNA on a 0.8 % TAE agarose gel.
Extraction time:
KingFisher ® FLEX lysis protocol: approx. 20 minutes
KingFisher ® FLEX isolation protocol: approx. 27 minutes Lane 1: DNA ladder
Lane 2 – 3, 5 – 6 and 8 – 9:
gDNA from 3 whole blood
Average yield: samples (double determinations)
Depends on the type and quantity of the starting material
Approx. 15 – 60 µg DNA
Kit components
Lysis Solution, Proteinase K, Washing Solutions, Elution Buffer,
MAG Suspension, KingFisher ® 24 Tip Comb with 24 DW Plate,
KingFisher ® 24 DW Plate, user manual
130
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
4.3
1. 2. 3. 4.
131
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Product description
The LOOXSTER® Blood & Tissue DNA Kit – KFFLX is a complete preana- Extraction time: Approx. 120 minutes
lytical system for preparing bacterial and fungal DNA from blood and
other bodily fluids, and from eukaryotic cell and tissue samples. The Yield:
system consists of mechanical lysis, total DNA isolation and a No more than 6 µg of enriched DNA
LOOXSTER® enrichment step for the isolated bacterial and fungal DNA. The concentration of bacterial DNA in the enriched DNA de-
The specific affinity of the LOOXSTER® protein for non-methylated CpG pends on the ratio of eucaryotic DNA to procaryotic DNA.
dinucleotides is what produces the enrichment effect. DNA extracts Example: Less than 5% of the human DNA and approx. 50%
containing a mixture of methylated host DNA and small quantities of of the bacterial DNA (E. coli) were isolated from a
double-stranded genomic bacterial or fungal DNA, are incubated in the 100,000-fold excess of human DNA in the starting sample.
presence of a stringent buffer along with LOOXSTER® protein that has
been immobilized on paramagnetic particles. A subsequent stringent Average purity (A 260:A 280): 1.7 - 2.0
wash step can be used for removing unbound DNA. The bacterial DNA
is then eluted with elution buffer. The PureProve® concept: following Kit components
suitable processes for reducing contamination with DNA, all system Lysis tubes, prefilled with glass beads and antifoam agent, prefilled
components are filled and packaged under clean-room conditions. buffer plates LOOXSTER® Magnetic Particles, LOOXSTER® Binding Buf-
fer, LOOXSTER® Wash Buffer, LOOXSTER® Elution Buffer; tubes with
4.3
■ DNA binding to the LOOXSTER® particles total DNA beads, spin columns, LOOXSTER® Magnetic Particles and
■ Washing step for the LOOXSTER® particles protease. All other components are stored at room temperature
■ Elution of the enriched DNA (15°C to 30°C). The kit will remain stable under these conditions for
3. Desalting and concentration processes for the at least 6 months.
enriched DNA (via cleanup columns)
LOOXSTER® Workflow Sample application
Total Cell Lysis
LOOXSTER®
Cell Lysate
FastPrep®-24
50 µg of human DNA and 0.5 ng of E.coli DNA was mixed and treated
with LOOXSTER® Blood & Tissue DNA Kit-KFFLX. In a series of 8 indepen-
dent applications LOOXSTER® removes 96,9% of the human DNA and
isolates 67,7% of the E.coli DNA resulting a 22-fold relative enrichment
KingFisher®
of the bacterial DNA.
132
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
4.3
2. External lysis Common grape vine (Vitis vinifera) Agrobakterium vitis
3. DNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
4. Bound DNA is automatically washed
5. Automated DNA elution in a 96-well plate The host tissue made extraction considerably more difficult in both
cases. The following image shows the DNA yield obtained using the
Extraction time:
Homogenization: Homogenizer: approx. 30 seconds – 3 minutes
Liquid nitrogen: approx. 5 – 10 minutes
Lysis: approx. 40 – 45 minutes Lane 1: DNA control
KingFisher ® FLEX protocol: approx. 27 minutes Lane 2: DNA size standard (25 ng)
Lane 3: DNA size standard (50 ng)
Lane 4: DNA size standard (100 ng)
Average yield: Lanes 5, 8 and 11: Negative control
Depends on the type and quantity of the plant sample used Lanes 6 – 7: 2x positive controls (competing product 1)
Lanes 9 – 10: 2x positive controls (innuPREP Plant DNA Kit-KFFLX)
Up to 60 µg DNA Lanes 12 – 13: 2x positive controls (competing product 2)
133
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
le c t ed pro g ew
äh
se us
du
A
innuPREP RNA Virus PLUS Kit - KFFLX improved product
cts
better performance
für die
for in
itr
-v
tic -v
In
s
o-D itr o
iagnos -Di
Procedure
1. Automated lysis of the starting material (except for tissue
samples) in the KingFisher ® FLEX
4.3
Product specifications
Starting material:
Cell-free bodily fluids such as serum, plasma and cerebrospinal
fluid (up to 200 µl) Cycles
Cell culture supernatant, enrichment medium (up to 200 µl)
Tissues (approx. 1 – 5 mg)
Swab samples Amplification plot of the TaqMan® real-time PCR specific to influenza A [1]
Stool samples (approx. 50 – 100 mg)
[1] Data provided here with the kind permission of Dr. A. Engelhardt, LUA
Berlin, Germany
Extraction time:
Manual lysis: tissue samples only (30 – 60 minutes)
KingFisher ® FLEX lysis protocol: approx. 20 minutes
KingFisher ® FLEX purification protocol: approx. 37 minutes Detection system for internal control
innuDETECT Internal Control DNA Assay............................................... 141
Quality of viral RNA: innuDETECT Internal Control RNA Assay................................................ 141
Tested with positive results in cDNA synthesis followed innuDETECT Internal Control DNA/RNA Assay.................................... 141
by TaqMan® real-time PCR
Kit components
Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Carrier Mix, Washing Solutions,
RNase-free water, MAG Suspension, KingFisher ® 96 Tip Comb with
96 DW Plate, KingFisher ® 96 DW Plate, KingFisher ® 96 Plate, user Order information
manual
Order number Quantity
134
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Procedure
1. Whole blood samples are automatically lysed in the
KingFisher ® FLEX
2. RNA is automatically bound to magnetic particles
3. Bound RNA is automatically washed
4.3
Cycles
4. Automated RNA elution in a 96 well plate
Extraction time:
KingFisher ® FLEX lysis protocol: approx. 25 minutes
KingFisher ® FLEX protocol: approx. 37 minutes
Kit components
Cycles
Lysis Solution, Proteinase K, Washing Solutions, Elution Buffer,
MAG Suspension, KingFisher ® 96 Tip Comb with 96 DW Plate,
KingFisher ® 96 DW Plate, KingFisher ® 96 Plate, user manual
[1] Data provided with kind permission from Dr. A. Engelhardt, LUA Berlin,
Germany
135
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
Product specifications
Cycles
Starting material:
4 Automated nucleic acid extraction
Kit components
Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Washing Solutions, Elution Buffer, [1] Data provided here
MAG Suspension, KingFisher ® 96 Tip Comb with 96 DW Plate, with kind permission
from Dr. A. Engelhardt,
KingFisher ® 96 DW Plate, KingFisher ® 96 Plate, user manual
Cycles LUA Berlin, Germany
136
4.3 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems
le c t ed pro g ew
ähl te
se us P
ro
du
A
innuPREP DNA/RNA Virus PLUS Kit - KFFLX improved product
cts
better performance
für die
for in
itr
-
tic -v os
In
s
v
o-D itr o
iagnos -Diagn
Product description
The innuPREP RNA Virus PLUS Kit - KFFLX can be used to automate Sample application
extraction of viral RNA from up to 96 samples in just approx. 45 The innuPREP RNA Virus Kit - KFFLX was used to process organ
minutes. The method, which is based on magnetic particle separa- grit for the purpose of extracting influenza A RNA with the
tion and on the use of patented extraction chemistry in the King- KingFisher ® FLEX. cDNA synthesis and quantitative virus determina-
Fisher ® FLEX system, can be used for isolating an extremely wide tion were performed in a OneStep TaqMan® real-time PCR.
variety of starting materials, such as cell-free bodily fluids, biopsies,
swabs and stool samples. The isolated viral nucleic acids are then
available for immediate use in downstream applications. The high
quality of the RNA has been successfully tested and confirmed us-
ing the TaqMan® real-time PCR (after cDNA synthesis).
Procedure
Fluorescence (dR)
4.3
3. Bound RNA is automatically washed
4. Automated RNA elution in a 96 well plate
Product specifications
[1] Data provided here with the kind permission of Dr. A. Engelhardt, LUA
Extraction time:
Berlin, Germany
Manual lysis: tissue samples only (30 – 60 minutes)
KingFisher ® FLEX lysis protocol: approx. 20 minutes
KingFisher ® FLEX protocol: approx. 37 minutes
Detection system for internal control
Quality of viral RNA: innuDETECT Internal Control DNA Assay............................................... 141
Tested with positive results in cDNA synthesis followed innuDETECT Internal Control RNA Assay................................................ 141
by TaqMan® real-time PCR innuDETECT Internal Control DNA/RNA Assay.................................... 141
Kit components
Lysis Solution, Binding Solution, Washing Solutions, Carrier Mix,
RNase-free water, MAG Suspension, KingFisher ® 96 Tip Comb with
96 DW Plate, KingFisher ® 96 DW Plate, KingFisher ® 96 Plate, user Order information
manual
Order number Quantity
845-KF-4596096 96 reactions
Storage conditions and stability 845-KF-4596480 480 reactions
The innuPREP RNA Virus Kit - KFFLX will remain stable for at least 844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
6 months if stored in a dry place at room temperature (14 °C to
25 °C). The recommended storage temperature for the MAG Sus-
pension is 4 °C.
137
5 Extraction control
Extraction control
Analytik Jena also offers a panel of extraction controls as an additional
application following nucleic acid extraction. These controls are
optimized PCR assays based on amplification of the specific DNA
sequences of the starting material used.
The use of extraction controls confirms successful nucleic acid isolation
and prevents false negatives in subsequent detection sequences.
138
5.1 Control kits for food diagnostics
Product specifications
Starting material:
DNA extracted from a bacterial cell pellet after standard culturing
in a Stomacher apparatus (1 ml)
Other products for the food sector
Amplification time: blackPREP Food DNA Kit I.............................................................................. 48
rapid PCR (SpeedCycler ²): approx. 30 minutes innuDETECT Salmonella spp. Assay........................................................ 202
5.1
Standard PCR: Depends on thermal cyclers, approx. 2 hours innuDETECT Listeria spp. Assay................................................................ 203
innuDETECT E.coli O104 Assay................................................................. 204
Detection time: rapidSTRIPE Salmonella Assay................................................................... 205
Approx. 20 minutes at 100 mA rapidSTRIPE Listeria Assay........................................................................... 206
rapidSTRIPE E.coli O157 Assay.................................................................. 207
Evaluation: rapidSTRIPE Campylobacter Assay........................................................... 208
Visible 260 bp fragment on a 2 % agarose gel after electrophoresis rapidSTRIPE E.coli O104 Assay.................................................................. 209
rapidSTRIPE Shigella Toxin II Assay........................................................... 210
Kit components
Plastic PCR supplies, positive control, primer, dNTPs, PCR-grade
H 2O, polymerase
139
5.2 Control kits for tick diagnostics
block (Analytik Jena AG). The protocols have also been optimized for nucleic acids to a tick-specific amplification reaction. In the final step,
use with standard thermal cyclers such as the FlexCycler the PCR products were visualized on a 2 % agarose gel.
(Analytik Jena). The kit also contains all of the necessary consum-
ables, PCR components and a positive control.
Product specifications
DNA was extracted from 100 ticks as part of the validation process
for the innuAMP Tick DNA Test. The eluates were then tested for
the presence of amplifiable DNA.
Quantity
Tick species
Total Results Lane 1: DNA ladder, lane 2 – 8: 150 bp fragment confirming successful
Dermacentor reticulatus 20 20 DNA extraction, lane 9: Negative control
5.2
Ixodes hexagonus 1 1
Haemaphysalis concinna 5 5
Ixodes ricinus 74 74
Other products for tick diagnostics
Total 100 100
blackPREP Tick DNA Kit................................................................................... 49
blackPREP Tick DNA/RNA Kit........................................................................ 50
Detection of tick-specific DNA rapidSTRIPE Rickettsia Assay....................................................................... 219
rapidSTRIPE Borrelia Assay.......................................................................... 220
rapidSTRIPE TBE Assay..................................................................................221
Starting material: rapidSTRIPE Anaplasma Assay................................................................... 222
The test has been developed to detect DNA from all members of rapidSTRIPE Babesia Assay......................................................................... 223
the Ixodidae family (hard-bodied ticks).
Amplification time:
rapid PCR (SpeedCycler ²): approx. 30 minutes
Standard PCR: Depends on thermal cyclers, approx. 2 hours
Detection time:
Approx. 20 minutes at 100 mA
Order information
Evaluation:
Order number Quantity
Visible 150 bp fragment on a 2 % agarose gel after electrophoresis
845-IA-2006010 10 reactions
845-IA-2006025 25 reactions
Kit components 845-IA-2006050 50 reactions
Plastic PCR supplies, positive control, primer, dNTPs, PCR-grade
844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
H2O, polymerase
140
5.3 Control kits for internal control
is released and
R 1 Strain 1 17.60 16.90 19.78
fluorescence is R Q
Q 2 Strain 2 20.36 20.64 20.34
measured. 3’ 5’ 3 Strain 3 25.48 24.44 20.53
5’
5.3
3’
cycles
Specifications
Starting material
Internal DNA and RNA carrier mix controls from nucleic acid Amplification plot of different strains of the H5N1 bird flu virus (HA
purification kits for different starting materials. gene; FAM marker) multiplexed with IC RNA (TAMRA marker).
Detection time
Rapid qPCR (qTOWER): approx. 50 minutes PCR products
Standard qPCR (qTOWER 2.0 or TOptical): approx. 2 h innuSCRIPT Reverse Transcriptase............................................................157
innuMIX qPCR MasterMix Probe.................................................................159
Sensitivity/detection innuTaq HOT-A DNA Polymerase...............................................................152
Detection of fluorescence and of IC DNA or IC RNA. 50x inNucleotide Mix (12.5 mM)..............................................................161
Kit components
Primer/probe mix, PCR-grade H2O, Carrier Mix Order information
141
6.1 Epigenomic solutions and kits
142
6.1 Epigenomic solutions and kits
intensity
the converted DNA is isolated and desulfonated in a column. The
eluted DNA is then ready-to-use in downstream applications (such
as PCR, sequencing, etc.).
Process sequence
1. Addition of DNA sample to 1
the Conversion Reagent
2. DNA denaturation and cycles
conversion (approx. 3h)
3. DNA purification and
3b
desulfonation in the Fig. 1 Amplification plot of eluted DNA from Jurkat cells: undiluted and
column a 1:10 dilution, treated with innuCONVERT Bisulfite Basic Kit (blue);
2 compared to a competing product (red) and a negative control (green).
4. DNA elution
3a
6 Epigenomic
Product specifications
Starting material
Isolated DNA
Purification time
Approx. 4 hours
6.1
143
6.1 Epigenomic solutions and kits
Product specifications
Starting material:
Purified DNA samples (500 pg – 10 µg)
FFPE tissue sections (formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded, 1-3
6.1
sections, 10 µm each)
FFPE tissue plugs (formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded, 10 mg)
Cell lines (no more than 5 x 105 cells)
Bronchial aspirates, swabs, peritoneal cavity fluid, pleural effu-
sions, sputum
Fresh tissue (no more than 1 mg) Fig 2: Melting curves of the DNA after (red) and before (blue) of the
bisulfite conversion. The converted DNA shows a significant decrease in
the melting temperature of the PCR fragment.
Extraction time:
Lysis: approx. 3 hours or more
Conversion reaction: 45 minutes Order information
Purification and desulfonation: 45 minutes
Order number Quantity
144
6.1 Epigenomic solutions and kits
Validation
333 Positive tested for following blood collection systems
1. S-Monovette® 9 ml Silicat
6 Epigenomic
2. S-Monovette® 9 ml Polyacrylester Gel
3. S-Monovette® 8,5 ml CPDA
4. S-Monovette® 9 ml K3E (EDTA K3)
444
5. S-Monovette® 10 ml 9NC (Trisodium Citrate Solution, Citrate Solution)
6. S-Monovette® 7,5 ml NH (Natrium-Heparin)
15 15 15 15
15 15
7. S-Monovette® 7,5 ml LH-Gel (Lithium-Heparin)
2 ml up to 5 ml
14 14 14 14
14 14
13 13 13 13
13 13
222
12 12 12 12
12 12
11 11
8. S-Monovette® 9 ml LH (Lithium-Heparin)
11 11
11 11
10 10 10 10
10 10
9 9 9 9
9 9
8 8 8 8
8 8
6.1
7 7 7 7
7 7
6 6 6 6
6 6
5 5 5 5
5 5
4 4 4 4
4 4
222
3 3 3 3
3 3
Kit components
2 2 2 2
2 2
145
6.1 Epigenomic solutions and kits
Testing the suitability of the PME free-circulating DNA Kit for eight dif- Comparison or cell-free DNA extraction from 1 ml and 5 ml serum
ferent blood collection systems (listed above), at two different starting respectively by using PME technology versus a commercially standard
amounts of sera or plasma (1 ml and 5 ml, respectively). extraction kit for free-circulating nucleic acids. After isolation, the DNA
Extracted free-circulating DNA has been tested by amplification of a has been tested for amplification of a gene coding for the human
human specific target gene: estrogen receptor 1.
Figure 1: R
esultant amplification plots after preparation of 1 ml starting Figure 3: R
esultant amplification plots after preparation of 1 ml starting
sample volume sample volume
6 Epigenomic
LFigure 2: R
esultant amplification plots after preparation of 5 ml starting Figure 4: R
esultant amplification plots after preparation of 5 ml starting
sample volume sample volume
6.1
The amplification plots show differences in dependence on type of The red graphs correspond to the extraction based on PME technol-
blood collection systems. Best results can be achieved using ogy and the black graphs correspond to the competitor’s kit (market
S-Monovette® 9 ml LH (Lithium-Heparin, Sarstedt) or S-Monovette® leader).
7,5 ml NH (Natrium-Heparin, Sarstedt) and S-Monovette®
7,5 ml LH-Gel (Lithium-Heparin, Sarstedt).
Related products
innuCONVERT Bisulfite Basic Kit................................................................143
innuCONVERT Bisulfite All-in-One Kit......................................................144
Order information
146
6.1 Epigenomic solutions and kits
6 Epigenomic
6.1
147
Analytik Jena offers all from one hand: polymerases
and master mixes for PCR or real-time PCR respec-
tively, as well as PCR buffer, additives, dNTP‘s, DNA
ladders and loading dyes for gel electrophoresis.
We know the requirements of our customers. And
we know to what they attach special importance: to
highest quality ”Made in Germany“ and a service,
which deserves that characteristic.
Contents
149
1 PCR: polymerases and master mixes
1.1 Polymerases
150
1.1 Polymerases
1.1
845-EZ-1000500 500 units
Concentration*: 5 U/µl
Enzyme storage buffer: 20 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0; 100 mM KCl; 1 mM DTT; 0.1 mM EDTA;
0.5 % Tween 20; 0.5 % Nonidet P40; 50 % Glycerol
PCR Buffer: n 10× PCR Buffer with KCl; 100 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.8 at 25 °C); 500 mM KCl;
0.8 % Nonidet P40
n 10× PCR Buffer with (NH ) SO ; 750 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.8 at 25 °C);
4 2 4
Sample application
Amplification of a 420 bp DNA fragment using innuTaq DNA Polymerase
Lane 1: innuSTAR 100 bp DNA Ladder, lane 2 – 4: innuTaq DNA Polymerase
Concentration*: 1 U/µl
Enzyme storage buffer: 20 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0; 100 mM KCl; 1 mM DTT; 0.1 mM EDTA;
0.5 % Tween 20; 0.5 % Nonidet P40; 50 % Glycerol
PCR Buffer: n 10× KCl reaction buffer, without MgCl 2
n 10× (NH ) SO reaction buffer, without MgCl
4 2 4 2
Sample application
Amplification of a 330 bp DNA fragment using innuTaq RED DNA Polymerase
Lane 1: innuSTAR 100 bp DNA Ladder, lane 2 – 4: innuTaq RED DNA Polymerase
151
1.1 Polymerases
No unwanted secondary extensions, on automatically at the onset of the initial denaturation. The thermal activation prevents the
reduced background extension of nonspecifically annealed primers and primer-dimer formation at low tempera-
Very high specificity and PCR sensitivity tures during PCR setup. The enzyme catalyzes the polymerization of nucleotides into duplex
DNA in 5‘ → 3‘ direction in the presence of magnesium. It also possesses a 5‘ → 3‘ polymer-
ization-dependent exonuclease replacement activity but lacks a 3‘ → 5‘ exonuclease activity.
innuTaq HOT-A DNA Polymerase requires no prolonged heating or denaturing step. The poly-
merase inhibiting ligand is quickly released at the increased temperature of thermal cycling.
Concentration*: 5 U/µl
Enzyme storage buffer: 20 mM Tris-HCl; 100 mM KCl; 0.1 mM EDTA; 1 mM DTT;
0.5 % Tween 20; 0.5 % Nonidet P40; 50 % (v/v) Glycerol; pH 8.0 (25 °C)
PCR Buffer: n 10× Hot Start Buffer complete; 200 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.5 at 25 °C);
500 mM KCl; 15 mM MgCl 2
n 10× Hot Start Buffer without MgCl ; 200 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.5 at 25 °C);
2
500 mM KCl
Mg 2+ solution: MgCl 2 stock solution 25 mM
Sample application
Amplification of a 1 kb DNA fragment using innuTaq HOT-A DNA Polymerase
Lane 1: 1 kb DNA ladder, lane 2 – 4: innuTaq HOT-A DNA Polymerase
Sample application:
innuTaq UltraPure DNA Polymerase was used for determining the total microbial count for a listeria
1 culture sample; the results were compared to those obtained with conventional Taq polymerase
2
Enzyme Ct 1 Ct 2
1 Conventional Taq polymerase 16,77 17,07
3 2 innuTaq UltraPure DNA Polymerase 16,21 16,42
3 NTC conventional Taq polymerase 32,71 33,78
4
4 NTC innuTaq UltraPure DNA Polymerase NoCt NoCt
152
1.2 Master mixes
1.2
845-AS-1600200 2 mL for 200 reactions of 20 µL each
The concentration of MgCl2 in the master mix is already ideal, eliminating the need to add
any more.
Sample application:
Lanes 1 - 3: DNA amplification of a DNA fragment using in-house PCR chemistry (innuTaq HOT-A DNA
polymerase, 50x inNucleotide mix and MgCl2 solution); Lane 4: NTC using in-house PCR chemistry;
Lane 5: DNA control; Lanes 6 - 8: DNA amplification of a DNA fragment using innuMIX rapidPCR
MasterMix; Lane 9: NTC using innuMIX rapidPCR MasterMix
The concentration of MgCl2 in the master mix is already ideal, eliminating the need to add
any more.
Sample application:
Lanes 1 - 3: DNA amplification of a DNA fragment using in-house PCR chemistry (innuTaq HOT-A DNA
polymerase, 50x inNucleotide mix and MgCl2 solution); Lane 4: NTC using in-house PCR chemistry;
Lane 5: DNA control; Lanes 6 - 8: DNA amplification of a DNA fragment using innuMIX standard PCR
MasterMix; Lane 9: NTC using innuMIX standard PCR MasterMix
* One unit is defined as the amount of enzyme required to catalyze the incorporation of 10 nmol of dNTPs into a polynucleotide fraction in 30 minutes at 70 °C.
153
1.2 Master mixes
The concentration of MgCl2 in the master mix is already ideal, eliminating the need to add
any more.
154
2.1 cDNA synthesis: RT enzymes and reagents
2.1
2 cDNA synthesis: RT enzymes and reagents
innuSCRIPT One Step RT-PCR Probe Kit.......................................................................156
155
2.1 cDNA synthesis: RT enzymes and reagents
cyclers, GC- and AT-rich templates sequences. Detection is also highly efficient for targets for which the number of copies is ex-
Simple handling and superior reproduc- tremely small. Adding RNA template and primer to the reaction are the only preparation steps
ibility involved. The final step is to add PCR-grade water to achieve the final volume.
Fast amplification rate for Ct values that
can be detected early Concentration: 2x master mix
2 cDNA synthesis: RT enzymes and reagents
Mg 2+ Lösung: The concentration of MgCl2 in the master mix has been optimized,
eliminating the need for adding more MgCl2.
Storage: Store at -20°C and aliquot to prevent repeated thawing and freezing.
Sample application:
Comparison between the innuSCRIPT One Step RT-PCR Probe Kit and various competing products;
comparison included Ct value assessment.
Kit Ct 1 Ct 2
1 innuSCRIPT One Step RT-PCR Probe Kit 22.56 22.76
2 Competing product 1 23.14 23.36
3 Competing product 2 no Ct 27.80
The concentration of MgCl2 in the master mix is already ideal, eliminating the need to add any more.
Sample application:
Comparison between the innuSCRIPT One Step RT-PCR SyGreen Kit and various competing products,
including Ct value assessment.
1
Kit Ct 1 Ct 2
1 innuSCRIPT One Step RT-PCR SyGreen kit 18,73 19,19
3 2 Competitor 1 23,16 22,98
2 3 Competitor 2 28,15 24,58
4
4 Negative controls no Ct
156
2.1 cDNA synthesis: RT enzymes and reagents
2.1
0.5 – 9 kb excellent results for real-time PCR. innuSCRIPT Reverse Transcriptase has been tested for
Free of detectable endonuclease, exo- cDNA synthesis using various RNA starting samples and product sizes ranging from 0.5
nuclease and RNase activity to 9.0 kb.
The enzyme tested negative for detectable endonu-clease, exonuclease and RNase activity.
Storage: Store at -20°C and aliquot to prevent repeated thawing and freezing.
Sample application:
cDNA synthesis from total RNA was performed at various reaction temperatures (42°C, 50°C and
55°C) using oligo(dT) primer. The amount of template used was the same as the amount of total
RNA added to the cDNA synthesis reaction (100 ng, 10 ng, 1 ng). qPCR of the ODC gene (using
Brilliant ® SYBR® Green qPCR Master Mix from Stratagene) showed that Ct values were the same for
any given quantity of RNA, regardless of the incubation temperature (see graph), e.g., 100 ng RNA
Cycles
yielded Cts of 19.27, 19.30 and 19.44 at 42°C, 50°C and 55°C, respectively (see table).
Temperature (°C)
1 kb
Comparison between innuSCRIPT Reverse Transcriptase and traditional cDNA enzymes at various
0.5 kb
temperatures
42 50 55 42 50 55 42 50 55 Lanes 1 – 3: innuSCRIPT Reverse Transcriptase, Lanes 4 – 6 and 7 – 9: MMLV reverse transcriptases
Temperature [°C]
from various providers
157
3.1 Real-time PCR: master mixes
158
3.1 Real-time PCR: master mixes
The concentration of MgCl2 in the master mix is already ideal, eliminating the need to add any more.
3.1
Sample application
Using a FAM-labeled probe in qTOWER 2.0 to identify the SRY gene in human DNA
Sample application
DNA dilution series for detecting the human SRY gene (using innuMix qPCR MasterMix SyGreen and
qTOWER).
159
4.1 dNTP‘s, DNA ladders, buffers and additives
MgCl2-Solution........................................................................................................................163
PCR-grade H2O.......................................................................................................................163
160
4.1 dNTP‘s, DNA ladders, buffers and additives
Desoxynukleotide (dNTP’s)
50× inNucleotide Mix (12.5 mM, 2 × 25 µmol)
Quality control: The desoxynucleotide solution has a purity of > 98 % and is functionally
tested by real-time amplification of 30 kb DNA fragments.
Pack size: 2 × 25 µmol
Concentration: 12.5 mM of each dNTP
Store at –20 °C, avoid frequent thawing and freezing.
Quality control: The desoxynucleotide solutions have a purity of > 98 % and are function-
ally tested by real-time amplification of 30 kb DNA fragments.
Pack size: 4 × 25 µmol
Concentration: 100 mM of each dNTP
Store at –20 °C, avoid frequent thawing and freezing.
4.1
4 dNTP‘s, DNA ladders, buffers and additives
161
4.1 dNTP‘s, DNA ladders, buffers and additives
DNA ladders from innuSTAR have been developed for determining the
precise size of DNA fragments on an agarose gel; fragment sizes range
between 100 and 1,000 bp and/or between 300 and 10,000 bp.
These ladders have received excellent reviews when compared to
other products available on the market. innuSTAR DNA ladders are
stable for long periods, and yield distinct, easy-to-recognize bands.
845-ST-1010100 500 µL
845-ST-1010500 5 × 500 µL
Product description: The 6x loading dye contains bromophenol blue and xylene cyanol FF.
This ready-to-use solution is suitable for loading samples onto agarose and polyacrylamide gels.
Composition: 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.6), 0.03% bromophenol blue, 0.03% xylene cyanol FF,
60% glycerol, 60 mM EDTA.
Product description: The 6x loading dye contains Orange G and xylene cyanol FF. This
ready-to-use solution is suitable for loading samples onto agarose and polyacrylamide gels.
Composition: 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.6), 0.15% Orange G, 0.03% xylene cyanol FF,
60% glycerol, 60 mM EDTA.
162
4.1 dNTP‘s, DNA ladders, buffers and additives
MgCl2-Solution
Product description: A 10-fold concentrated Taq Polymerase Buffer for PCR. This buffer is
optimized to improve amplification rates of a PCR amplification process, especially for longer
and difficult templates. The buffer can also be used together with all DNA polymerases from
Analytik Jena.
Storage and stability: Store at –20 °C, avoid frequent thawing and freezing.
4.1
Product description: A 10-fold concentrated Taq Polymerase Buffer for PCR. The buffer can
also be used together with all DNA polymerases from Analytik Jena.
Storage and stability: Store at –20 °C, avoid frequent thawing and freezing.
Contains no nucleases Product description: PCR-grade H2O contains no nucleases or nucleic acids of any kind that
(DNase or RNase) could produce false positives in real-time PCR. This product can be used for all molecular
Contains no gDNA biology techniques, as it contains only sterile, deionized water and no chemicals such as
or nucleic acid DEPC (diethylpyrocarbonate). The water can be used immediately and requires no prepara-
contaminants tion, mixing or autoclaving steps.
Contains no proteases
Suitable for use in Quality control: PCR-grade H2O is tested for bacterial contamination using real-time PCR.
microbiology, PCR Store at -20°C and aliquot to prevent repeated thawing and freezing.
and real-time PCR
applications Storage and stability: PCR-grade H2O will remain stable for at least 1 year if unopened and
Autoclaved and stored at room temperature.
membrane filtered
No DEPC treatment
163
Analytik Jena | Life Science offers a comprehen-
sive range of kits and reagents for nucleic acid
and protein diagnostic in human, veterinary, food
and environment area.
164
Contents
3 Sepsis 195
165
Laboratory Notebook
Order your own laboratory notebook in
Analytik Jena | Life Science Design.
Whether you are scientist or student, laboratory notebook is an essential part of each
research project. With the laboratory notebook of Analytik Jena you are perfectly able to
document your laboratory research and daily work results.
Order information
166
Contents
167
Product overview
The rapidSTRIPE Assays use as final detection system a lateral flow ELISA for detection and quantification of neurodegenerative
strip (LFS) which shows a clear yes or no result and is independable diseases (BSE, CJD, AD, PD), virus infections (PRRSV) and other
from expensive equipment. The assays is composed in modules pathological processes (TG2).
which all fit to each other. By that way nucleic acid exraction, ampli-
fication and detection can be choosen individuallly.
The innuDETECT Assays use real-time PCR as detection platform. RoboGene® Assays are Real-Time PCR Kits for quantitative and
The integrated new and patented probe system is as sensitive and qualitative detection of nucleic acids target sequences. Kit versions
specific as standard probe systems. As the assays are composed in for several targets are available which fit with the majority of Real-
modules nucleic acid extraction, amplification and detection can be Time PCR platforms on the market. The kits have a perfect analyti-
choosen individually. cal and diagnostic specificity.
VYOO® LOOXSTER®
VYOO® is a multiplex PCR assay containing a mechanical lysis step LOOXSTER® is a technology for the enrichment of bacterial and fun-
for whole blood, automated total DNA extraction and a unique gal DNA in DNA isolates containing predominant amounts of mam-
patented pathogen DNA enrichment technology VYOO® rapidly malian DNA. Resulting DNA is available for all kinds of downstream
identifies sepsis causing bacteria, fungi and antibiotic resistances applications. LOOXSTER® is an enabling technology enhancing the
with high sensitivity and specificity. efficiency of downstream applications. All system components are
PureProve® level assuring low risk of foreign DNA contamination.
168
2. Human diagnostics
Human diagnostics
Nowadays it is increasingly important to be able to identify human
pathogens quickly and clearly. For this purpose, we have developed
CE-IVD certified ready-to-use kits specially designed for the highly
sensitive detection of various microorganisms.
2.
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
2 Human diagnostics
RoboGene® HBV DNA Quantification Kit - CE....................................................... 170
RoboGene® HCV RNA Quantification Kit - CE....................................................... 171
RoboGene® HDV RNA Quantification Kit................................................................172
RoboGene® HIV-1 Quantification RNA Kit...............................................................173
RoboGene® HCMV DNA Quantification Kit............................................................ 174
RoboGene® EBV DNA Quantification Kit................................................................. 175
RoboGene® PVB19 Quantification DNA Kit............................................................ 176
Minimal residual disease (MRD) in hematology / oncology..............................177
Normalization of gene expression quantification data......178
Multidrug resistance......................................................................................................... 179
Tumor research (apoptosis, cell cycle).......................................................................180
2.2 Qualitative real-time assays
RoboGene® HSV DNA Qualitative DNA Kit............................................................. 181
RoboGene® BF H5N1 RNA Qualitative Kit..............................................................182
RoboGene® TB DNA Qualitative Kit..........................................................................183
RoboGene® Norovirus RNA Detection Kit...............................................................184
2.3 Endpoint detection
rapidSTRIPE Bordetella Assay........................................................................................185
rapidSTRIPE Pertussis Assay..........................................................................................186
rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Detection Assay | rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Assay - KF...............187
rapidSTRIPE Influenza A/B Assay.................................................................................189
2.4 Immuno-assays
Kits for human Alpha-Synuclein................................................................................... 191
Kits for human TAU protein............................................................................................192
Kits for prion proteins...................................................................................................... 193
Kits for special parameters & staining........................................................................194
169
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
le c t ed pro g ew
äh
se us
du
A
®
cts
für die
for in
itr
-v
tic -v
In
s
o-D itr o
iagnos -Di
or serum can be used in conjunction with other clinical markers polymerase at –15°C to – 40°C in the dark immediately upon arrival.
and clinical findings to distinguish between acute and chronic HBV
infection and to assess the viral response to antiviral treatment. Sample application
Diagnostic evaluation: comparison of the RoboGene® HBV DNA Quan-
Procedure tification Kit (sample purification with the INSTANT Virus DNA Kit) with
During sample preparation a synthetic internal control is included the CobasTaqMan HBV kit. The correlation of quantitative results from
via Extraction tubes DNA_D1 to control DNA extraction and to both tests (n=101) was analyzed by linear regression. The equation of
indicate for inhibitory effect on detection. Quantitation standard the respective regression lines is included in the figure.
consists of 8 tubes coated with given amounts of synthetic HBV
8
DNA, which must be amplified in parallel. Amplification of HBV DNA
Log10 HBV DNA detected (IU/ml); RoboGene HBV
Product specifications
Starting material
DNA from human blood or tissue samples 2
Detection time 0
170
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
le c t ed pro g ew
ähl te
se us P
ro
du
A
®
cts
für die
for in
itr
-
tic -v os
In
s
v
o-D itr o
iagnos -Diagn
2.1
Product description Sample application
The RoboGene® HCV RNA Quantification Kit is intended for real- Diagnostic evaluation: comparison of the RoboGene® HCV RNA
time quantification of Hepatitis C Virus (HCV) RNA in human plas- Quantification Kit with the the CobasTaqMan HCV kit. A: sample
ma or serum samples. The level of HCV RNA in serum and plasma purification with the QIAamp DSP Virus Kit (n=108). The correlation
2 Human diagnostics
can be used in conjunction with other clinical markers and clinical of quantitative results from both tests was analyzed by linear regres-
findings to distinguish between acute and chronic HCV infection sion. The equation of the respective regression lines is included in
and to assess the viral response to antiviral treatment. the figure.
Procedure
During sample preparation a synthetic internal control is included
Log10 HCV RNA detected (IU/ml);
y = 0,8623x + 0,8196
via Extraction tubes RNA_D1 to control RNA extraction and to 7 2
R = 0,8758
indicate for inhibitory effect on detection. Quantitation standard
RoboGene HCV RNA
Product specifications 1
1 3 5 7
Starting material
log10 HCV RNA given (IU/ml); Cobas TaqMan
RNA from human blood or tissue samples
Detection time
Standard qPCR cycler (e.g. TOptical, Rotor-Gene) approx. 3 hours
171
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
Procedure
During sample preparation a synthetic internal control is included
via Extraction tubes RNA_D1 to control RNA extraction and to
indicate for inhibitory effect on detection. Quantitation standard
consists of 8 tubes coated with given amounts of synthetic HDV
RNA, which must be amplified in parallel. Amplification of HDV RNA
in samples and standards and of IC RNA is measured independently Abb. A.: HDV target saturation curves: standards (pink), 1000 IU/ml
at different wavelengths due to probes labelling with different fluo- (blue), 500 IU/ml (red), negatives (green).
rescence reporter dyes.
Product specifications
Starting material
RNA from human blood or tissue samples
Detection time
Standard qPCR cycler (e.g. TOptical, Rotor-Gene) approx. 3 hours
Kit components
Extraction tubes coated with IC RNA and carrier nucleic acid RNA isolation products
Quantitation standard tubes coated with different amounts of innuPREP Virus DNA/RNA Kit....................................................................... 74
synthetic HDV RNA, IC RNA and amplification enhancer
Sample tubes coated with amplification enhancer
Lyophilized reagent mix containing HDV and Internal control Order information
RNA (IC) specific primers and probes
Product/ Order Contents Version IvD
RT-PCR enzyme mix and corresponding 2x reaction mix
Description number
Storage conditions and stability RoboGene® 847-0207400502 100 tests ABI
RUO
The RoboGene® HDV RNA Quantification Kit is delivered at room HDV RNA 847-0207400504 50 tests 7000/7300/7700
temperature except the RT-PCR enzyme, 2 x reaction mix and Quantification
847-0207400542 100 tests Rotor-Gene
Mg-sulfate solution, 50 mM which are shipped on dry ice. Store Kit RUO
847-0207400544 50 tests 3000/6000
the HDV RNA Quantification Kit incl. RT-PCR enzyme/2x reaction
mix/Mg-sulfate solution at –15 C to – 40°C in the dark immediately 847-0207400562 100 tests Low profile-Block
RUO
upon arrival. 847-0207400564 50 tests cycler
172
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
2.1
Product description Sample application
The RoboGene® HIV-1 RNA Quantification Kit is intended for RoboGene® HIV-1 RNA Quantification Kit. Quantification limits de-
real-time quantification of Human Immunodeficiency Virus type 1 termination using a Rotor-Gene 3000 instrument. Blue thick curves:
(HIV-1) RNA in human EDTA plasma and serum. The level of HIV-1 300 IU per ml (150 copies per ml).
2 Human diagnostics
RNA in serum and plasma can be used in conjunction with other
clinical markers and clinical findings to distinguish between acute
and chronic HIV-1 infection and to assess the viral response to
antiviral treatment.
Procedure
During sample preparation a synthetic internal control is included
via Extraction tubes RNA_D1 to control RNA extraction and to
indicate for inhibitory effect on detection. Quantitation standard
consists of 8 tubes coated with given amounts of synthetic HIV
RNA, which must be amplified in parallel. Amplification of HIV RNA Abb. A.: RoboGene® HIV-1 RNA Quantification Kit. Quantification
in samples and standards and of IC RNA is measured independently limits determination using a Rotor-Gene 3000 instrument. Blue thick
curves: 300 IU per ml (150 copies per ml).
at different wavelengths due to probes labelling with different fluo-
rescence reporter dyes.
Product specifications
Starting material
RNA from human blood or tissue samples
Detection time
Standard qPCR cycler (e.g. TOptical, Rotor-Gene) approx. 3 hours
173
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
Quantification Panel.
Procedure
During sample preparation a synthetic internal control is included
via Extraction tubes DNA_D1 to control DNA extraction and to
indicate for inhibitory effect on detection. Quantitation standard
consists of 8 tubes coated with given amounts of synthetic HCMV
DNA, which must be amplified in parallel. Amplification of HCMV
DNA in samples and standards and of IC DNA is measured inde-
pendently at different wavelengths due to probes labelling with
different fluorescence reporter dyes.
Product specifications
Starting material
DNA from human blood or tissue samples
Detection time
Standard qPCR cycler (e.g. TOptical, Rotor-Gene) approx. 2.5 hours
Kit components
Extraction tubes coated with IC DNA and carrier nucleic acid Order information
Quantitation standard tubes coated with different amounts of
Product/ Order number Contents Version IvD
synthetic HCMV DNA, IC DNA and amplification enhancer
Description
Sample tubes coated with amplification enhancer
Lyophilized reagent mix containing HCMV and Internal control RoboGene® 847-0207500202 100 tests ABI
RUO
DNA (IC) specific primers, probes and dNTPs HCMV DNA 847-0207500204 50 tests 7000/7300/7700
Taq DNA polymerase and corresponding PCR buffer Quantification
847-0207500242 100 tests Rotor-Gene
Kit RUO
847-0207500244 50 tests 3000/6000
Storage conditions and stability
The RoboGene® HCMV DNA Quantification Kit is delivered at room 847-0207500262 100 tests Low profile-Block
RUO
temperature except the Taq polymerase and PCR buffer which are 847-0207500264 50 tests cycler
shipped on dry ice. Store the HCMV DNA Quantification Kit and Taq
847-0207500252 100 tests
polymerase at –15 C to – 40°C in the dark immediately upon arrival. SmartCycler® RUO
847-0207500254 50 tests
847-0207500232 100 tests
LightCycler™ RUO
847-0207500234 50 tests
847-0207500272 100 tests
Spartan Dx-12 RUO
847-0207300274 50 tests
174
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
2.1
Product description Sample application
The RoboGene® EBV DNA Quantification Kit is intended for real- DNA from 200 µl of frozen patient EDTA blood sample evalu-
time PCR quantification of Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) DNA in human ated positive for EBV IgG (5,400 copies/ml) was purified with
blood or tissue samples. EBV is associated to the etio-pathogenesis the INSTANT Virus DNA Kit. 50 ng of purified sample DNA were
2 Human diagnostics
of an increasing number of tumors, e.g. B-cell Non-Hodgekin measured in duplicate experiments using the RoboGene® EBV DNA
lymphoma and Burkitt’s lymphoma. Detection/quantification of EBV Quantification Kit.
in pathology samples is relevant since its high prevalence in some
cancers makes the virus a promising target of monitoring the suc-
cess of specific therapies.
Procedure
During sample preparation a synthetic internal control is included
via Extraction tubes DNA_D1 to control DNA extraction and to Patient
Product specifications
Starting material
DNA from human blood or tissue samples
Detection time
Standard qPCRcycler (e.g. TOptical, Rotor-Gene) approx. 2.5 hours
175
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
assay is recommended on suspicion of Parvovirus infection of 4.5x103, 9x102 IU per tube) and WHO standard for PVB19 NAT assay;
pregnant women, trans-placentalhydropsfetalis measured in umbili- NIBSC code 99/800; Charge EN63QG; 1x106 IU/ml.
calcord blood, severe fetal anemia, cardiomyopathy, and PVB19-
associated athritis in synovial fluid of immune suppressed patients
with persisting infection. Detection of PVB19 in clinical samples is
relevant in monitoring the success of specific therapies.
Procedure
Quantitation standard consists of 8 tubes coated with given
amounts of synthetic PVB19 DNA, which must be amplified in par-
allel. Amplification of PVB19 DNA in samples and standards is mea-
sured in the FAM channel of the respective real-time instrument.
Product specifications
Starting material
DNA from human blood or tissue samples
Detection time
Standard qPCR cycler (e.g. TOptical, Rotor-Gene) approx. 2.5 hours
Kit components
Extraction tubes coated with carrier nucleic acid
Quantitation standard tubes coated with different amounts of
synthetic PVB19 DNA and amplification enhancer DNA isolation products
Sample tubes coated with amplification enhancer innuPREP Virus DNA/RNA Kit....................................................................... 74
Lyophilized reagent mix containing PVB19 specific primers,
probes and dNTPs
Taq DNA polymerase and corresponding PCR buffer Order information
176
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
2.1
Product description Sample application
Minimal residual disease (MRD) is the name given to small num- Quantification of M-BCR cDNA using an ABI PRISM 7000 SDS. Satura-
bers of leukaemic cells that remain in the patient during treatment, tion curves. The data represent the amplification of the ready-to-use
or after treatment when the patient is in remission. It is the major M-BCR DNA controls.
2 Human diagnostics
cause of relapse in cancer and leukaemia in cancertreatment,
particular lyleukaemia, MRD testing has several important roles: de-
termining whether treatment has eradicated the cancer or whether
traces remain, comparing the efficacy of different treatments,
monitoring patient remission status and recurrence of the leukae-
mia or cancer and choosing the treatment that will best meet those
needs (personalization of treatment). 5 Kits are offered for detec-
tion of MRD: RoboGene® M-BCR-ABL Kit, RoboGene® mi-BCR Kit,
RoboGene® PML-RARA Kit, RoboGene® MBR Kit and RoboGene®
HER2/NEU Kit.
Procedure
Total RNA or mRNA samples prior transcribed into cDNA using
random hexanucleotides are amplified and detected by Real-Time
PCR. The quantification of M-BCR-ABL, mi-BCR, PML-RARA, MBR
or HER2/NEU is performed by using 8 standards. The data should
be normalized to the number of c-ABL or GAPDH transcripts as
housekeeping genes. RNA isolation products
innuPREP Blood RNA Kit................................................................................. 68
Product specifications innuPREP Blood RNA Midi Direct Kit.......................................................... 34
Starting material
cDNA from human blood or tissue samples
Order information
Kit components
Product Order number Contents Version IvD
Quantitation standard tubes coated with different amounts of
synthetic M-BCR-ABL, mi-BCR, PML-RARA, MBR or HER2/NEU
DNA and amplification enhancer RoboGene® 847-0202000102 100 tests ABI 7000/7300/7700 RUO
Sample tubes coated with amplification enhancer M-BCR- 847-0202000142 100 tests Rotor-Gene 3000/6000 RUO
Lyophilized reagent mix containing M-BCR-ABL, mi-BCR, PML- ABL Kit;
847-0202000162 100 tests Low profile-Block cycler RUO
RARA, MBR or HER2/NEU DNA specific primers, probes and t(9;22)
dNTPs 847-0202000132 100 tests LightCycler™ RUO
RoboGene® 847-0202000202 100 tests ABI 7000/7300/7700 RUO
Storage conditions and stability mi-BCR 847-0202000242 100 tests Rotor-Gene 3000/6000 RUO
After delivery at room temperature store cDNA Quantification kits- Kit; t(9;22)
847-0202000232 100 tests LightCycler™ RUO
tubes at –20°C. Protect Real-Time reagent mix, lyophilized always
from light and store at –20°C in the dark. RoboGene ®
847-0202001602 100 tests ABI 7000/7300/7700 RUO
PML-RARA 847-0202001642 100 tests Rotor-Gene 3000/6000 RUO
Kit; t(15;17)
847-0202001632 100 tests LightCycler™ RUO
RoboGene® 847-0202002102 100 tests ABI 7000/7300/7700 RUO
MBR Kit; 847-0202002142 100 tests Rotor-Gene 3000/6000 RUO
t(14;18)
847-0202002132 100 tests LightCycler™ RUO
RoboGene ®
847-0202001402 100 tests ABI 7000/7300/7700 RUO
HER2/ 847-0202001442 100 tests Rotor-Gene 3000/6000 RUO
NEU Kit
847-0202001462 100 tests Low profile-Block cycler RUO
847-0202001432 100 tests LightCycler™ RUO
177
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
Procedure
Total RNA or mRNA samples prior transcribed into cDNA using
random hexanucleotides are amplified and detected by Real-Time
PCR. The quantification of housekeeping genes is performed in
parallel to the quantification of several target genes and used for
the normalization of target gene expression data.
Product specifications
Starting material
cDNA from human blood or tissue samples
178
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
Multidrug resistance
2.1
Product description Sample application
Multidrug resistance, the principal mechanism by which many can- Quantification of MRPc DNA using an ABI PRISM 7000 SDS. Saturation
cers develop resistance to chemotherapy drugs, is a major factor in curves. The data represent the amplification of the ready-to-use MRP
the failure of many forms of chemotherapy. It affects patients with a DNA controls.
2 Human diagnostics
variety of blood cancers and solid tumors, including breast, ovarian,
lung, and lower gastrointestinal tract cancers. As primary candidates
for mediating MDR a diverse group of membrane transport proteins
called the ABC (ATP-binding cassette) protein family has been
identified. Most prominent members of this family are the classical
chemoresistance mediating transporter gene products mdr-1 and
MRP coding for P-glycoprotein and multidrug resistance-associated
protein (MRP), respectively. Two test Kits are offered for the detec-
tion of multidrug resistance genes: RoboGene® MDR-1 Kit and
RoboGene® MRP Kit.
Procedure
Total RNA or mRNA samples prior transcribed into cDNA using
random hexanucleotides are amplified and detected by Real-Time
PCR. The quantification of MDR-1 or MRP is performed using 8
standards. The data should be normalized to the number of GAPDH
transcripts as housekeeping gene.
Product specifications
Starting material
cDNA from human blood or tissue samples
Kit components
Quantitation standard tubes coated with different amounts of
synthetic MDR-1 or MRP DNA and amplification enhancer
Sample tubes coated with amplification enhancer
Lyophilized reagent mix containing MDR-1 or MRP specific prim-
ers, probes and dNTPs
Order information
179
2.1 Quantitative real-time assays
Procedure
Total RNA or mRNA samples prior transcribed into cDNA using
random hexanucleotides are amplified and detected by using Real-
Time PCR. The quantification of MDM-2 or BCL-2 is performed by
using 8 standards. The data should be normalized to the number of
GAPDH as housekeeping gene.
Product specifications
Starting material
cDNA from human blood or tissue samples
Kit components
Quantitation standard tubes coated with different amounts of
synthetic MDM-2 or BCL-2 DNA and amplification enhancer
Sample tubes coated with amplification enhancer
Lyophilized reagent mix containing MDM-2 or BCL-2 specific
primers, probes and dNTPs
Order information
180
2.2 Qualitative real-time assays
2.2
Product description Sample application
The RoboGene® HSV DNA Qualitative Kit is intended for real-time Linearity of the RoboGene® HSV DNA Qualitative Kit. The study was
detection of Herpes Simplex Virus 1 and 2 (HSV-1 and HSV-2) performed with synthetic, HPLC calibrated HSV DNA specimen (5)
DNA in human serum, EDTA blood, liquor, blister aspirates, tissue on Rotor-Gene 3000.
2 Human diagnostics
biopsies, and swabs of lesions, rashes or ulcer samples. The level
of HSV DNA in different kind of samples can be used in conjunc-
tion with other clinical markers and clinical findings to diagnose HSV
infection and to assess the viral response to antiviral treatment.
Procedure
During sample preparation a synthetic internal control is included
via Extraction tubes DNA_D1 to control DNA extraction and to in-
dicate for inhibitory effect on detection. Qualitative standard tubes
are coated with 2 different amounts of synthetic HSV-1 and HSV-2
DNA, respectively, which must be amplified in parallel. Amplification
of HSV DNA in samples and standards and of IC DNA is measured
independently at different wavelengths due to probes labelling with
different fluorescence reporter dyes.
Product specifications
Starting material
DNA from human blood or tissue samples
Detection time
Standard qPCR cycler (e.g. TOptical, Rotor-Gene) approx. 2.5 hours
181
2.2 Qualitative real-time assays
Product description
The RoboGene® Bird Flu H5N1 RNA Qualitative Kit is intended for Sample application
qualitative detection of Bird Flu Virus (H5N1) RNA in nasopharyn- Typical amplification run of BF positive control tubes (10,000; 1000,
geal (human samples), cloacal swabs (animal samples), serum or and 100 copies) using an ABI PRISM 7000 SDS.
2 Human diagnostics
plasma samples.
Procedure
During sample preparation a synthetic internal control is included
via Extraction tubes RNA_D1 to control RNA extraction and to
indicate for inhibitory effect on detection. Positive control consists
of 3 tubes coated with given amounts of synthetic BF H5N1 RNA,
which must be amplified in parallel. Amplification of BF H5N1 RNA
in samples and standards and of IC RNA is measured independently
at different wavelengths due to probes labelling with different fluo-
rescence reporter dyes.
Product specifications
Starting material
RNA from nasopharyngeal (human samples) or cloacal (animal
samples) swabs, serum or plasma samples
Detection time
Standard qPCR cycler (e.g. TOptical, Rotor-Gene) approx. 3 hours
182
2.2 Qualitative real-time assays
2.2
Product description Sample application
The RoboGene® M. tuberculosis (MTB) Qualitative Kit is a real-time Typical run of simultaneous amplification of MTB DNA and Internal
PCR test which specifically detects the strains M. tuberculosis and Control DNA (IC) using an ABI PRISM 7000 SDS. DNA purified from
M. bovis of the Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex DNA by target- cultured M. tuberculosis using the INSTANT Mycobacteria DNA Kit.
2 Human diagnostics
ing both the multicopy target IS6110 insertion element and also A dilution series of the eluate (1:10; 1:100; 1:1,000; 1:10,000 and
a common genomic subsequence. The test is intended for rapid 1:100,000; respectively) was amplified by real-time PCR using the
qualitative detection of Mycobacterium tuberculosis (MTB) DNA RoboGene® M. tuberculosis (MTB) Qualitative Kit. The MTB control
from sputum, bronchalveolar lavage, or tissue biopsies (e.g. lymph amplicon was recorded in the FAM channel.
nodes).
Procedure
During sample preparation a synthetic internal control is included
via Extraction tubes DNA_D1 to control DNA extraction and to in-
dicate for inhibitory effect on detection. Standard tubes are coated
with a cut-off amount of synthetic MTB DNA, which must be ampli-
fied in parallel. Amplification of MTB DNA in samples and standards
and of IC DNA is measured independently at different wavelengths
due to probes labelling with different fluorescence reporter dyes.
Product specifications
Starting material
DNA from sputum, bronchalveolar lavage, or tissue biopsies (e.g.
lymph nodes)
Detection time
Standard qPCR cycler (e.g. TOptical, Rotor-Gene) approx. 2.5 hours
Diagnostic specificity
Sputum samples of healthy donors not diseased from TB were
analyzed to determine the specificity of the RoboGene® M. DNA isolation products
tuberculosis (MTB) Qualitative Kit, which is expressed as negative innuPREP Mycobacteria DNA Kit.................................................................. 43
result in absence of the target. 10 donor samples were analysed to
determine the diagnostic specificity. The RoboGene® M. tuberculo- Order information
sis (MTB) Qualitative Kit has a good diagnostic specificity. None of
Product/ Order number Contents Version IvD
the analyzed samples gave positive test results for MTB DNA.
Description
Kit components RoboGene® 847-0207300502 100 tests ABI
RUO
Extraction tubes coated with IC DNA and carrier nucleic acid TB DNA 847-0207300504 50 tests 7000/7300/7700
Standard tubes coated with a cut-off amount of synthetic MTB Qualitative
847-0207300542 100 tests Rotor-Gene
DNA, IC DNA and amplification enhancer Kit RUO
847-0207300544 50 tests 3000/6000
Sample tubes coated with amplification enhancer
Lyophilized reagent mix containing MTB and Internal control 847-0207300562 100 tests Low profile-Block
RUO
DNA (IC) specific primers and probes 847-0207300564 50 tests cycler
Taq DNA polymerase and corresponding PCR buffer
847-0207300552 100 tests
SmartCycler® RUO
Storage conditions and stability 847-0207300554 50 tests
The RoboGene® MTB DNA Quantification Kit is delivered at room 847-0207300532 100 tests
temperature except the Taq polymerase and PCR buffer which are LightCycler™ RUO
847-0207300534 50 tests
shipped on dry ice. Store the MTB DNA Quantification Kit and Taq
polymerase at –15 C to -40°C in the dark immediately upon arrival. 847-0207300572 100 tests
Spartan Dx-12 RUO
847-0207300574 50 tests
183
2.2 Qualitative real-time assays
Procedure
1. RNA extraction using the InnuPure C16, including the innuPREP
Virus DNA/RNA Kit-IPC16
2. Amplification and detection of Norovirus RNA by real-time PCR
using the ABI7500 Fast
3. Analysis and process control assessing the internal control
(Extraction Tubes)
Amplification of RKI-Reference material (bue) and positive controls (red)
Product specifications
Starting material:
human stool samples
Detection time:
Amplification approximately 2 h
184
2.3 Endpoint detection
2.3
Product description Kit components
The rapidSTRIPE Bordetella Assay is a detection system for Borde- PCR tubes, positive control, primer, probe, dNTPs, PCR buffer, PCR-
tella in nasopharyngeal and throat swabs. Based on RAH technol- grade H2O, polymerase, lateral flow strips, running buffer, sample
ogy, the assay is used to detect B. pertussis, B. parapertussis vessel
2 Human diagnostics
and B. brochiseptica with certainty in a reaction. The rapidSTRIPE
Bordetella Assay also comes with all of the reagents needed for
the combined amplification/hybridization reaction and for analyzing Storage conditions and stability
the results on a lateral flow strip (LFS). The user-friendly test strip is PCR components of the rapidSTRIPE Bordetella assay will remain
stable over long periods and can be archived for documenting results. stable for 6 months if stored at -20°C. Repeated freezing and thawing
will significantly reduce the activity of individual reagents and should
be avoided.
Starting material:
Nasopharyngeal or throat swabs
Detection time:
Approx. 10 – 20 minutes
185
2.3 Endpoint detection
le c t ed pro g ew
äh
se us
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-v
tic -v
In
s
o-D itr o
iagnos -Di
needed for manually extracting DNA using proven Spin Filter H2O, polymerase, lateral flow strips, running buffer, sample containers
technology, as well as solutions for the amplification/hybridization
reaction and accessories for final detection using sensitive lateral
flow strips. The appearance of a test line confirms the presence of Storage conditions and stability
pertussis-positive amplification products. The strips also include a PCR components of the rapidSTRIPE Pertussis Assay will remain
control line indicating whether the strips are working properly. The stable for 6 months if stored at –20 °C. Repeated freezing and
kit is CE-IVD certified, which makes it approved for human diagnos- thawing will significantly reduce the activity of individual reagents
tic applications. and should be avoided. Store lyophilized Proteinase K and the test
strips (including running buffer) at 4 °C. Once the Proteinase K has
been solubilized, it should be stored in aliquots at –20 °C, because
Procedure 3’ 5’ repeated freezing and thawing will significantly reduce its activity.
1. Perform PCR using a 5’ 3’
tag-labelled primer
2. Hybridize with Sample application
5’ 3’
antigen-tagged probe The rapidSTRIPE Pertussis Assay was used to first isolate DNA
3. Detect on a lateral from a nasopharyngeal swab sample. The combined amplification/
flow strip (LFS) hybridization reaction was then performed in the AlphaSC® on a va-
riety of different dilutions of the starting template. In the final step,
the amplification products were loaded onto lateral flow strips
and analyzed.
Product specifications
Performance characteristics: Order information
Detection of B. pertussis DNA (target sequence IS481) in swab
samples (throat, nasopharyngeal tract)
No cross-reactions with B. bronchioseptica, B. parapertussis or 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
human DNA
Repeatedly testing the same sample over 200 times with differ-
ent kits produced 100 % reproducible results
Starting material:
Nasopharyngeal or throat swabs
Sensitivity:
The target sequence IS481 is found over 50 times in the genome Order number Quantity
of B. pertussis, which results in a highly sensitive test. Sensitivity 845-IV-1100010 10 reactions
was found to be comparable when compared to conventional PCR
845-IV-1100025 25 reactions
for the same gene segment.
845-IV-1100050 50 reactions
186
2.3 Endpoint detection
le c t ed pro g ew
äh
se us
du
A
cts
für die
for in
itr
-v
tic -v
In
s
o-D itr o
iagnos -Di
2.3
Product description Product specifications
The rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Detection Assay and the rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Performance characteristics:
Assay - KF are ready-to-use kits for highly sensitive detection of The performance characteristics of the method were established
A/H1N1 from throat or nasal swabs. The kits contain all of the solu- using tests of cultured viral material (A/California/04/2009,
2 Human diagnostics
tions and plastic materials required for upstream cDNA synthesis, A/Hamburg/4/2009); over 200 patient samples were prepared.
for a combined amplification and hybridization reaction using a The TaqMan® real-time PCR [1] method published and validated by
sequence-specific probe and for final detection on a lateral flow the Robert-Koch Institute was used as the standard comparison
strip. Both assays are approved for in-vitro diagnostic applications. method.
Results from visual detection (strip test) were comparable to those
from traditional, established TaqMan® real-time PCR for the same rapid PCR Standard PCR
gene segment. (AlphaSC®) (TProfessional)
Diagnostic specificity:
Includes RNA extraction: rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Assay - KF 97 % 90 %
(NC/(NC + FP) × 100 %)*
The rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Assay - KF also includes an optimized extrac-
Diagnostic sensitivity:
tion and purification chemistry that has been tailored for compat- 88 % 85 %
(PC/(PC + FN) × 100 %)*
ibility with the KingFisher ® ml and KingFisher ® FLEX automated
Negative predictive value:
extraction systems. RNA isolation is based on Analytik Jena’s 89 % 83 %
(NC/(NC + FN) × 100 %)*
patented DC technology and on the proven method of magnetic
Positive predictive value:
particle separation. 97 % 91 %
(PC/(PC + FP) × 100 %)*
3’ 5’ Starting material:
Throat or nasal swabs
5’ 3’
Time required for cDNA synthesis, amplification and
hybridization:
cDNA synthesis: approx. 30 minutes
5’ 3’ rapid PCR (SpeedCycler ²): approx. 50 minutes
Standard PCR: Depends on thermal cycler, approx. 2 – 2.5 hours
Detection time:
Approx. 10 – 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
Comparable to TaqMan® real-time PCR
1. Synthesize cDNA (RT-PCR)
2. Perform standard or rapid PCR using tag-labelled primer
3. Hybridize using sequence-specific, antigen-tagged probe Kit components
(perform in the same vessel along with reaction 2) Plastic and reagents for isolating RNA with a KingFisher ® instrument
4. Antigen/antibody interaction for detection on a lateral flow (only for rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Assay - KF), PCR plastic, positive control,
strip (LFS) primer, probe, dNTPs, RT enzyme, RT buffer, DDT, PCR buffer,
PCR-grade H 2O, polymerase, lateral flow strips, running buffer,
sample containers
187
2.3 Endpoint detection
Storage conditions and stability No. Dilution Cell count Ct values LFS
PCR components of the rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Detection Assay and/ 1 1:2 1.8 × 106 26.5 Positive
or rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Assay - KF will remain stable for 6 months if 2 1 : 20 1.8 × 105 29.1 Positive
stored at –20 °C. Repeated freezing and thawing will significantly 3 1 : 200 1.8 × 10 4 33.0 Positive
4 1 : 2,000 1.8 × 103 35.4 Positive
reduce the activity of individual reagents and should be avoided.
5 1 : 20,000 1.8 × 102 38.7 Negative
Store test strips and running buffer in a dry place at 4 °C.
6–9 Negative samples – No Ct Negative
NTC NTC – No Ct Negative
Sample application
[1] TaqMan® real-time PCR for detecting the HA gene of porcine
Comparing the performance of the two methods showed the sensi-
influenza A/ H1N1 viruses (new flu) by the Robert-Koch-Institut, NRZ
tivity of the rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Detection Assay to be comparable to Influenza on 5/20/2009
2.3
Fluorescence (dR)
Reference:
“rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Test for Detection of the Pandemic Swine Origin
Influenza A (H1N1) Virus”; Pranav Patel, Elmara Graser, Stephan Robst, Roger
Hillert, Axel Meye, Timo Hillebrand and Matthias Niedrig; J. Clin. Microbiol.;
April 2011; Vol. 49; No. 4
Cycles
Order information
NTC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Order number Quantity
For rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Detection Assay
845-IV-1020010 10 reactions
845-IV-1020025 25 reactions
845-IV-1020050 50 reactions
845-IV-1020100 100 reactions
For rapidSTRIPE H1N1 Assay - KF*
845-IV-1010015 15 reactions
845-IV-1010050 50 reactions
845-IV-1010100 100 reactions
Analysis of rapid PCR amplification products at various dilutions of the * Includes certified RNA extraction chemistry for either the KingFisher ® ml or
starting template using a lateral flow strip (LFS); includes NTC and the KingFisher ® FLEX.
negative material from test subjects
188
2.3 Endpoint detection
2.3
Product description Kit components
The rapidSTRIPE Influenza A/B Assay is a PCR-based detection Plastic PCR supplies, positive control, primers, probe, dNTPs, RT
system for viral RNA from influenza A and influenza B. Following enzyme, RT buffer, DDT, PCR buffer, PCR-grade H2O, polymerase,
cDNA synthesis, the target is introduced to two separate amplifi- lateral flow strips, running buffer, sample containers
2 Human diagnostics
cation and hybridization reaction mixtures and processed with a
PCR program. Final detection proceeds on a lateral flow strip (via
integrated antigen-antibody interaction) and takes only 10 – 20 min- Storage conditions and stability
utes. The appearance of a test line confirms positive samples. The PCR components of the rapidSTRIPE Influenza A/B Assay will
rapidSTRIPE Influenza A/B Assay contains all of the reagents and remain stable for 6 months if stored at –20 °C. Repeated freez-
consumables needed for cDNA synthesis, for the combined amplifi- ing and thawing will significantly reduce the activity of individual
cation/hybridization reaction and for detection. reagents and should be avoided. Store test strips and running
buffer in a dry place at 4 °C.
Procedure
Sample application
3’ 5’
The rapidSTRIPE Influenza A/B Assay was compared with a tradi-
5’ 3’ tional TaqMan® real-time PCR in 2 dilution series. The sensitivities of
each method were found to be comparable.
5’ 3’
Intensity [I]
2
3
Product specifications
4
Starting material:
5
Throat or nasal swabs
Time required for cDNA synthesis, amplification and Analysis of rapid PCR amplification products at various dilutions of the
hybridization: starting template using a lateral flow strip (LFS) for detecting influenza A
cDNA synthesis: approx. 30 minutes
rapid PCR (SpeedCycler ²): approx. 50 minutes
Standard PCR: Depends on thermal cycler, approx. 2 – 2.5 hours No. Dilution Ct values LFS
1 1:2 24.5 Positive
Detection time: 2 1 : 10 29.6 Positive
189
2.3 Endpoint detection
Order information
Intensity [I]
* The rapidSTRIPE Influenza A/B Assay contains lateral flow strips (LFS)
2.3
190
2.4 Immuno-assays
2.4
Product description Storage and stability
Immunoassays for detection of patholgical related forms of α− At 2-10°C. Shelf life time 12 months.
Synucleins (PATHO), multiple epitopes and differ-ent aggregate
forms (MULTI) and total α−Synucleins in biological samples from
2 Human diagnostics
human, especially for Parkinson and Lewy-Body-Diseases. Sample application
Unique specificity of PATHO kits depends on characteristics of Differentiation between monomeric () alpha-Synuclein prepara-
capture antibody 5G4 (Kovacs et al. 2012). tion and aggregated () α-Synuclein preparation using HUMAN
PATHO SYN ELISA kit.
Process sequence
H 2O 2 +
TMB/ECL
HRP
+ + Synuclein
antibody
antigen
ELISA plate with
capture antibody
Specifications
Antigen:
α-sheet aggregates, multiple epitopes or total human
α-Synuclein
Format:
ELISA, 96 well
TMB or ECL
Application:
Detection in human serum, plasma, CSF, biological samples
from animal and cell models
Quantification of antigen
Protocol:
Sequentially process for 2 - 48 h
Detection limit:
100 pg/ml TMB
10 pg/ml ECL
191
2.4 Immuno-assays
HRP TAU
+ + antibody
antigen
ELISA plate with
capture antibody
Specifications
Antigen:
Human TAU, P199-, P202- und P231-phosphorylated TAU,
aggregated TAU
Format:
ELISA, 96 well
TMB or ECL
Application:
Detection in human serum, plasma, CSF, biological samples
from animal and cell models
Quantification of antigen
Protocol:
Sequentially process for 2 - 48 h
192
2.4 Immuno-assays
2.4
Product description Storage and stability
Immunoassays for detection of prion proteins from different species At 2-10°C. Shelf life time 12 months.
in biological samples from bovine, ovine and human. EC approved
post mortem test for detection of BSE in (RL999/2001 EU). Quan- Application
2 Human diagnostics
tification of human prion protein in CSF, blood and brain samples. Detection and quantification of prions in sera of patients for exami-
Purifcation kits with proteinase K digestion für detection of PrPres. nation of significance regarding cognitive disorders. (Breitling et al.
2012).
Process sequence
H2O2 + TMB
HRP PrP
+ + antibody
antigen
ELISA plate with
capture antibody
Specifications
Antigen:
Human prion protein, Scrapie and BSE prion protein (PrPres)
Format:
ELISA, 96 well
TMB
Applications:
Detection in human serum, plasma, CSF, biological samples
from animal and cell culture models
Detection in Obex (BSE, Scrapie)
Quantification of antigen
Protocol:
Sequential process 2 – 24 h
Detection limit:
100 pg/ml TMB
Kit components
Immunostrips, positive and negative controls, washing buffer concen- Order information
trate, dilution buffer, HRP-conjugate, staining buffer, TMB/enhancer
Order number Product
solution, Peroxide solution, stop solution, sealing tapes, instruction
for use. 847-0104000102 BetaPrion BSE EIA test kit, EC approved
For purification kit homogenisation tubes, proteinase K with buffer, 999/2001
precipitation solution, solubilisation buffer. 847-0104000103 BetaPrion SCRAPIE EIA test kit
847-0104000104 BetaPrion HUMAN EIA test kit
847-0104300101 BSE sample syringe, EC approved
847-0104100102 BetaPrion purification kit
193
2.4 Immuno-assays
Ultrasensitive staining kits based on TMB are useable for ELISA and Application
blot membranes. Quantification of tissue transglutaminase in several mammalian cell
lines using Human tTG Kit ECL (Wolf et al. Anal. Biochem. 2011).
Process sequence
H2O2 + TMB
HRP
+ + antibody
antigen
ELISA plate with
capture antibody
Specifications
Antigen:
Human tissue transglutaminase (TG2),
human and murine IgG, FITC/Biotin PCR products
Format:
ELISA, 96 well
TMB, ECL
Applications:
Detection in human serum, plasma, CSF, biological samples
from animal and cell culture models
Quantification of antigen
Protocol:
Sequential process 2 – 24 h
Staining 5 – 15 min
Detection limit:
100 pg/ml TMB
10 pg/ml ECL
194
3.1 Sepsis
Sepsis
Molecular diagnostics for life-threatening infections
Statistics show that someone dies of sepsis in Germany every
10 minutes, making this infection the third most common cause of
death overall and the top problem in intensive care wards. Also known as
blood poisoning, sepsis is a life-threatening infection affecting the entire
organism. Fast, well-directed treatment is key if the patient is to survive.
VYOO......................................................................................................................................... 197
3.1
LOOXSTER Enrichment Kit................................................................................................ 200
3 Sepsis
195
3.1 Sepsis
Multiplex PCR
pathogen detection (Sepsis)
for whole blood, automated totalDNA extraction and a unique an effective therapy. Today’s gold standard technique for pathogen
patented pathogen DNA enrichment technology VYOO® rapidly detection relies on blood culture and needs 2 to 3 days to obtain
identifies sepsis causing bacteria, fungi and antibiotic resistances results. In addition, blood culture fails to detect non-cultivable
with high sensitivity and specificity. pathogens and is sensitive to antibiotic treatment prior to sample
withdrawal thereby remaining negative in 80-90% of all sepsis
3 Sepsis
incidents.
Early information for targeted antibiotic therapy
VYOO® Therapy
U
p to 5 ml whole blood
Proprietary automated
Covers 99% of sepsis VYOO®
samples sample preparation on relevant species plus Innovative add-on to conventional
magnetic beads major resistances blood culture, delivering early
High
accessibility of fungal and
pathogen identification
bacterial cells > 90% reduction of
Unaffected by anti-
and overcoming deficiencies
human DNA background biotic pre-treatment
I nternal control of culture based methods
in complex samples
Automated array
Internal control ensures
more pathogen DNA in readout optional
technical validity
PCR reaction
196
3.1 Sepsis
VYOO®
LOOXSTER®
detection of specific bacteria and fungi in patients’ blood when a Whole Blood (5 ml)
3.1
(via multiplex PCR). Total DNA Extraktion and Microbial DNA Enrichment
The test specifically identifies the following 46 sepsis-related patho- 24 Deep Well Plate
3 Sepsis
Bacteria: Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burk- KingFisher®
197
3.1 Sepsis
Experimental Results
Receipt of results
Sample ID:
VYOO® test report
Dr. Mustermann · Laboratory · Street · 000 City · Germany
12/31/2013 VAS250
Program version Installation date:
1.4 9/30/2013
Title of experiment:
Results:
Kit components
Enterococcus faecalis not detectable Prevotella intermedia + detected +
Enterococcus faecium not detectable Prevotella melaninogenica not detectable
Staphylococcus aureus not detectable Proteus mirabilis not detectable
Streptococcus agalactiae not detectable Pseudomonas aeruginosa not detectable
Streptococcus bovis/sanguinis/mutans not detectable Serratia marcescens not detectable
Lysis tubes; protease; prefilled buffer plates and tubes for lysis;
Streptococcus dysgalactiae not detectable Stenotrophomonas maltophilia not detectable
Streptococcus pneumoniae not detectable
Streptococcus pyogenes not detectable Resistance
beta-lactamase blaCTX-M not detectable
Gram-negative bacteria beta-lactamase blaSHV not detectable
DNA beads; plastic materials for KingFisher® FLEX, PCR and cleanup;
Escherichia coli not detectable Aspergillus fumigatus not detectable
Haemophilus influenzae not detectable Candida alb./parapsil./tropic./dublin. not detectable
Haemophilus influenzae type B capsule not detectable Candida glabrata not detectable
Klebsiella oxytoca not detectable Candida krusei not detectable
microbial DNA beads; spin columns; multiplex primer pools for PCR;
Klebsiella pneumoniae not detectable
Morganella morganii not detectable
Comments (laboratory):
multiplex PCR mix; PCR-grade water; array strips; HRP conjugate; Dr. Max Mustermann
Tel.:
Fax:
000
000
Test provided by
©Analytik Jena AG Program version: 1.4 VYOO is registered trademark of Analytik Jena AG.
198
3.1 Sepsis
Experimental Results
Receipt of results
Test sample 3
Sample preparation operator:
Laboratory
Detection operator:
Laboratory
VYOO expiration date: VYOO lot No.
12/31/2013 VAS250
Program version Installation date:
1.4 9/30/2013
Title of experiment:
4 - {2491CC16-DB2E-4AC0-98D7-6C510E13D2C
Computer ID: Windows login:
AM_04A0019 User
3.1
Date and time of assessment:
Thursday, November 07, 2013, 1:47:43 PM
Summary: Positive control Spotting control NTC
3 Sepsis
Results:
Tel.: 000
Fax: 000
000 City, Germany Street
E-mail: [email protected] Date, Name, Signature www.analytik-jena.com
©Analytik Jena AG Program version: 1.4 VYOO is registered trademark of Analytik Jena AG.
199
3.1 Sepsis
in the presence of a stringent buffer. A subsequent wash step can be A storage temperature between 2° C and 8° C is recommended for
used for removing unbound DNA. The enriched bacterial DNA is then lyophilized LOOXSTER® Magnetic Particles. All other components can
eluted with the aid of an elution buffer. The PureProve concept: follow- be stored at room temperature (15° C to 30° C). The kit will remain
ing suitable processes for reducing contamination with DNA, all system stable under these conditions for at least 6 months. Reconstituted
components are filled and packaged under clean-room conditions. LOOXSTER® Magnetic Particles will remain stable for 1 week at 2° C
3 Sepsis
to 8° C.
Process sequence
1. Reconstitution of LOOXSTER® Magnetic Particles Sample application
2. Add LOOXSTER® Magnetic Particles to DNA sample, Separation of genomic DNA based on GC-content and cystein-
BINDING and magnetic separation methylation. To demonstrate the selective affinity of LOOXSTER® for
3. WASHING and magnetic separation non-methylated CpG dinucleotides 1.25 µg of each human, Staphy-
4. ELUTION and magnetic separation lococcus aureus and Escherichia coli genomic DNA was mixed and
5. Transfer of supernatant (Eluate) to Cleanup applied to a 1 ml LOOXSTER® chromatography column. Chromatog-
6. Eluate now ready for downstream application raphy was carried out with a 50-800 mM NaCl gradient. DNA was
eluted at conductivities of 19,615 mS/cm (human; 1), 28,465 mS/
cm (S.aureus; 2) and 39,459 mS/cm (E.coli; 3).
1 3 5
2 4 6
Product specifications
Starting material:
Up to 300 µg of predominantly
eucaryotic DNA
Extraction time:
Approx. 75 minutes
Related products
Yield: Magnet rack small for 1.5 ml tubes
No more than 3 µg of enriched DNA MobiLab Order Information............................................................................. 250
The concentration of bacterial DNA in the enriched DNA
depends on the ratio of eucaryotic DNA to procaryotic DNA.
Example: Less than 5% of the human DNA and approx. Order information
50% of the bacterial DNA (E. coli) were isolated from a
Order number Quantity
100,000-fold excess of human DNA in the starting sample.
203-001-0010 10 reactions
Average purity (A 260:A 280): 844-MA205-2 Laboratory Notebook
1.7 - 2.0
200
4. Food quality control
4.
rapidSTRIPE Listeria Assay..........................................................................................206
201
4.1 Quantitative real-time assays
1 107 10 5 23,59
DNA and breaks
intensity
R 2 10 6 10 4 27,55
down the probe. Q 3 10 5 10 3 32,31
5’ 3’
3. Probe 4 10 4 100 35,64
5 10 3 10 38,83
rehybridization: R
6 100 1 No Ct
Intact probes are Q cycles
5’ 3’ 7 NTC NTC No Ct
4 Food quality control
rehybridized and
R R Q
fluorescence is Amplification plots from TaqMan® real-time PCR.
Q
measured. 3’ 5’
5’ 3’
Detection:
innuDETECT Salmonella spp. Assay: the 16s-23S rRNA spacer Order information
region and/or hyperinvasive locus A (hilA)
Order number Quantity
845-ID-0002010 10 reactions
Kit components 845-ID-0002100 100 reactions
Positive control, primer/probe mix, PCR-grade H2O
Other chemicals needed: SensiFAST™ Probe Lo-ROX kit (Bioline)
202
4.1 Quantitative real-time assays
4.1
1 107 10 5 18,96 19,04
intensity
203
4.1 Quantitative real-time assays
3. Probe
Intensität
R
rehybridization:
Q
Intact probes are 5’ 3’
rehybridized and
R
fluorescence is Q
4 Food quality control
measured. 5’ 3’
R R Q
Zyklen
Q
3’ 5’
5’ 3’
Amplification plots from rehybridization probe systems.
Product specifications
Starting material:
Sample No. Dilution Ct value No
DNA from food samples after standard culturing
1 undiluted 26,18
Detection time: 2 1:10 29,7
Rapid qPCR (qTOWER): approx. 50 minutes 3 1:100 33,01
Standard qPCR (qTOWER 2.0 or TOptical): approx. 2 hours 4 1:1.000 36,67
5 1:10.000 38,88
Sensitivity / specificity: 6 NTC No Ct
Comparable to real-time TaqMan® PCR
Detects all O104-positive E.coli
DNA isolation products
Detection: blackPREP Food DNA Kit I.............................................................................. 48
WckD gene from the O104 antigen cluster*
(*Wang,L., Briggs,C.E., Rothemund,D., Fratamico,P., Luchansky,J.B. and
Reeves,P.R. Sequence of the E.coli O104 antigen gene cluster and Order information
identification of O104 specific genes JOURNAL Gene 270 (1-2), 231-236
(2001)) Order number Quantity
845-ID-0003010 10 reactions
Kit components 845-ID-0003100 100 reactions
Positive control, primer/probe mix, PCR-grade H2O
Other chemicals needed: SensiFAST™ Probe Lo-ROX Kit (Bioline)
204
4.2 Endpoint detection
NTC
1 2 3 4 5 6 amplification products
on lateral flow strips
Procedure 3’ 5’
4.2
5’ 3’
antigen-tagged probe
3. Detect on a lateral
flow strip (LFS)
No. Dilution Ct values (qPCR) Lateral Flow Strip (LFS)
1 1 : 2 × 102 22.05 Positive
Sensitivity:
Comparable to real-time PCR
Cycles
Kit components
PCR plastic supplies, positive control, primer, probe, dNTPs, PCR An established real-time PCR was used as a crosscheck
buffer, PCR-grade H 2O, polymerase, lateral flow strips, running (determination of Ct values)
buffer, sample containers
205
4.2 Endpoint detection
NTC
for the PCR, hybridization and final detection. 1 2 3 4 5
lateral flow strips
Procedure
1. Perform PCR using a
tag-labelled primer
2. Hybridize with a
4.2
antigen-tagged probe
3. Detect on a lateral flow
strip (LFS) No. Dilution Ct values (qPCR) Lateral Flow Strip (LFS)
1 Undiluted 20.9 Positive
2 1:10 24.1 Positive
4 Food quality control
206
4.2 Endpoint detection
4.2
sequence-specific 5’ 3’
Strip 1: Undiluted
antigen-marked probe Strip 2: 1:10 dilution
1 2 3 4 5 6 Strip 3: 1:100 dilution
3. Detection on a lateral Strip 4: 1:1000 dilution
flow strip (LFS) via Strip 5: 1:10,000 dilution
an antigen-antibody Strip 6: Negative control
Product specifications
Starting material:
Bacterial culture after standard food culturing in a Stomacher
Swab samples
207
4.2 Endpoint detection
Process sequence
3’ 5’
1. Standard or rapidPCR Sample application
with tag-marked 5’ 3’ The blackPREP Food DNA I kit was used to extract DNA from a
primer bacterial cell pellet. The rapidSTRIPE Campylobacter Assay and
4.2
2. Hybridization with 5’ 3’
SpeedCycler² was then used for introducing the DNA at different
sequence-specific concentrations as the target of the amplification reaction. The
antigen-marked probe amplification products were subsequently visualized on lateral flow
3. Detection on a lateral strips (LFS).
flow strip (LFS) via
4 Food quality control
an antigen-antibody
interaction Strip 1: Undiluted
1 2 3 4 5 6 Strip 2: Dilution 1:10
Strip 3: Dilution 1:100
Strip 4: Dilution 1:1.000
Strip 5: Dilution 1:10.000
Product specifications Strip 6: Negative control
Starting material:
Bacterial culture after standard food culturing in a Stomacher
Detection time:
approx. 10 – 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
30 – 40 copies in the PCR batch DNA isolation products
The following Campylobacter strains are detected: Campylo- innuPREP Bacteria DNA Kit............................................................................ 42
bacter jejuni, Campylobacter coli and Campylobacter lari blackPREP Food DNA Kit I.............................................................................. 48
Specific detection of the glyA gene for serine hydroxymethyl-
transferase from thermophilic Campylobacter strains
Order information
208
4.2 Endpoint detection
4.2
5’ 3’
primer LFS 1: Negative control
2. Hybridization with LFS 2: Positive for E.coli O104:H4
5’ 3’ 1 2 3 (Referenz-DNA)
sequence-specific LFS 3: Positive for E.coli O104:H21
antigen-marked probe (reference DNA)
3. Detection on a lateral
Product specifications
Starting material:
Bacterial culture after subjecting food to a standard culturing
process in a Stomacher apparatus
Swabs
Products for DNAn purification
Time for cDNA-Synthese, amplification and hybridization: innuPREP Bacteria DNA Kit............................................................................ 42
rapidPCR (SpeedCycler²): approx. 40 – 45 min blackPREP Food DNA Kit I.............................................................................. 48
Standard PCR: Dependent on the thermal cycler approx. 2 – 2.5 h
Related products:
Detection time: rapidSTRIPE Shigella Toxin II Assay........................................................... 210
Approx. 10 – 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
30 – 40 copies in the PCR batch
Positively tested for E.coli O104:H4 or E.coli O104:H21
No detection of E.coli O157, O103 and O26 Order information
209
4.2 Endpoint detection
1. Standard or rapidPCR 3’ 5’
with tag-marked primer
4.2
5’ 3’
2. Hybridization with
sequence-specific LFS 1 – 2: Positive for
antigen-marked probe 5’ 3’ Shigella toxin II (reference
1 2 3 4 5 DNA: E.coli O104:H4)
3. Detection on a lateral LFS 3 – 4: Positive for
flow strip (LFS) via Shigella toxin II (reference
4 Food quality control
Product specifications
Starting material:
Bacterial culture after standard food culturing in a Stomacher
Swab samples
Sensitivity:
30 – 40 copies in the PCR batch
Positive test results for E.coli O104:H4 and/or E.coli O104:H21
Order information
Kit components
Order number Quantity
PCR tubes, positive control, primer, probe, dNTPs, PCR buffer, PCR-
grade H2O, polymerase, lateral flow strips, running buffer, sample 845-IS-1008010 10 reactions
vessel 845-IS-1008025 25 reactions
845-IS-1008050 50 reactions
210
4.2 Endpoint detection
4.2
Strips 1 and 2: lamb;
5’ 3’
2. Hybridization with a strips 3 and 4: turkey;
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 strips 5 and 6: chicken;
sequence-specific, strip 7: 5% added pork;
5’ 3’
antigen-marked probe strip 8: 10% added pork;
3. Detection on a lateral strips 9 and 10: beef
flow strip (LFS) via
Product specifications
Starting material:
Successfully tested for lamb, turkey, chicken, beef and pork
Detection time:
Approx. 10 – 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
Tests conducted on various types of meat (beef, lamb and poultry)
indicated that pork can be detected at concentrations as low as 5%.
Detection:
Sus scrofa, detection of species-specific mitochondrial DNA Order information
211
5.1 Environmental analysis
Environmental analysis
Analytik Jena also offers specific, optimized assays delivering reliable
detection reactions and fast results for applications in environmental
diagnostics.
See for yourself what the “Made in Germany” seal of quality really
means—test the assays of your choice today!
212
5.1 Environmental analysis
Procedure 3’ 5’
1. Standard or rapidPCR Sample application
5’ 3’
with tag-marked primer Using extraction chemistry which is already contained in the rapid-
2. Hybridization with STRIPE Mycoplasma Assay, mycoplasma DNA is isolated from a cell
sequence-specific 5’ 3’ culture in a first step. The nucleic acid was then used in different
antigen-marked probe dilution stages in a specific amplification/hybridization reaction in
3. Detection on a lateral the SpeedCycler². The visualization and evaluation on the lateral flow
flow strip (LFS) via strips (LFS) contained in the rapidSTRIPE Mycoplasma Assay was
an antigen-antibody performed as the final step.
interaction
Strip A: Undiluted
Strip B: 1:10 dilution
5.1
A B C D E F Strip C: 1:100 dilution
Product specifications Strip D: 1: 1.000 dilution
The rapidSTRIPE Mycoplasma Assay is a molecular diagnostic test Strip E: 1:10.000 dilution
system to detect Mycoplasma species in cell cultures. To do so, a Strip F: Negative control
mycoplasma-specific 16S RNA sequence is detected.
The following species can be detected:
5 Environmental analysis
M. fermentans M. salivarium
M. hyorhinis M. hominis
M. arginini M. pulmonis
M. orale M. pirum.
Detection time:
Approx. 10 – 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
Detection of approx. 30 – 40 copies per PCR preparation Order information
213
5.1 Environmental analysis
Product specifications
Starting material:
Bacterial DNA
Sensitivity:
< 100 target copies
5.1
Kit components
PCR tubes, primer, probes, ready-to-use reaction mix, PCR-grade
H2O, progress control, lateral flow strips, running buffer, sample
containers, user manual
5 Environmental analysis
Order information
214
6.1 Veterinary diagnostics
Veterinary diagnostics
With the new PRRSV assays we have a unique solution for fast PRRSV
antibody detection and distinction in the market for a target-oriented
and eradication of contagious, economically devastating disease.
Analytik Jena recently obtained the approval for two new assays for
screening of swine sera for PRRSV (porcine reproductive and respiratory
syndrome virus) antibodies and for evaluation. The new ELISA-based
tests differentiate into PRRSV Type I (Europe-Type) and Type II (North
America-Type).
6 Veterinary diagnostics
6.1
215
6.1 Veterinary diagnostics
Product specifications
PRRSV detection kit bases on direct ELISA with bound PRRSV
antigenes on plate as mixture of different recombinant proteines
specific für NA and EU type, respectively, that are recognized and
bound by anti-PRRSV antibodies in pig sera. For discrimination of
unspecific reactions in pig sera a control protein is coated onto
plate. Positive control with specific anti-PRRSV antibodies to NA
and EU and negative control without antibodies to both PRRSV
types are used for calculation of raw data. Bound antibodies are
detected using HRP anti pig-IgG via TMB/H2O2 staining.
Kit components
Immunostrips, positive and negative controls, wash-ing buffer con-
centrate, dilution buffer, HRP-conjugate, staining buffer, TMB solution,
Peroxide solution, stop solution, sealing tapes, instruction for use.
Order information
Storage conditions and stability
Ordner number Product
At 2 - 10°C. Shelf life time 6 months.
847-0104000120 Test for analysis of 92 pig sera
6.1
216
6.1 Veterinary diagnostics
Product specifications
PRRSV differentiation kit bases on direct ELISA with bound PRRSV
antigenes on plate as mixture of different recombinant proteines
specific für NA and EU type, respectively, that are recognized and
bound by anti-PRRSV antibodies in pig sera specific to NA and/or
EU type antigens. For discrimination of unspecific reactions in pig
sera a control protein is coated onto plate. Positive control with
specific anti-PRRSV antibodies to NA and EU and negative control
without antibodies to both PRRSV types are used for calculation
of raw data. Bound antibodies are detected using HRP anti pig-
IgG via TMB/H2O2 staining.
6 Veterinary diagnostics
Approval according to German TSG § 17c
Approval number FLI-B 610
Kit components
Immunostrips, positive and negative controls, washing buffer concen-
trate, dilution buffer, HRP-conjugate, staining buffer, TMB solution,
Peroxide solution, stop solution, sealing tapes, instruction for use. Order information
Storage conditions and stability 847-0104000121 Test for analysis of 46 pig sera
At 2 - 10°C. Shelf life time 6 months.
6.1
217
7.1 Diagnostics for tick-born diseases
218
7.1 Diagnostics for tick-born diseases
Product specifications
The rapidSTRIPE Rickettsia Assay was used to test 400 ticks.
Rickettsia-positive results were then sequenced for final verification
and classification. The following species of tick were tested:
Marsh tick (Dermacentor reticulatus)
buffer, PCR-grade H2O, polymerase, lateral flow strips, running buffer, Order information
sample containers
Order number Quantity
845-IS-1001010 10 reactions
845-IS-1001025 25 reactions
845-IS-1001050 50 reactions
219
7.1 Diagnostics for tick-born diseases
Procedure 3’ 5’
Kit components
Plastic PCR supplies, positive control, primer, probe, dNTPs, PCR
buffer, PCR-grade H2O, polymerase, lateral flow strips, running
buffer, sample containers
7.1
Order information
Storage conditions and stability
Order number Quantity
PCR components of the rapidSTRIPE Borrelia Assay will remain stable
for 6 months if stored at –20 °C. Repeated freezing and thawing will 845-IS-1002010 10 reactions
significantly reduce the activity of individual reagents and should be 845-IS-1002025 25 reactions
avoided. Store test strips and running buffer in a dry place at 4 °C. 845-IS-1002050 50 reactions
220
7.1 Diagnostics for tick-born diseases
A B C D E
LFS B: TBEV-positive,
dilution 1:1,000
Product specifications LFS C: TBEV-positive,
Primer sequences have been optimized for the assay and make it dilution 1:10,000
The assay has been validated for the following TBEV strains:
Tick-borne encephalitis virus, K23 strain
Tick-borne encephalitis virus, Sofjin strain
Tick-borne encephalitis virus, Neudörfl strain
Louping-ill virus
DNA isolation products
Time required for cDNA synthesis, amplification and blackPREP Tick DNA/RNA Kit........................................................................ 50
hybridization:
cDNA synthesis: approx. 30 minutes
rapid PCR (SpeedCycler ²): approx. 50 minutes
Standard PCR: Depends on thermal cycler, approx. 2 – 2.5 hours
Detection time:
Approx. 10 – 20 minutes
7.1
Order information
Sensitivity:
Order number Quantity
Comparable to TaqMan® real-time PCR
845-IS-1003010 10 reactions
845-IS-1003025 25 reactions
845-IS-1003050 50 reactions
221
7.1 Diagnostics for tick-born diseases
Procedure 3’ 5’
Quantity
Tick species
Total Positive
Dermacentor reticulatus 36 –
Ixodes hexagonus 1 –
Haemaphysalis concinna 5 –
DNA isolation products
Ixodes ricinus 358 2
blackPREP Tick DNA Kit................................................................................... 49
Total 400 2
blackPREP Tick DNA/RNA Kit........................................................................ 50
place at 4 °C.
Order information
222
7.1 Diagnostics for tick-born diseases
antigen-tagged probe 1 2 3 4
LFS 2: Babesia-positive,
3. Detect on a lateral dilution 1:1,000
flow strip (LFS) LFS 3: Babesia-positive,
dilution 1:10,000
LFS 4: Babesia-positive,
Product specifications
The test was used to examine 400 ticks for Babesia infections.
Positive test results were then sequenced to verify the results and
to classify the Babesia specimens.
Quantity
Tick species DNA isolation products
Total Positive
blackPREP Tick DNA Kit................................................................................... 49
Dermacentor reticulatus 36 –
blackPREP Tick DNA/RNA Kit........................................................................ 50
Ixodes hexagonus 1 –
Haemaphysalis concinna 5 –
Ixodes ricinus 358 18
Total 400 18
7.1
Order information
223
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Synucleins................................................................................................................................237
TAU proteins............................................................................................................................238
Prion proteins.........................................................................................................................239
Beta-Amyloid proteins.........................................................................................................240
224
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
8.1
Characterized Epitopes
AC purified
Specifications
Antibody: Picture 1
monoclonal, polyclonal
Host:
mouse
rabbit
Isotyp:
IgG
Immunogen:
Alpha-Synuclein peptides
Alpha-Synuclein recombinant protein
Purification: Picture 2
Affinity chromatography
Solution:
PBS ph 7.4 without additives
serum
Applications:
ELISA
Western and Dot Blot
Immunoprecipitation
Immunohistochemistry, Immunocytochemistry
FACS
Specificity:
Human alpha-Synuclein
225
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Characterized Epitopes
AC purified
8 Antibodies and proteins
Host: Picture 1
mouse
rabbit
Isotyp:
IgG
Immunogen:
TAU peptides phosphorylated
TAU recombinant protein
Purification:
Affinity chromatography
Solution:
PBS ph 7.4 without additives Picture 2
serum
Applications:
ELISA
Western and Dot Blot
Immunoprecipitation
Immunohistochemistry, Immunocytochemistry
FACS
Specificity:
P181, P199, P202, P199/202, P231, P231/235
TAU all isoforms
TAU Exon 2/3
226
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Monoclonal antibody
β-amyloid spezifical
Useful for ELISA, WB and IHC
8.1
Suitable for human and transgenic mouse tissue
Specifications
Antibody:
Monoclonal
Host:
Mouse
Isotyp:
IgG, IgM Picture B
Immunogen:
Peptides
Purification:
Affinity chromatography
Solution:
PBS ph 7.4 without additives
Specificity:
beta-amyloid
Cross-reactivity:
not known
227
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
AC purified
8 Antibodies and proteins
Host:
mouse, rabbit
Isotyp:
IgG
Immunogen:
Prion protein recombinant
Purification: Picture B
Affinity chromatography
Solution:
PBS ph 7.4 without additives, serum
Applications:
ELISA
Western and Dot Blot
Immunoprecipitation
Immunohistochemistry, Immunocytochemistry
FACS
Specificity:
Cattle, human, sheep, deer
Cross-reactivity:
Between species
Units
100 µg
1 mg
Order information
228
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
8.1
Suitable for human and mouse tissue and cell lines
Specifications
Antibody:
Monoclonal, polyclonal
Host:
Mouse, rabbit
Isotyp:
IgG
Picture 1
Immunogen:
Recombinant protein
Purification:
Affinity chromatography
Solution:
PBS ph 7.4 without additives
Applications:
ELISA
Western and Dot Blot
Immunoprecipitation Picture 2
Immunohistochemistry, Immunocytochemistry
FACS
Specificity:
TG2
Cross-reactivity:
Not known
Units
100 µg Order information
1 mg
Ordner number Product
847-0102… All mabs are listed in product
finder page 231
229
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Monoclonal antibodies
Cyclooxygenase 1 and 2
Calpain 2
8.1
Specifications
Antibody:
Monoclonal
Host:
Mouse
Isotyp:
IgG
Immunogen:
Recombinant proteins, peptides, carrier hap-tens
Purification:
Affinity chromatography
Solution:
PBS ph 7.4 without additive
Applications:
ELISA
Western and Dot Blot
Immunoprecipitation
Immunohistochemistry, Immunocytochemistry
FACS
Specificity:
See product finder
Cross-reactivity:
Not known
Order information
Units
Order number Product
100 µg
1 mg 847-0102… All mabs are listed in product
finder page 231
230
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
8.1
Anti-human a-Synuclein 10C3, 847-0102001801 100 µg x x x n.t. human alpha-Synuclein
monoclonal
Anti-human tau total pAB 64, 847-0103001001 100 µl x x n.t. n.t. human alpha-Synuclein
polyclonal
847-0103001003 1 ml x x n.t. n.t.
231
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Anti-human phospho-231 tau-5G7, 847-0102003601 100 µg x x x n.t. PHF TAU, phosphorylated TAU at
8.1
847-0102003703 1 mg
Anti-human phospho-231 tau-4C10, 847-0102003101 100 µg x x x n.t. PHF TAU, phosphorylated TAU at
monoclonal amino acid position 231 (T)
847-0102003103 1 mg
Anti-human phospho-231/235 tau- 847-0102004401 100 µg x x x n.t. PHF TAU, phosphorylated TAU at
3G3, monoclonal amino acid position 231 (T) and
235 (S)
847-0102004403 1 mg
Anti-human TAU total, monoclonal 847-0102004801 100 µg x x x n.t. PHF TAU, TAU 441
antibody 4B5 847-0102004803 1 mg
Anti-human TAU total, monoclonal 847-0102005101 100 µg x x x x PHF TAU, TAU 441
antibody 8F10 847-0102005103 1 mg
Anti-human TAU total, monoclonal 847-0102005201 100 µg x x x n.t. PHF TAU, TAU 441
antibody 12C2 847-0102005203 1 mg
Anti-human TAU total, monoclonal 847-0102005301 100 µg x x x n.t. PHF TAU, TAU 441
antibody 18B5 847-0102005303 1 mg
Anti-human TAU total, monoclonal 847-0102006301 100 µg x x x n.t. TAU 441 all isoforms, TAU total
antibody 7E5 in CSF
847-0102006303 1 mg
Anti-human TAU-E3, monoclonal 847-0102006401 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. Exon 3 human TAU
antibody 2B6 847-0102006403 1 mg
Anti-human TAU-E2+E3, monoclonal 847-0102006601 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. Exon 2 + 3 humanTAU
antibody 9E11 8470102006603 1 mg
Anti-human tau total pAB 64, 847-0103001001 100 µl x x n.t. n.t. human TAU
polyclonal 847-0103001003 1 ml
Tau, rabbit polyclonal antibody, to all 6 847-0103000801 100 µg x x x n.t. Recognizes recombinant and
isoforms (rP-Ref: T-1308-1) native tau protein; Reactive to
human, pig, rat. Others not
tested.
Tau, DC 25, Mab, to all 6 isoforms 847-0102001901 100 µg x x x x Recognizes tau protein, shows
(rP-Ref: T-1301-1) no cross-reactivity with other
MAPs or tubulin; Reactive to
human, pig, rat, mouse, cow,
rabbit. Reacts with the non-
phosphorylated as well as
phosphorylared tau forms
Tau, DC 39N1, Mab, to 1st N-terminal 847-0102002001 100 µg x x x n.t. Recognizes N1 insert in tau
insert (rP-Ref: T-1302-1) proteins (2N4R, 1N4R, 2N3R,
1N3R); Reactive to human.
Stains pretangles present in the
brains of patients in preclinical
(2nd stage) as well as late
stages of Alzheimer´s disease
(6th stage)
232
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Tau, DC 11, Mab to AD Tau (rP-Ref: 847-0102002101 100 µg n.t. x x x No cross-reactivity with MAPs or
8.1
T-1303-1) tubulin; Reactive to human.
Recognizes only Alzheimer´s tau,
that is conformationally different
from normal tau. Does not react
with tau from age- matched
Beta-Amyloid antibodies
Anti-human ABETA, monoclonal 847-0102006501 100 µg x x x n.t. Beta-Amyloid
antibody 6D11 847-0102006503 1 mg
Beta-Amyloid DC 1 monoclonal 847-0102002601 100µg n.t. n.t. x n.t. all stages of amyloid deposits in
antibody (rP-Ref: A-1301-1) AD brains
233
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Anti-human prion protein 1E2, 847-0102001301 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. human and cattle prion protein
8.1
monoclonal
847-0102001303 1 mg
Anti-human prion protein 15B6, 847-0102001401 100 µg n.t. x n.t. n.t. human and cattle prion protein
monoclonal
8 Antibodies and proteins
847-0102001403 1 mg
Anti-human prion protein 6G3, 847-0102001501 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. human, cattle, sheep and deer
monoclonal prion protein
847-0102001503 1 mg
Anti-human prion protein 5B9, 847-0102001601 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. human and bovine prion protein
monoclonal
847-0102001603 1 mg
Anti-human prion protein 3F3, 847-0102003301 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. human and bovine prion protein
monoclonal
847-0102003303 1 mg
Anti-human prion protein 15F5, 847-0102003401 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. human and bovine prion protein
monoclonal
847-0102003403 1 mg
Anti-human prion protein 6E2, 847-0102004101 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. human and cattle prion protein
monoclonal
847-0102004103 1 mg
Anti-human prion protein 7D5, 847-0102004201 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. human and cattle prion protein
monoclonal
847-0102004203 1 mg
Anti-human prion protein 5G11, 847-0102004301 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. human and cattle prion protein
monoclonal
847-0102004303 1 mg
Anti-human prion protein 14D11, 847-0102001704 50 µg x x x n.t. human, sheep and cattle prion
monoclonal protein
Anti-human prion protein pAB M02, 847-0103000501 100 µl x x n.t. n.t. cattle, human, sheep, deer and
polyclonal mouse prion protein
847-0103000503 1 ml
Anti-mouse prion protein T188, 847-0102002701 100 µg x x x n.t. murine and ovine prion protein
monoclonal
847-0102002703 1 mg
Anti-mouse prion potein T325, 847-0102002801 100 µg n.t. x x n.t. murine, cervid, bovine and
monoclonal ovine prion protein
847-0102002803 1 mg
Anti-ovine prion protein 683, 847-0102002901 100 µg x x x n.t. "PrP of murine sequence and
monoclonal ovine PrP sequences other than
the ARR genotype"
847-0102002903 1 mg
Anti-ovine prion protein A516, 847-0102003001 100 µg x x x n.t. ovine and murine prion protein
monoclonal
847-0102003003 1 mg
Anti-sheep prion protein pAB M03, 847-0103000601 100 µl x x n.t. n.t. sheep, human, cattle and deer
polyclonal prion protein
847-0103000603 1 ml
234
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Anti-deer prion protein pAB M04, 847-0103000701 100 µl x x n.t. n.t. sheep, human, cattle and deer
8.1
polyclonal prion protein
847-0103000703 1 ml
tTG Antibodies
Other Antibodies
Anti-Cyclooxygenase-1 5F6, 847-0102000101 100 µg x x x n.t. COX-1 from human, mouse, rat;
monoclonal
847-0102000103 1 mg
Anti-Cyclooxygenase-2 5E10, 847-0102000201 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. COX-2 from human, mouse, rat
monoclonal
847-0102000203 1 mg
Anti-Calpain-2 1E8, monoclonal 847-0102000601 100 µg x x x x Calpain-2 from cattle and
human
847-0102000603 1 mg
Anti-HANTA Puumala 7C10, 847-0102005401 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. HANTA virus protein strain
monoclonal Puumala
847-0102005403 1 mg
Anti-HANTA Puumala 10G11, 847-0102005501 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. HANTA virus protein strain
monoclonal Puumala
847-0102005503 1 mg
Anti-HANTA Puumala 1D11, 847-0102005601 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. HANTA virus protein strain
monoclonal Puumala
847-0102005603 1 mg
Anti-HANTA Dobrava 8F10, monoclonal 847-0102005701 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. HANTA virus protein strain
Dobrava
847-0102005703 1 mg
Anti-HANTA Dobrava 4B7, monoclonal 847-0102005801 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. HANTA virus protein strain
Dobrava
847-0102005803 1 mg
Anti-HANTA 5D8, monoclonal 847-0102005901 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. HANTA virus protein strains
Dobrava and Puumala
847-0102005903 1 mg
Anti-FITC 7F4, monoclonal 847-0102006001 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. FITC, PCR products and proteins
labelled with FITC
847-0102006003 1 mg
235
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Anti-DIG, monoclonal antibody 11C8 847-0102006701 100 µg x n.t. n.t. n.t. Digoxygenin
8.1
847-0102006703 1 mg
Anti-Dengue NS1, monoclonal 847-0102006801 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. NS1 protein Dengue-virus type
antibody 4B2 847-0102006803 1 mg 2, C-terminal
Anti-Dengue NS1, monoclonal 847-0102006901 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. NS1 protein Dengue-virus type
8 Antibodies and proteins
Anti-Dengue NS1, monoclonal 847-0102007001 100 µg x x n.t. n.t. NS1 protein Dengue-virus type
antibody 5C3 847-0102007003 1 mg 2, N-terminal
GFAP, DC 47, Mab 847-0102002401 100 µg n.t. x n.t. x Recognizes glial fibrillary acidic
protein; Reactive to human, rat.
DC47 recognizes both fibrous
and protoplasmic astrocytes in
the rat and human brain tissues.
Mouse Anti-Beta-Tubulin, DC 126, Mab 847-0102002501 100 µg x x n.t. x Recognizes beta tubulin;
Reactive to human, pig.
236
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Synucleins
8.1
8 Antibodies and proteins
Product description
Recombinant Synuclein proteins are offered for use in research e. g.
aggregation experiments or analysis of Lewy body disease pathology.
237
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
TAU proteins
8.1
8 Antibodies and proteins
Product description
Recombinant Tau proteins are offered for research use e. g.
researching projects about Alzheimer disease.
238
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Prion proteins
8.1
8 Antibodies and proteins
Product description
Recombinant prion proteins are offered for research use e. g.
researching projects about TSE.
Product description Cat. no. Size Product description Cat. no. Size
recombinant bovine 847-0101000101 100 µg recombinant sheep 847-0101007401 100 µg
prion protein 847-0101000102 500 µg prion protein, genotype 847-0101007402 500 µg
AL141RQ 847-0101007403 1 mg
847-0101000103 1 mg
recombinant human 847-0101000301 100 µg recombinant sheep 847-0101007501 100 µg
prion protein 847-0101000302 500 µg prion protein, genotype 847-0101007502 500 µg
847-0101000303 1 mg AHQ 847-0101007503 1 mg
recombinant sheep 847-0101000601 100 µg recombinant sheep 847-0101007601 100 µg
prion protein 847-0101000602 500 µg prion protein, genotype 847-0101007602 500 µg
847-0101000603 1 mg VRQ 847-0101007603 1 mg
recombinant deer prion 847-0101000701 100 µg
protein 847-0101000702 500 µg
847-0101000703 1 mg
recombinant mouse 847-0101007101 100 µg
prion protein 847-0101007102 500 µg
847-0101007103 1 mg
recombinant sheep 847-0101007201 100 µg
prion protein, genotype 847-0101007202 500 µg
ARR 847-0101007203 1 mg
recombinant sheep 847-0101007301 100 µg
prion protein, genotype 847-0101007302 500 µg
AF141RQ 847-0101007303 1 mg
239
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Beta-Amyloid proteins
8.1
8 Antibodies and proteins
Product description
Recombinant and synthetic Beta-Amyloid proteins are offered for
research use e. g. researching projects about Alzheimer disease.
Product description Cat. no. Size Reference Product description Cat. no. Size Reference
Beta-Amyloid (1-40), 847-0101000802 0.5 mg A-1001-1 Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101001402 0.5 mg A-1165-1
Ultra Pure, TFA Ultra Pure, NaOH
Beta-Amyloid (1-40), 847-0101000803 1.0 mg A-1001-2 Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101001403 1.0 mg A-1165-2
Ultra Pure, TFA Ultra Pure, NaOH
Beta-Amyloid (1-40), 847-0101000902 0.5 mg A-1153-1 Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101001502 0.5 mg A-1166-1
Ultra Pure, HFIP Ultra Pure, HCl
Beta-Amyloid (1-40), 847-0101000903 1.0 mg A-1153-2 Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101001503 1.0 mg A-1166-2
Ultra Pure, HFIP Ultra Pure, HCl
Beta-Amyloid (1-40), 847-0101001002 0.5 mg A-1155-1 Beta-Amyloid (1-42) 847-0101100202 4 x 0.5 A-1160-1
Ultra Pure, NaOH Starter Kit new mg
Beta-Amyloid (1-40), 847-0101001003 1.0 mg A-1155-2 Beta-Amyloid (1-42) 847-0101100203 4 x 1 mg A-1160-2
Ultra Pure, NaOH Starter Kit new
Beta-Amyloid (1-40), 847-0101001102 0.5 mg A-1156-1 Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101002002 0.5 mg A-1008-1
Ultra Pure, HCl Mouse/Rat, TFA, new
Beta-Amyloid (1-40), 847-0101001103 1.0 mg A-1156-2 Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101002003 1.0 mg A-1008-2
Ultra Pure, HCl Mouse/Rat, TFA, new
Beta-Amyloid (1-40) 847-0101100102 4 x 0.5 A-1150-1 Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101001702 0.5 mg A-1004-1
Starter Kit mg scrambled), TFA
Beta-Amyloid (1-40) 847-0101100103 4 x 1 mg A-1150-2 Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101001703 1.0 mg A-1004-2
Starter Kit scrambled), TFA
Beta-Amyloid (1-40), 847-0101001902 0.5 mg A-1007-1 Beta-Amyloid (1-43), 847-0101001802 0.5 mg A-1005-1
Mouse/Rat, TFA, new Ultra Pure, TFA
Beta-Amyloid (1-40, 847-0101001602 0.5 mg A-1003-1 Beta-Amyloid (1-43), 847-0101001803 1.0 mg A-1005-2
scrambled), TFA Ultra Pure, TFA
Beta-Amyloid (1-40, 847-0101001603 1.0 mg A-1003-2 Beta-Amyloid (1-46), 847-0101007701 0.1 mg A-1083-1
scrambled), TFA TFA, new
Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101001202 0.5 mg A-1002-1 Beta-Amyloid (1-46), 847-0101007702 0.5 mg A-1083-2
Ultra Pure, TFA TFA
Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101001203 1.0 mg A-1002-2 Beta-Amyloid (1-40, 847-0101002101 100 ug A-1011-1
Ultra Pure, TFA F4W), TFA
Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101001302 0.5 mg A-1163-1 Beta-Amyloid (1-40, 847-0101002103 1.0 mg A-1011-2
Ultra Pure, HFIP F4W), TFA
Beta-Amyloid (1-42), 847-0101001303 1.0 mg A-1163-2
Ultra Pure, HFIP
240
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Beta-Amyloid proteins
Product description Cat. no. Size Reference Product description Cat. no. Size Reference
Beta-Amyloid (1-40, 847-0101002201 100 ug A-1012-1 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003501 0.1 mg A-1134-1
Y10W), TFA (1-42), Rat U. label
8.1
Beta-Amyloid (1-40, 847-0101002203 1.0 mg A-1012-2 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003503 1.0 mg A-1134-2
Y10W), TFA (1-42), Rat U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-40, 847-0101002301 100 ug A-1013-1 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003603 1.0 mg A-1107-1
D23N), TFA (1-43), Uniform label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002401 100 ug A-1021-1 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101008003 0.5 mg A-1179-2
M35V), TFA (1-46), U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002403 1.0 mg A-1021-2 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003303 1.0 mg A-1137-1
M35V), TFA (11-40), U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002501 100 ug A-1022-1 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101008303 1.0 mg A-1140-1
R5G), TFA (11-40), Rat, U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002503 1.0 mg A-1022-2 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101008403 1.0 mg A-1120-2
R5G), TFA (11-42), U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002601 100 ug A-1023-1 13C, 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003702 0.5 mg A-1103-1
Y10A), TFA (1-40), U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002603 1.0 mg A-1023-2 13C, 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003703 1.0 mg A-1103-2
Y10A), TFA (1-40), U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002701 100 ug A-1024-1 13C, 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003802 0.5 mg A-1104-1
F4W), TFA (1-42), U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002703 1.0 mg A-1024-2 13C, 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003803 1.0 mg A-1104-2
F4W), TFA (1-42), U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002801 100 ug A-1025-1 13C, 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003902 0.5 mg A-1108-1
H6A), TFA (1-43), U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002803 1.0 mg A-1025-2 13C, 15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003903 1.0 mg A-1108-2
H6A), TFA (1-43), U. label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002901 100 ug A-1026-1 13C Beta-Amyloid 847-0101004002 0.5 mg A-1105-1
H13A), TFA (1-40), Uniform label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101002903 1.0 mg A-1026-2 13C Beta-Amyloid 847-0101004003 1.0 mg A-1105-2
H13A), TFA (1-40), Uniform label
Beta-Amyloid (1-42, 847-0101003003 1.0 mg A-1027-2 13C Beta-Amyloid 847-0101004102 0.5 mg A-1106-1
H14A), TFA (1-42), Uniform label
15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101007801 0.1 mg A-1147-1 13C Beta-Amyloid 847-0101004103 1.0 mg A-1106-2
(1-38), U. label (1-42), Uniform label
15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101007803 1.0 mg A-1147-2 13C, Beta-Amyloid 847-0101004202 0.5 mg A-1109-1
(1-38), U. label (1-43), U. label
15N Beta-Amyloid 847-0101003101 0.1 mg A-1101-1 13C, Beta-Amyloid 847-0101004203 1.0 mg A-1109-2
(1-40), Uniform label (1-43), U. label
241
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
Product description Cat. no. Size Reference Product description Cat. no. Size Reference
Fluorescein-Beta- 847-0107000302 0.5 mg A-1113-1 Beta-Amyloid (22-35) 847-0107001606 5.0 mg A-1059-2
Amyloid (1-40)
8.1
242
8.1 Antibodies and proteins
8.1
8 Antibodies and proteins
Product description
Recombinant and synthetic proteins are offered for research use e. g.
researching projects about neurodegenerative diseases.
Product description Cat. no. Size Reference Product description Cat. no. Size Reference
Apolipoprotein E, 847-0106000104 50 ug A-2001-1 Calmodulin, Porcine 847-0106000303 1 mg C-1001-1
Human Plasma,
VLDL Calmodulin, 847-0106100301 100 ug C-1002-1
Tubulin, Porcine 847-0106000203 1 mg T-1201-1 Porcine, Biotinylated
Calmodulin, 847-0106200301 100 ug C-1003-1
Mouse Anti-Beta- 847-0102002501 100 ug T-1307-1 Porcine, Fluorescein
Tubulin, DC 126, Calmodulin, 847-0106300301 100 ug C-1004-1
Mab Porcine, Rhodamine
Alpha 1 847-0106000501 100 ug A-2002-1 Calmodulin, 847-0106400303 2 ml C-1005-1
Antichymotrypsin Porcine,
Alpha 1 Antitrypsin 847-0106000603 1 mg A-2003-1 ImmobilizedAgarose
Calmodulin,Wheat 847-0106400501 200 ul C-1006-1
Alpha 2 847-0106000703 1 mg A-2004-1 (T. aestivum)
Macroglobulin Porcine
Chymotrypsin 847-0106000801 100 ug A-2005-1 Calmodulin-SH, 847-0106000402 250 ug C-1007-1
Wheat (Triticum
Haptoglobin 847-0106000903 1 mg A-2006-1 aestivum)
Calmodulin, Wheat, 847-0106100404 50 ug C-1008-1
Myeloperoxidase 847-0106001001 100 ug A-2007-1 Biotinylated
Calmodulin, Wheat, 847-0106200404 50 ug C-1009-1
Plasmin 847-0106001103 1 mg A-2008-1 Fluorescein
Calmodulin, Wheat, 847-0106300404 50 ug C-1010-1
Plasminogen 847-0106001203 1 mg A-2009-1 Rhodamine
Calmodulin-SH, 847-0106400401 200 ul C-1011-1
Transferrin 847-0106001305 10 mg A-2010-1 Wheat, Immobilized
243
1.1
1 MobiLab – Your lab to go 1.1 MobiLab
244
Contents
Mobile diagnostics
3 ePaTOX II 261
245
1.1 MobiLab
MELANIE TRENKMANN, ELMARA GRASER, KATJANA DASKALOW, STEPHAN ROBST, TIMO HILLEBRAND, CLAUS KNIPPSCHILD, ALEXANDER BERKA,
ANALYTIK JENA AG, BUSINESS UNIT “LIFE SCIENCE”
1 MobiLab – Your lab to go
The demands for a molecular pathogen diagnostic under field conditions and the associated robust
and fast analytic are increasing. Currently available pathogen detections require proof testing of
samples in a qualified laboratory by trained personnel, whereby manpower, time and money are
enormous. In order to reduce waiting times and to enable a low-cost sample analysis
in the field, Analytik Jena has developed
a device platform that meets these re-
quirements. The overall system is very
easy to use which makes the operation
for laymen possible and as well reliable.
The system also provides state-of-the-
art, highly specific pathogen detection
in less than one hour.
MobiLab Case
246
1.1 MobiLab
1.1
1 MobiLab – Your lab to go
Simple, robust and mobile:
The operative words for the entire
design concept, whether you’re using
MobiLab One or MobiLab Case.
Both instruments combine an entire
laboratory, including extraction, thermal
mixer and rapid PCR thermal cycler in
a single unit.
MobiLab One
The MobiLab is designed so that even non- the system allows very flexible applications Both the robust housing and the soft-touch
specialists will be guided step by step – future-oriented in the field. Due to the ex- control panel are optimized for the outdoor
through a computerized manual from be- ternal power supply the MobiLab can be use and realize an easy and thorough clean-
ginning of the sampling to the specific operated indoor on a surface of a sheet of ing and disinfecting.
pathogen detection. This can be done eas- DIN A4 paper to replace an entire laboratory.
ily and quickly, as the MobiLab combines On the position, where normally one lap-
nucleic acid extraction, thermal mixer and top finds its place, now two fully equipped “A well-thought-out product
rapid PCR cycler in an expedient way. workplaces can be established. The over-
line offering tremendous
On the basis of an integrated high perfor- all concept offers enormous variety and is
mance battery and supply in a robust case therefore suitable for different applications.
variety”
247
1.1 MobiLab
Blocksystem Combi it allows easy storage Yet another highlight: the system saves cellular components.
and building up at lowest place. If samples an enormous amount of time. The full pro-
should be analyzed under field conditions or cess is t ypically completed in less than The device also includes a rapid PCR ther-
even in a wet-wet environment the MobiLab 60 minutes. The MobiLab system includes mal cycler in which the sequence of interest
Case is the best system. The operation takes an integrated thermal shaker for effective is quickly amplified using RAH-(Rapid Am-
place by a 5.7’’ touchscreen and an integrat- sample lysis of different starting materials. plification and Hybridization) technology and
ed Windows CE computer. DNA/RNA extraction is based on patented then hybridized in the same reaction.
Ready-to-use kits, containing all of the re- reagents for nucleic acid extraction and PCR This closed system reduces operating errors
agents and consumables needed to detect components in a pre-formulated and stor- and contamination to an absolute minimum.
different pathogens, have been perfectly able form. Final pathogen detection is highly sensitive
adapted to the MobiLab system. Novel reaction cartridges, in which the entire and is performed on a Lateral Flow Strip (LFS)
Kits include, among other materials, sam- amplification and detection process takes containing an additional conjugate control
pling vessels and materials (such as swabs), place, are also included. to verify the reaction.
248
1.1 MobiLab
Perfectly equipped
1.1
of flexibility and the speed with which re-
sults are made available: if the results are
positive, users now have the option of tak-
ing preliminary action before the final report
from the lab is finished.
Contact person
249
1.1 MobiLab
Order information
thermal mixer, rapidPCR thermal cycler and Magnetrack for 1.5 – 2.0 ml tubes
844-10002-2 MobiLab CASE
Stand alone mobile instrument system, including battery pack, power supply and power cable, thermal
mixer, rapidPCR thermal cycler and Magnetrack for 1.5 – 2.0 ml tubes, delivered in a robust and impact
resistant case, to be used with Analytik Jena’s ready-to-use kits
The Magnetracks are used to wash, incubate and to seperate magnetic beads for volumes from
1.5 till 2.0 ml, 15 ml and 50 ml. They are suitable for all microbiological and molecularbiological
applications with Magnetic Beads, like cell seperation, mRNA isolation, sequencing reactions,
single strand seperation, etc...
845-MG-2000002 Magnetrack small for 1.5 till 2.0 ml tubes
Suitable for single 0.5 and 2.0 ml micro screwed cap tubes and 1.5 ml reaction tubes
Contains 2 powerful neodymium iron boron permanent magnets for the magnetic particle
seperation
Material: aluminium alloy
845-MG-2000015 Magnetrack middle for 15 ml tubes
Suitable for single 15 ml Falcon and reaction tubes
Contains 2 powerful neodymium iron boron permanent magnets for the magnetic particle
seperation
Material: aluminium alloy
845-MG-2000050 Magnetrack big for 50 ml tubes
Suitable for single 50 ml Falcon and reaction tubes
Contains 4 powerful neodymium iron boron permanent magnets for the magnetic particle
seperation
Material: aluminium alloy
250
2. Kits for MobiLab
The systems combine the speed for which Analytik Jena is known
along with innovative, user-friendly detection systems that make them
suitable even for non-specialists.
2.
2 Kits for MobiLab
MobiLab Influenza A/H1N1 Assay................................................................................... 252
MobiLab Salmonella spp. Assay....................................................................................... 253
MobiLab Listeria spp. Assay............................................................................................... 254
MobiLab E.coli O157 Assay............................................................................................... 255
MobiLab Campylobacter Assay........................................................................................ 256
MobiLab E.coli O104 Assay............................................................................................... 257
MobiLab Shigella Toxin II Assay........................................................................................ 258
MobiLab Pork Assay............................................................................................................. 259
MobiLab Mycoplasma Assay............................................................................................. 260
251
2.1 Detection systems for human diagnostics
fluid. This easy-to-use test completely eliminates the need not only
for additional equipment and consumables, but also for quantitative
Storage conditions and stability
pipetting. The PCR product is applied to a lateral flow strip following
Store the MobiLab Influenza A/H1N1 assay in a dry place. The assay
nucleic acid extraction and the combined amplification/hybridization
will remain stable for 6 months under cool conditions (+4 ºC) and for
reaction, with the appearance of a test line confirming a positive result.
2 weeks at room temperature (14 ºC – 25 ºC).
A second line parallel to the first line serves as a control line indicating
whether the strip is working properly.
Sample application
Combining MobiLab and the MobiLab Influenza A/H1N1 Assay allows
1. users to detect viruses quickly and easily. RNA was extracted from
swab samples and used to reconstitute the master mix, which is in
MobiLab reaction cartridge solid form. The resulting mixture was then transferred to the reaction
1. Syringe for filling the cartridge and subjected to amplification. This was followed by visual-
cartridge
3. izing the results on the integrated test strip.
2. PCR chamber
3. Integrated lateral flow strip
3b.
(LFS) for detection
(3a = test line, 1. 2.
3a.
3b = control line)
2.
Product specifications
Starting material:
Swab specimens (pharyngeal) Reaction cartridge 1:
two bands (control and test
Pharyngeal lavage fluid (up to 400 µL) lines) = the sample tested
positive for influenza A/H1N1
Reaction time:
DNA extraction: approx. 40 – 50 minutes
Reaction cartridge 2:
Amplification and hybridization: approx. 50 minutes one band (control line) =
Detection: approx. 20 minutes negative control
Sensitivity:
Approx. 105 cells per swab and/or per 400 µL
252
2.2 Detection systems for food control
2.2
Product description Kit components
The MobiLab Salmonella spp. Assay is a molecular diagnostic test system Sampling material, extraction reagents, sample and reaction vessels,
for mobile detection of the genus Salmonella, including reliable detection Pasteur pipettes, reaction cartridges, syringe with attachment, stable
of all serotypes of the two subspecies (S. enterica and S. bongori), in a master mix (dry reagents), running buffer
3b = control line)
2.
Product specifications The gel electrophoresis separation in fig. 1 shows the results of the Salmo-
nella dilution series, while fig. 2 shows the results from application on a
Starting material:
lateral flow strip. Each number represents the theoretical number of copies of
Food samples after standard culturing in a Stomacher Salmonella DNA contained in the sample prior to the amplification reaction.
Swab specimens from various surfaces
Water samples (up to 200 mL)
Animal feed samples (up to 2 g)
By way of comparison, fig. 3 shows the results
visible on the lateral flow strip (LFS) integrated
Reaction time: into the cartridge.
DNA extraction: approx. 40 – 50 minutes One band (control line): the sample tested
Amplification and hybridization: approx 50 minutes negative for Salmonella
Detection: approx 20 minutes Two bands (control and test lines): the
sample tested positive for Salmonella
Sensitivity:
Swab and Stomacher samples: approx. 3000 – 4000 copies/mL Order information
Water samples: approx. 10 copies/mL Order number Starting material Quantity
Animal feed samples: approx. 5000 copies/sample
845-ML-0011025 Stomacher culture 25 reactions
845-ML-0012025 Swab 25 reactions
Detection:
845-ML-0013025 Water 25 reactions
Salmonella spp.
All serotypes of the Subspezies S. enterica and S. bongori 845-ML-0014025 Animal feed 25 reactions
253
2.2 Detection systems for food control
Lane 1: Undiluted
Lane 2: 1:10 dilution
Lane 3: 1:100 dilution
Lane 4: 1:1000 dilution
2. Lane 5: DNA control
Lane 6: Negative control
Product specifications 1 2 3 4
NTC
Starting material:
Food samples after standard culturing in a Stomacher
Swab specimens from various surfaces
Water samples (up to 200 mL)
Reaction time:
Strip 1: Undiluted
DNA extraction: approx. 40 – 50 minutes Strip 2: 1:10 dilution
Amplification and hybridization: approx 50 minutes Strip 3: 1:100 dilution
Strip 4: 1:1000 dilution
Detection: approx 20 minutes Strip NTC: Negative control
Sensitivity:
Water samples: approx. 10 copies/mL Order information
254
2.2 Detection systems for food control
2.2
Product description Kit components
When used in combination with the MobiLab, the E.coli O157 Assay Sampling material, extraction reagents, sample and reaction vessels,
provides a fast, easy tool for detecting all EHEC strains bearing the Pasteur pipettes, reaction cartridges, syringe with attachment, stable
typical O157 surface antigen. The kit contains all of the components master mix (dry reagents), running buffer
Sample application
Magnetic particle separation using a magnetic trap is the basis for the
1. first step, in which the MobiLab E.coli O157 Assay and the MobiLab
MobiLab reaction cartridge were used for extracting DNA from an E.coli cell pellet. The stable, dry
1. Syringe for filling the PCR reagents were then reconstituted with the eluate and the mixture
cartridge was transferred to the reaction cartridge. Amplification/hybridization
2. PCR chamber took place in the PCR module of the MobiLab. In the final step, the
3.
3. Integrated lateral flow strip amplification product was washed by injecting the running buffer into
(LFS) for detection the reaction cartridge and onto the test strip. The results were visual-
3b.
(3a = test line, ized after just 15 – 20 minutes.
3b = control line)
3a.
1. 2.
Reaction cartridge 1:
One band (control line) = the
sample tested negative for
2. E.coli O157
Reaction time:
DNA extraction: approx. 40 – 50 minutes
Amplification and hybridization: approx. 50 minutes
Detection: approx. 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
30 – 40 copies in the PCR batch
255
2.2 Detection systems for food control
ety of matrices. The assay is based on a very simple structure and con-
tains all of the consumables and reagents needed, not only for DNA
Storage conditions and stability
extraction, but also for the specific amplification reaction, subsequent
Store the MobiLab Campylobacter Assay in a dry place. The assay will
probe hybridization and final detection on a user-friendly test strip. No
remain stable for 6 months under cool conditions (+4 ºC) and for 2
quantitative pipetting is required for any part of the procedure.
weeks at room temperature (14 ºC – 25 ºC).
Sample application
1.
MobiLab reaction cartridge The MobiLab and MobiLab Campylobacter Assay were used to iso-
1. Syringe for filling the late the DNA from a bacterial cell pellet, after which the combined
cartridge amplification and hybridization reaction proceeded in the reaction
2. PCR chamber cartridge. This required first reconstituting the stable master mix us-
3.
3. Integrated lateral flow strip ing the DNA sample and then transferring it to the PCR chamber.
(LFS) for detection Subsequent detection was performed on a lateral flow strip integrated
3b.
(3a = test line, in the cartridge.
3b = control line)
3a.
1. 2.
Reaction cartridge 1:
One band (control line) =
negative control
2.
Reaction time:
DNA extraction: approx. 40 – 50 minutes
Amplification and hybridization: approx. 50 minutes
Detection: approx. 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
30 – 40 copies in the PCR batch
Detection:
The following Campylobacter strains were detected: Cam-
Order information
pylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter coli and Campylobacter lari
Specific detection of the glyA gene for serine Order number Starting material Quantity
hydroxymethyltransferase from thermophilic Campylobacter 845-ML-0051025 Stomacher culture 25 reactions
strains 845-ML-0052025 Swab 25 reactions
256
2.2 Detection systems for food control
2.2
Product description Kit components
As a detection system for on-site analysis, the MobiLab E.coli O104 Sampling material, extraction reagents, sample and reaction vessels,
Assay combines all molecular diagnostic steps, from nucleic acid iso- Pasteur pipettes, reaction cartridges, syringe with attachment, stable
lation to amplification/hybridization and PCR product detection. The master mix (dry reagents), running buffer
Product specifications
Starting material:
Food samples after standard culturing in a Stomacher
Swab specimens from various surfaces
Reaction time:
DNA extraction: approx. 40 – 50 minutes
Amplification and hybridization: approx. 50 minutes
Detection: approx. 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
30 – 40 copies in the PCR batch
Order information
Detection: Order number Starting material Quantity
E.coli O104
845-ML-0041025 Stomacher culture 25 reactions
Specific detection of the E.coli bacteria O104 surface antigen
845-ML-0042025 Swab 25 reactions
257
2.2 Detection systems for food control
Sample application
Reference DNA was used for checking the reaction sequence of the
MobiLab reaction cartridge MobiLab Shigella Toxin II Assay. After the amplification and hybridiza-
1. Syringe for filling the 1. tion reaction, the PCR product was transferred to the integrated test
cartridge strip. The result could then be seen on the lateral flow strip (LFS) as
2. PCR chamber shown below.
3. Integrated lateral flow strip
(LFS) for detection 3.
(3a = test line,
3b = control line) 1. 2. Reaction cartridge 1:
3b.
Two bands (control and test
lines) = the sample tested
3a. positive for Shigella toxin II
Product specifications
Starting material:
Food samples after standard culturing in a Stomacher
Swab specimens from various surfaces
Reaction time:
DNA extraction: approx. 40 – 50 minutes
Amplification and hybridization: approx. 50 minutes
Detection: approx. 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
30 – 40 copies in the PCR batch Order information
258
2.2 Detection systems for food control
2.2
Product description Kit components
When used in conjunction with the MobiLab, the MobiLab Pork As- Sampling material, extraction reagents, sample and reaction vessels,
say is a fast, reliable tool for detecting the presence of pork in other Pasteur pipettes, reaction cartridges, syringe with attachment, stable
types of meat. The results are of interest any time there is a need for master mix (dry reagents), running buffer
Sample application
The MobiLab Pork Assay was used to test a ground beef mixture for
MobiLab reaction cartridge 1. the presence of pork.
1. Syringe for filling the
cartridge
2. PCR chamber
3. Integrated lateral flow strip 3.
(LFS) for detection (3a =
test line, 3b = control line)
3b.
1. 2. Reaction cartridge 1:
3a. two bands (control and test
lines) = the sample tested
positive for pork
Reaction cartridge 2:
one band (control line) =
2. negative control
Product specifications
Starting material:
Successfully tested for lamb, turkey, chicken, beef and pork
Reaction time:
DNA extraction: approx. 40 – 50 minutes
Amplification and hybridization: approx. 50 minutes
Detection: approx. 20 minutes
259
2.3 Detection systems for environmental analysis
1.
Sample application
MobiLab reaction cartridge Magnetic particle separation was used as a basis for initial isolation
1. Syringe for filling the of DNA from a 200 µL cell culture. The eluate was then used for
cartridge reconstituting the stabilized master mix and transferred to the reac-
3.
2. PCR chamber tion chamber of the cartridge. This was followed by amplification and
3. Integrated lateral flow strip hybridization in the MobiLab. The running buffer was used to wash
(LFS) for detection 3b. PCR products onto the lateral flow strip in the cartridge, and the final
(3a = test line, results could be seen after approx. 20 minutes.
3b = control line) 3a.
1. 2. Reaction cartridge 1:
Two bands (control and test
lines) = the sample tested
positive for mycoplasmas
2.
Reaction cartridge 2:
Product specifications One band (control line) =
negative control
Starting material:
Cell culture supernatant
Reaction time:
DNA extraction: approx. 40 – 50 minutes
Amplification and hybridization: approx. 50 minutes
Detection: approx. 20 minutes
Sensitivity:
Detection of approx. 30 – 40 copies per PCR batch
Detection:
Selective detection of a mycoplasma-specific 16S RNA sequence.
The following species can be detected:
Order information
M. fermentans M. salivarium
M. hyorhinis M. hominis Order number Starting material Quantity
M. arginini M. pulmonis 845-ML-0036025 Cell culture supernatant 25 reactions
M. orale M. pirum.
260
3. ePaTOX II
3.
3 ePaTOX II
261
3. 3. ePaTOX II
art silicon semiconductor technology. A biochip of this kind includes also displays important notes for error-free routines. A simple syringe
16 measuring positions which are then loaded with various receptor filtration step is used for preparing protein or toxin samples. Appropri-
molecules specific to the application. Depending on how the biochip ate, ready-to-use kits are also available.
is configured, this allows scientists to detect multiple toxins or patho-
gens in parallel on a single chip. The sample to be studied is automati-
cally pumped across the chip during the detection process, allowing
the target molecules in the sample to bind to their complementary
receptor molecules (e.g., antibodies, oligonucleotides), which are im-
mobilized on the surface of the chip. This step is followed by enzyme
marking. Fixed on the chip in this way, the enzyme then converts a
substrate that can be detected in an electrochemical reaction. The
electrode structures on the chip make it possible to measure an elec-
trical signal — the size of the signal is directly proportional to the con-
centration of the target molecules in the sample. This electrochemical
detection principle makes it possible to achieve high analytical sensi-
tivity, and the resulting detection system is immune to the effects of
Ready-to-use Kits
turbidity and other sources of optical interference.
262
3. ePaTOX II
The ePaTOX II is ideal for integration into mobile ABC systems and
for the monitoring systems used in public buildings such as airports,
harbors and subways or laboratories. The system offers extensive,
group-specific detection options for toxins and/or pathogens. Toxins
detected include ricin, staphylococcus enterotoxin B and botulinum
toxin A, B and E. The system can detect the following pathogens af-
ter appropriate DNA extraction and PCR: Bacillus anthracis, Yersinia
pestis, Francisella tularensis and Orthopoxvirus. One special feature
of the system is its high tolerance to a variety of different sample
matrices (such as water, milk, starch, flour, juice, soil, aerosols, etc.)
3.
Ricin: 2 ng/mL
occur, the target molecules must bind to the specific receptor mol-
ecules immobilized on the chip. To this end, each of the 16 mea- ePaTOX Toxin Kit II
suring positions have been modified with corresponding receptor Botulinum toxin A: 2 ng/mL (30 ng/mL complex)
oligonucleotides and/or antibodies, thereby enabling detection of Botulinum toxin B: 2 ng/mL (20 ng/mL complex)
multiple biomolecules in parallel within a single sample. Because an
3 ePaTOX II
Botulinum toxin F: 5 ng/mL (50 ng/mL complex)
exceptionally wide variety of receptor molecules can be immobilized SEB: 0.5 ng/mL
on the chip, a considerable number of solid-phase-bound detection Ricin: 2 ng/m
systems (such as ELISA, i.e., enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay“)
can be transferred to the biochip.
ePaTOX Pathogen DNA Kit I
Bacillus anthracis
Yersinia pestis
1. Immobilization of the receptor antibodies Receptor
2. Analyte solution
antibodies Francisella tularensis
Analyte
3. Specific affinity binding Orthopoxvirus
Detection
4. Enzyme marking Electrical antibody Detection limit: 10 – 100 DNA copies in the starting material
signal
5. Signal from specific position
Enzyme
p-Aminophenyl
phosphate
p-Aminophenol
Redox
recycling Quinone imine
263
3. ePaTOX II
Technical specifications
Features
Weight 13,7 kg
Dimensions (WxHxD) 350 x 300 x 340 mm
Power source 24 V DC / 100 – 240 V AC
Protection class IP 42
Interface RS 232
Data analysis separate PC (Win XP and up)
Detection principle electrochemical
Operating temperature 10 – 35°C
Sample volume diluted to 500 µL
Shelf life of consumables approx. 6 months at 4°C
Order information
847-20101-2 ePaTOX II
Instrument system (not including PC), including control and analysis software,
2 reagent holders and 1 sample holder
847-30250-0 ePaTOX Toxin Kit I
Detection of 5 toxins in parallel: SEB/ ricin/ BoNT A,B,E
3 ePaTOX II
264
3. ePaTOX II
3.
3 ePaTOX II
265
Speed, precision, flexibility and innovation characterize the
instruments manufactured by Analytik Jena | Life Science.
We supply total automated as well as individual solutions
for your lab application.
Made in Germany!
Convince yourself!
Contents
Instruments
3 Spectrophotometer
3.1 Nano-volume spectrophotometer 296
4 Liquid handling
4.1 GeneTheatre 304
4.2 SELMA 96 / 384 309
267
1 Mixing and homogenization
Laboratory Notebook
Order your own laboratory notebook in
Analytik Jena | Life Science Design.
Whether you are scientist or student, laboratory notebook is an essential part of each
research project. With the laboratory notebook of Analytik Jena you are perfectly able to
document your laboratory research and daily work results.
Order information
268
Contents
Instruments
8 BioImaging
8.1 Gel Imaging 342
8.2 Chemiluminescence 362
8.3 Transilluminators 370
269
1.1 Thermal mixer
Introduction
BioShake-Series
High-speed mixer and thermal mixer in compact design
The BioShake series puts the traditional way of thinking upside
down and defines completely new the requirements of a labora-
tory mixer – a category which, in the light of downsizing of reaction
volumes and upsizing of the well numbers in microplates, is faced
permanent increasing demands.
3D-Shake-Control
Rapid and gentle mixing with 2 mm orbit and up to 3,000 rpm for
optimal results of even sensitive samples and liquids.
Anti-Spill-Technology
Controlled planar mixing avoids wetting of lids, sample spillage and
sample contamination with close-by samples.
Anti-Vibration-Technology
Outstanding smooth running conditions without any vibration and
any noise.
270
1.1 Thermal mixer
1.1
the well size and the filling volume. Only this way optimal results
without loss of samples can be achieved highly reproducible and in
shortest time.
Filling volume 0.2 ml tubes 0.5 ml tubes 1.5 ml tubes 2.0 ml tubes
10 % - 50 % 1,400 – 1,800 1,200 – 1,600 1,000 – 1,300 1,000 – 1,300
50 % - 75 % 1,200 – 1,500 1,100 – 1,300 1,000 – 1,200 900 – 1,200
75 % - 100 % 1,000 – 1,300 1,000 – 1,200 900 – 1,100 900 – 1,100
271
1.1 Thermal mixer
BioShake series | High-speed mixer and thermal mixer for small and
very small volumes in microplates and reaction tubes
1.1
The BioShake series allows for the first time high precise and
efficient mixing in the microliter scale for a wide range of applica- Fast shaking and mixing up to 3,000 rpm
tions. Assays in microplates or reaction vessels can be realized fast For microplates, PCR plates, deep well plates, tubes
and safe with using adjustable speed of 200 up to 3,000 rpm. The and glass vials
BioShake mixing-technology is obviously more robust, vibration free Sample preparation for Next Generation sequencing (e.g.
1 Mixing and homogenization
Programming the BioShake XP and BioShake iQ works via direct The temperature accuracy is ±0.1 °C, the temperature uniformity
touch buttons. In addition two buttons for start and storage of time through all samples is better than ±1 °C.
and mixing modes enable the instrument to run complex applica-
tions. This opens new points of view on the daily laboratory work The BioShake series is characterized by minor space requirement.
and optimizes routine application enormously.
The BioShake series comes with a variety of standardized and spe-
The short mix button allows short and fast mixing in between. cific adapter plates. The adapters allow an optimal fit for standard
tubes, lysis tubes, microplates, conical 15 and 50 ml tubes, glass
The two line LCD display guarantees simultaneous and safe read- vials and other sample vessels. An excellent temperature uniformity
ing of all programmed and measured parameters as time, mixing and homogeneity is guaranteed by using these adapters.
frequency and for BioShake iQ additional temperature.
Customized adapters!
The BioShake iQ is the high end thermal mixer of the BioShake se- You need an adapter plate for specially shaped microplates, tubes
ries. In addition to the technical specifications of the model or vials?
BioShake XP, the BioShake iQ comes with an very accurate heating Please send us a sample and detailed information about manufac-
technology. This allows highly reproducible results. The temperature turer, description and article number.
range from RT to 99 °C is adjustable in 0.1 °C steps. You will receive your special formed adapter plate!
272
1.1 Thermal mixer
1.1
BioShake adapter
384 well standard PCR plate 96 well, 1,000 µl (Eppendorf) 96 well, 500 µl (Eppendorf)
24 × 2.0 ml and 15 × 0.5 ml 24 × 1.5 ml and 15 × 0.5 ml 40 × 0.5 ml and 28 × 0.2 ml 96 × 0.2 ml
Customized Adapters
Customized
Adapter
35 × 2.0 ml and 24 × 0.5 ml 35 × 1.5 ml and 24 × 0.5 ml 35 × Lysis Tubes, 0.5 – 2.0 ml For individual reaction vessels
273
1.1 Thermal mixer
Technical data
BioShake XP BioShake iQ
1.1
Glass vials 2.0 and 4.0 ml glass vials 2.0 and 4.0 ml glass vials
Falcon tubes 15 ml and 50 ml Falcon 15 ml and 50 ml Falcon
Others On request On request
Tempering function
Temperature regulation range – Ambient to 99 °C
Temperature setting – 0,1 °C increments,
adjustable from 0 °C to 99 °C
Temperature regulation accuracy – ± 0.1 °C
Temperature uniformity – ±0.5 °C up to 45 °C
±0.7 °C from 45°C to 75 °C
±1.0 °C from 75°C to 95 °C
Heat-up time – Approx. 7 °C/min
Approx. 10 min from ambient to 95 °C
Mixing function
Microplates 200 up to 3,000 rpm 200 up to 3,000 rpm
Reaction tubes, glass vials 200 up to 1,800 rpm 200 up to 1,800 rpm
Falcon tubes 200 up to 1,000 rpm 200 up to 1,000 rpm
Mixing orbit Constant 2 mm Constant 2 mm
Speed setting resolution 50 rpm increments 50 rpm increments
Mixing regulation accuracy ± 25 rpm ± 25 rpm
Short-mix function Yes Yes
Timer function
Timer setting 1 min to 99 h 1 min to 99 h
with automatic switch to stand-by with automatic switch to stand-by
Timer setting resolution 1 minute steps 1 minute steps
Readabaility Minutes, seconds Minutes, seconds
Continous working Yes Yes
Audible alarm Yes when program finished Yes when program finished
Programming
Programs stored 2 2
Definable buttons P1, P2 P1, P2
Individual program capacity 3 steps 3 steps
274
1.1 Thermal mixer
BioShake XP BioShake iQ
1.1
Display
Display 2-line LCD-Display 2-line LCD-Display
Set values and present values Time and mixing frequency Time, mixing frequency and temperature
Properties
Housing material Aluminum (anodized) Aluminum (anodized)
Environment operating range +5 °C to 45 °C +5 °C to 45 °C
(80 % max. relative humidity) (80 % max. relative humidity)
Dimensions (W × D × H) 142 × 170 × 80 mm 142 × 170 × 80 mm
Weight 2.7 kg 2.7 kg
Order information
Accessories
848-1808-1021 Adapter for microplates – flat bottom
848-1808-1022 Adapter for microplates – flat bottom, high base
848-1808-1031 Adapter for microplates – 96 well round bottom
848-1808-1041 Adapter for microplates – 96 well standard PCR plate
848-1808-1051 Adapter for microplates – 384 well standard PCR plate
848-1808-1061 Adapter – 24 × 2.0 ml tubes and 15 × 0.5 ml tubes
848-1808-1062 Adapter – 24 × 1.5 ml tubes and 15 × 0.5 ml tubes
848-1808-1063 Adapter – 40 × 0.5 ml tubes and 28 × 0.2 ml tubes
848-1808-1064 Adapter – 96 × 0.2 ml tubes
848-1808-1065 Adapter – 35 × 2.0 ml tubes and 24 × 0.5 ml tubes
848-1808-1066 Adapter – 35 × 1.5 ml tubes and 24 × 0.5 ml tubes
848-1808-1067 Adapter – 35 × lysis tubes 0,5 – 2.0 ml
848-1808-1071 Adapter – 30 × 2.0 ml glass vials (Ø = 12 mm)
848-1808-1072 Adapter – 20 × 4.0 ml glass vials (Ø = 15 mm)
848-1808-1093 Adapter for 4 x 50 ml Falcon tubes (also for straight frame) or 2 x 15 ml Falcon tubes
848-1808-1094 Adapter for 12 x 15 ml Falcon tubes (conical)
848-1808-1095 Adapter - 12 x 5 ml conical tubes
848-1808-1121 Adapter for deep well plates – 96 well, 1,000 µl (Eppendorf)
848-1808-1131 Adapter for deep well plates – 96 well, 500 µl (Eppendorf)
848-1808-1000 Customized adapters for specially shaped microplates, tubes or vials (on request)
275
1.2 Hybridization Ovens
Economical
1.2
The hybridization ovens OV 500, OV 1000, OV 2000 and OV Broad portfolio of hybridization ovens
4000 utilize carousels for a variety of different bottle or tube Accurate temperature and rotation speed control
sizes. The high capacity of the carousels allows incubation of sev- Variable bottle sizes and offset bottle positioning
eral bottles or tubes in parallel. By adjusting the bottle positioning Easy to clean interior made of stainless steel
offset a continuous flow of buffer across the complete surface Two independent incubation chambers (OV 4000)
1 Mixing and homogenization
276
1.2 Hybridisation Ovens
1.2
Ovens OV 500 OV 1000 OV 2000 OV 4000
Order Number 849-30004-4 (115V) 1
849-30001-4 (115V) 1
849-30002-4 (115V) 1
849-30003-4 (115V)1
Optional accessories
- Orbital tray Orbital tray Orbital tray
Rotation speed - 30 rpm @ 2° angle 30 rpm @ 2° angle 30 rpm @ 2° angle
Maxium load - 1,36 kg 1,36 kg 1,36 kg
- Rocker tray Rocker tray Rocker tray
Shaking speed - 7-14 rpm 7-14 rpm 7-14 rpm
Shaking angle - 12° 12° 12°
- - - 2nd Carousel
- - - Reciprocating Shaker Tray
Accessories
Reliability
The UV incubator UI 950 provides precise temperature control Minimal benchtop space
1.3
and uniformity for the incubation of biological assays, fungal, bac- Microprocessor controlled for high temperature uniformity
terial cultures, eggs and other samples up to 68°C. The instrument Reliable sterilization by shortwave (254nm) UV light
is equipped with a built-in overhead shortwave 254nm UV tube Shelves adjustable at three positions
for sterilization of the incubation chamber between experiments.
By utilizing the germicidal properties of UV light eliminating viable
1 Mixing and homogenization
Safety Flexibility
For protection of the personnel the incubator door blocks UV light The instrument is delivered with two shelves made of stainless
and will not allow UV radiation to pass through. The germicidal lamp steel that can be adjusted at three different positions. This flexibility
will shut off if the door is opened. There is no risk of damage to can be used for simultaneously incubation of various samples of
unprotected eyes and skin by the powerful source of UV radiation. different heights.
For safety the UV incubator UI 950 provides an automated process
for the decontamination by high-intensive shortwave UV light.
Furthermore the interior of the instrument is made of stainless steel Footprint
and easy to clean by non-abrasive mild detergents. The small footprint of 44.5 x 37.5 x 45.7 cm (W x D x H) makes the
UV incubator UI 950 fit into any laboratory and the ideal instrument
for incubating low to medium sample numbers.
278
1.3 UV Incubator
Technical data
Incubator UI 950
1.3
Order number 849-30005-2, 230V, UK plug
849-30005-3, 230V, EU and UK plug
849-30005-4, 115V, US plug
849-30005-5, 100V, US plug
Controller PI
Order information
Order Number Optional Accessories
849-30200-0 Key, replacement
849-00015-0 Tube, 8-watt, 254nm shortwave germicidal
849-30201-0 Shelve, stainless steel ventilated
849-20602-0 Face Shield, UV blocking (UVC-803)
849-00011-0 UVX Radiometer
849-00012-0 UVX Sensor (UVX-25)
279
1.4 Homogenization
purification of DNA, RNA or proteins. Flexible homogenizing system for various starting materials
Broad portfolio of Lysis Tubes enables individual
The homogenization process is based on an innovative mechanical extensions of the homogenizing system
principle for which a patent has been filed. This new process allows Touch control panel and large display provide considerable
users to operate the SpeedMill PLUS continuously if necessary. operating convenience
1 Mixing and homogenization
The high efficiency of energy input into the sample, based on a ver- Pre-programed protocols or user-defined programing with
tical movement, procures a homogeneous disruption of the sample freely selectable parameters
without destroying the target molecules. Compact construction
Can easily be operated continuously with
No tools required to operate the instrumenty
Homogenizing comparably low-noised
280
1.4 Homogenization
1.4
storage down to –80 °C. According to this an efficient sample cooling
during the whole homogenization process is warranted and the
substantial sample warming that occurs with other homogenizers is
prevented. The often problematic handling of liquid nitrogen or dry
ice is thus a thing of the past. Additionally the considerably expense
281
1.4
1 Mixing and homogenization 1.4 Homogenization
Modern preparation of samples: SpeedMill PLUS They also contain all other components needed for isolating DNA
The samples to be processed are rapidly and efficiently homog- or RNA from different starting materials. Optimized kits for sample
enized in Lysis Tubes that have been specially optimized for the processing with the SpeedMill results in extremely rapid and highly
system and, as such, contain different and/or application-specific efficient nucleic acid isolation. Both the yield and quality of the
beads. Using beads makes it possible to completely and reproduc- nucleic acids are excellent. The standard isolation protocol requires
ibly homogenize even the toughest starting materials, such as only about 20 to 30 minutes.
cartilage and chitin shells of insects or ticks within a very short time.
2.0 mL and 0.5 mL containers (Lysis Tubes) with different beads
are available for sample preparation, allowing users to adapt sample Nucleic acid extraction principle
processing to a diverse range of soft and hard starting materials. DNA isolation: Mechanical disruption of the starting material is
Operating processes, such as loading and removing of the sample followed by a proteolytic lysis step. The genomic DNA is adsorbed
tubes, are very simple and no tools are required. In addition user- onto a Spin Filter, washed and then eluted. The yield and quality of
defined protocols can be entered and saved as well as pre-installed the DNA are excellent.
programs are available. Homogenization parameters, like time and
using cyclic routines are freely selectable. RNA isolation: After the mechanical disruption and denaturation of
the starting material, genomic DNA is removed by adsorbtion onto
an initial Spin Filter. The RNA is then adsorped onto a second Spin
Filter, followed by a wash step and finally by elution of the RNA.
innuSPEED Kits: optimized for DNA and RNA isolation including Lysis Tubes
282
1.4 Homogenization
Technical data
System parameters
1.4
Homogenization time 30 sec to 4 min (depending on the starting material)
DNA/RNA purification time 20 – 30 min for standard protocols (complete nucleic acid purification)
Device handling Stand-alone device, simple starting and handling of device by using modern touch sensors
Acceleration time No acceleration
Application parameters
Homogenization routines User-defined programming with user-defined parameters, as well as pre-programmed protocols
Sample handling Simple sample tube loading and removal
Sample capacity Up to 20 samples simultaneously
Sample cooling Passive cooled sample holder; storage at temperatures down to –80 °C
Programming parameters
Homogenization time range 1 sec to 4:59 min
Steps of adjusting time 1 sec
Pre-programmed protocols Yes
User-defined protocols Yes
Storable protocols 20
Number of cycles 1 – 99
Protocol steps 1–6
Accessories
Lysis Tubes Broad ranged portfolio of chooseable Lysis Tubes with various volumina and beads
Complete purification innuSPEED Kits containing Lysis Tubes for standardized starting materials enable effective extraction
of nucleic acids without previous homogenizing optimization
283
1.4 Homogenization
Order information
110 V stand-alone instrument system, including Sample Holder P12 (passive cooling function, 12
positions, aluminium, black)
845-60051-0 Sample Holder P12
Sample Holder in aluminium design (black) for up to 12 sample, passive cooling function and storage
down to -80 °C
284
1.4 Homogenization
285
1 Mixing and homogenization 1.4
2.1 InnuPure® C16
surfaces have been specially adapted for this purpose. The required Easy and convenient to use thanks to the portable
extraction chemistry has been optimized for the application at HID-Pro 320 user interface
hand, allowing users to isolate high yields of very pure nucleic acids. No cross-contamination
Highly reproducible
Fast, reliable and efficient
2 Automated nucleic acid isolation
286
2.1 InnuPure® C16
2.1
2 Automated nucleic acid isolation
The fully automatic magnetic particle separation process is carried
out in the wells of the plastic extraction vessels. After the starting
material has been introduced into the isolation process, the neces-
sary reagents are pipetted to the sample and then automatically
removed by pipette tip.
The smart Sample Tray and a wide selection of pre-filled reagent plastics
allow a single and a multiple sample preparation.
287
2.1 InnuPure® C16
Easiest preparation of the Sample Tray with help of the Priming Station
Sample application
Isolation of genomic DNA from 200 μL aliquots of whole blood
(fresh, EDTA). The process encompasses full isolation (including au-
tomated lysis of the whole blood samples) with no need for manual
intervention.
Highest user confidence due to the HID-Pro 320 and it's
5.7" colored touchscreen
288
2.1 InnuPure® C16
Sample position
(mixing of starting material
and magnetic particles)
Adapter
(for usage of Reagent Strips)
Pre-filled Reagent Plates
(Deep-well Plates with optimized
extraction chemistry)
2.1
Pre-filled Reagent Strips
(for single sample handling)
Filter Tips
The system (including Sample Tray and extraction kits) is Step 2: After loading the Sample Tray, position it in the Innu-
extremely fast and easy to use, allowing users to fully prep Pure® C16 with the elution vessels in front. The Sample Tray
samples for nucleic acid isolation in just three steps. will be drawn into the device automatically upon activation of the
integrated soft-touch function.
Step 1: First, load the Sample Tray as shown with the appropri-
ate accessories (You may wish to consult the kit user manual Step 3: Finally, open the list with the pre-installed isolation proto-
for details on how to position the Reagent Strips/Plates, elution cols and the InnuPure® C16 will automatically run the extraction.
vessels and Filter Tips.) The correct order for the prefilled, plastic
reaction containers depends on the application. The number of After the routine is finished, the Sample Tray containing the purified sam-
elution vessels and Filter Tips depends on the number of samples ples will automatically move out of the InnuPure® C16. The extraction
to be processed. process will take about 40 – 75 minutes depending on the application.
289
2.1 InnuPure® C16
Technical data
System parameters
Drive 5 quiet long-life servomotors
Operation Stand-alone (HID-Pro 320 with 5.7“ color touchscreen)
Maintenance Maintenance-free due to the use of non-wearing stainless steel pistons
Cleaning Easy access to the system components through the front door
Extraction time Minimum 40 minutes (depending on starting material)
Number of samples 1 to 16
Tempering Heated position up to 50 °C inside the sample
2.1
Application parameters
Consumables Kit contains all consumables.
Sealed, pre-filled Reagent Strips or Plates
2 Automated nucleic acid isolation
Order information
290
2.1 InnuPure® C16
291
2 Automated nucleic acid isolation 2.1
2.2 InnuPure® C96
The InnuPure® C96 allows a fast and fully automated nucleic acid Fully automated nucleic acid extraction based on proven
extraction from complex starting materials in 96 well standard for- magnetic particle separation
mat. The InnuPure® C96 extraction system is founded on the prov- Preparation of up to 96 samples in parallel
en principles of liquid handling and purification based on magnetic Preprogrammed extraction protocols for optimal reproduc-
particle separation. Therefore high yields and excellent purities are ibility
achieved. The purification of DNA and/or RNA is one of the most Adjustable elution volumes
common methods for sample preparation and thus constitutes a Ready-to-use purification kits for easy handling and for the
standard in molecular biology and medical diagnostics. The built-in extraction of high quality nucleic acids
96 well precision pipetting head with 96 simultaneously operating Minimum number of manual steps
channels and an established tip sealing principle is well suited for Tight desktop device for any lab bench
2.2
complex purification processes with high sample throughput. It also Optimized lysis by using a heated position
ensures excellent and reproducible results. Minimized contamination and easy decontamination due
The automated extraction process also allows a flexible time man- to an optional UV lamp and HEPA filter
agement which enables to plan and prepare subsequent experi- Highly flexible system for a wide variety of starting materi-
ments comprehensively. als and volumes
2 Automated nucleic acid isolation
292
2.2 InnuPure® C96
Fast preparation with minimal effort High operating comfort for every routine application
Pre-filled and sealed Reagent Plates facilitate the preparation of High quality robot technology with a very user-friendly software
the isolation routine enormously. Just the starting material has to make the InnuPure® C96 to an attractive extraction system, both
be provided in 96 well format. The reagent plastics are opened in research institutions and for its use in routine applications. The
manually by using an optimized piercing tool. Thus a peeling of effective and flexible software allows preprogrammed standard
the foil can be avoided easily. The subsequent purification process methods to be loaded, protocols to be configured easily and to be
and the supply or discharge of the necessary reagents take place adjusted to customer-specific applications. The clear user interface
along a linear distance with 4 function positions. The plate transport ensures current experiments to be easily understood by providing
system consisting of a two position wagon guarantees a high level of schematic and graphical representations, detailed user instructions
flexibility and speed. and displaying the active extraction step in real-time.
2.2
the bottom of the wells and, depending on the protocol, resolu-
bilized by up and down pipetting in an optimized process. Using
an automated, tempered position necessary heating steps can be
performed without any manual intervention. Therefore the lysis
efficiency can be set optimally while reducing the lysis duration at
293
2.2 InnuPure® C96
Technical data
System parameters
Device operation PC control software
Decontamination Optional: UV lamp
Optional: HEPA filter
Number of samples Up to 96
Tips 96 each with 1000 µl
Liquid handling principle 96 channel precision pipetting head with proven tip sealing principle
Temperature control Automated heating position
2.2
Application parameters
Extraction principle Based on surface-functionalized magnetic or paramagnetic particles
2 Automated nucleic acid isolation
Order information
294
2.2 InnuPure® C96
295
2 Automated nucleic acid isolation 2.2
3.1 Nano-volume spectrophotometer
296
3.1 Nano-volume spectrophotometer
3.1
3 Spectrophotometer
Reliable, versatile and robust Fully automated measurement
The ScanDrop® uses next to cuvettes in 10 mm standard format a The CHIPCUVETTE® is convenient and easy to use thanks to fully
unique patented CHIPCUVETTE®, which allows the user to easily automatic movement and measurement of predefined measuring
measure sample volumes even as small as an impressive 0.3 µl. positions. Up to 32 measurements can be performed during one
The CHIPCUVETTE® provides consistent measuring conditions, such run at which a double determination of one sample at two different
as path lengths, which leads to enhanced reproducibility com- pathlenght can be performed. This feature offers a matchless ad-
pared to other available “open drop” or “microliter” systems. It also vantage especially if sample concentrations are unknown, because
provides optimum user and sample protection, utterly eliminating any dilution becomes unecessary.
sample evaporation and the risk of cross-contamination or carryover
effects. This new chip technology makes it easy to recover or simply
store the sample after measurement. High-precision optics – powered by SPECORD® technology
The polychromator system, designed to work without any movable
The CHIPCUVETTE® provides 16 separate micro channels and is components, is the heart of ScanDrop®. Its high-precision optics
suitable for multichannel pipettes. Its technology ensures precise consist of an aberration-corrected grating, a mechanical slit and a
UV VIS absorption measurements between 190 nm and 720 nm. diode array detector. Encased in a rugged titan-based spectrometer
body, it is permanently adjusted, fixed and insensitive to external
influences.
297
3.1 Nano-volume spectrophotometer
The formula module The formula module allows users to compile, store and reuse cus-
Mathematical functions such as: tomized computation formulas; the quantification module automati-
Addition cally calculates unknown concentrations by creating a calibration
Subtraction curve containing standard samples. A number of typical methods
3.1
298
3.1 Nano-volume spectrophotometer
3.1
WG280 NG1 NG4 NG3 NG9 Holmium-
oxide glass
The validation of VIS photometry is done with the aid of the neutral
3 Spectrophotometer
glass filters NG1, NG4, NG3 and NG9. A holmium oxide glass filter
is also used for checking wavelength accuracy. WG 280 glass is neces-
sary as reference filter.
299
3.1 Nano-volume spectrophotometer
Technical data
System parameters
Optical principle Powerful diode array spectrophotometer for the UV VIS range
Optical system Polychromator system
Light source Xenon flash lamp
Wavelength range 190 – 720 nm (in steps of 0.5 nm)
Measuring time Minimal 1 sec
Longterm stability 0,003 A/h
Sample temperature control Approximately 4 – 90 °C optional
Control HID-Pro 320 or PC
Software ASpect Nano or FlashSoft Pro
Application parameters
Scan application Simultaneous, Split-Beam-Technology
Mode Energy, absorbance, transmittance
3.1
300
3.1 Nano-volume spectrophotometer
Order information
Accessories/optional features
3.1
Order No. Description
844-00210-0 Cell holder, temperature-controlled, without stirrer
For cells with path lengths of up to 10 mm; external fluid thermostat for temperatures
ranging from –10 °C up to 95 °C;
4 m tubing, tubing connector
3 Spectrophotometer
Note:
Cells and thermostat have to be ordered separately!
Only available for ScanDrop® 100 or 250
844-00211-0 Cell holder, temperature-controlled, with stirrer (230 V)
For cells with path lengths of up to 10 mm; external fluid thermostat for temperatures
ranging from – 10 °C up to 95 °C;
Integrated magnetic stirrer
4 m tubing, tubing connector, 10 stirring magnets
Note:
Cells and thermostat have to be ordered separately!
Only available for ScanDrop® 100 or 250
844-00212-0 Peltier temperature-controlled cell holder
Temperature range 0 °C up to 95 °C (at room temperature 25 °C)
For cells with path lengths of up to 10 mm
Peltier temperature-controlled single cell holder, integrated magnetic stirrer
Temperature accuracy ± 0.1 °C
Including controller PTC 100
Note:
Only for ScanDrop® 100 or 250 available
820-60145-0 Bath thermostat A 106 T
Temperature range up to 100 °C
Temperature stability ± 0.05 °C
Heating power 1.5 kW
Bath volume 5 – 7 L
Analog temperature display
820-60147-0 Compact cooling thermostat 230 V
Temperature range – 10 °C up to 120 °C
Temperature stability ± 0.05 °C
Heating power 1.5 kW
Bath volume 3 – 4.5 L
Digital temperature display
301
3.1 Nano-volume spectrophotometer
Due to the integrated measurement channels, the CHIPCUVETTE® can be loaded easy and fast by using
3.1
commercial available pipettes. The 0.1 mm and 1.0 mm measuring spots offer defined pathlength in each
measuring channel. In comparison to standard cuvettes with 10 mm pathlength a virtual dilution of 1:100 or
1:10 is achieved respectively. Because of fully automized positioning of CHIPCUVETTE® reproducible results
are guaranteed without manual influence and effort.
3 Spectrophotometer
302
3.1 Nano-volume spectrophotometer
Due to the integrated beam deflection and the use of fibre-optic cables it is possible to measure the sample
directly on the surface of the optical window. The 0.2 mm or 1.0 mm lid create a measuring chamber with a
3.1
defined optical light path. In comparison to standard cuvettes with 10 mm pathlength a virtual dilution of
1:50 or 1:10 is achieved respectively. During filling and cleaning stages, the cell remains inside the
photometer. This guarantees a continuously identical position of the aperture in the light beam and no
variation in comparison to the reference measurement.
3 Spectrophotometer
Application list | Summary application reports ScanDrop®
BS_SD_01_10_e Determination of different lambda DNA Concentrations using ScanDrop® with CHIPCUVETTE®
BS_SD_01_11_e Application of TrayCell® using ScanDrop® 100
303
4.1 GeneTheatre
304
4.1 GeneTheatre
4.1
the GeneTheatre ranges from 0.5 to 1000 µl. Pipetting results –
even for complex liquid handling tasks – are highly consistent and
precise. Users may also integrate new plastic products into the
software in only a few steps, with the calibration wizard and mod-
ern servomotors simplifying the learning process of the robot and
4 Liquid handling
omitting the time-consuming process of entering coordinates.
305
4.1 GeneTheatre
Technical data
Number of positions 12 in MTP – standard format (SBS), freely selectable
1000 × ×
Working capacity 0.5 - 25 µl, as well as 5 -250 µl and 100 -1000 µl
Pipettes 1- channel pipette and 8- channel pipette
4 Liquid handling
Warranty
Basic unit 2 years
Pipette 2 years
306
4.1 GeneTheatre
Order information
A number of different pipettes are available for GeneTheatre and these can be interchanged easily
without any tools. The customer may choose between 1 and 8 channel pipettes for pipetting volumes
of 0.5 – 25 µl, 5 – 250 µl and 100-1000 µl.
GeneTheatre accessories include different kinds of adapters for tips and MTPs as well as passive
cooling blocks for 0.2 – 2.0 ml tubes, strips or microplates. This makes the GeneTheatre suitable for a
wide range of plastics, and even allows it to handle 384 well microplates.
4.1
the device, autoclavable
4 Liquid handling
capacity to waste 600 x 1 ml tips.
307
4.1 GeneTheatre
Order information
Height Adapter 40 mm
Adapter for 24x6 0.1 ml tubes QIAGEN with passive cooling function,
including Height Adapter
308
4.2 SELMA 96 / 384
4.2
4 Liquid handling
309
4.2 SELMA 96 / 384
The automated tip drawing feature avoids the complex process of The SELMA 96 / 384 is characterized through very easy handling
mounting tips. Prepackaged tips can be used immediately with no without the need of a separate controlling by PC. Pipetting, dis-
time-consuming loading process. A special feature: The manual pensing and a lot of more modes are chooseable by the usage
control of the correct fit of each single tip is not necessary anymore of a modern 3.5" touchscreen. That panel is used for entering
due to the automatic tightening of the tips and the tip sealing desired parameters, as volume and pipetting speed for instance
technology, that has been proven effective under high throughput and for the start of the routine afterwards. All manual processing
conditions. Tips can be changed effortlessly within a few seconds, steps, like changing of microplates, are shown on the display. Thus
after which the SELMA 96 / 384 is ready for the next application. a fast and precise handling of microplates is guaranteed.
310
4.2 SELMA 96 / 384
Exciting flexibility
The option of using many different accessories – such as reservoirs,
trays for various inserts and a variety of TipTrays – allows users to
perform an exceptionally wide variety of applications. Cleaning and
replacing accessory equipment is easy, which allows operators to go
back to work quickly. The open design of the SELMA 96 / 384 can
be used with existing and/or external equipment, such as heating
and cooling adapters, mixers and thermal mixers or vacuum cham-
bers, etc. Special adjustment points allow for correct positioning.
Positioning of the pipetting head and setting the right height – very easy
due to the integrated rotary knob.
4.2
Plate dilution, serial dilution
4 Liquid handling
transfer 96 or 384 samples safely, with no mistakes and in a single
step without confusing samples or forgetting individual wells –
problems that used to plague day-to-day work. The high-quality tips
Single rows (e. g. to produce seriel dilutions) can be pipetted easily due and tip sealing concept have been tested under high-throughput
to 8 channel magazine conditions over the course of several years and always provide
precise, reproducible results. A silicone mat perfectly and uniformly
seals tips along the front. The pistons are controlled by a motor
to produce extremely homogeneous movements which, in turn,
ensure that the results will always be reproducible and precise with
no differences in pipetting technique. In addition, different versions
of the system are also available, each delivering precise results for
maximum volumes of 25 µL, 60 µL, 250 µL and 1000 µL,
respectively. The compact design means that the SELMA 96 / 384
can be used in a clean bench, thereby preventing any potential
cross-contamination.
311
4.2 SELMA 96 / 384
Technical data
Tips* High precision tips; standard; sterile; sterile PCR; sterile PCR Filter
Functions Pipetting, reverse pipetting
Dispensing
Dilutions and dilution series
Mixing
SELMA 96
Device Volume Precision (CV) Tips
SELMA 96 (25 µl) 0,5 – 25 µl 2 – 5 µl ≤ 2 % SW: 10 µl, 25 µl
> 5 - 25 µl ≤ 1 % DW: 60 µl
SELMA 96 (60 µl) 1 – 60 µl 3 – 5 µl ≤ 2 % SW: 10 µl, 25 µl
> 5 - 60 µl ≤ 1 % DW: 60 µl
SELMA 96 (250 µl) 5 – 250 µl 10 – 25 µl ≤ 2 % SW: 250 µl
> 25 - 250 µl ≤ 1 % DW: 250 µl
SELMA 96 (1000 µl) 10 – 1000 µl 25 – 100 µl ≤ 2 % SW: -
> 100 - 1000 µl ≤ 1 % DW: 1000 µl
4.2
SELMA 384
Device Volume Precision (CV) Tips
SELMA 384 (25 µl) 0,5 – 25 µl 2 – 5 µl ≤ 2 % SW: 10 µl, 25 µl
> 5 - 25 µl ≤ 1 % DW: 60 µl
4 Liquid handling
System parameters
Stand alone device Yes, with 3.5” touch screen (colored)
Software Integrated
Function for saving and automatically re-use of parameters
Automatically moving to pre-saved heights in different routines
Memory capacity > 10 parameter sets per pipetting mode
312
4.2 SELMA 96 / 384
Order information
4.2
844-00189-2 8-channel magazine for the SELMA 96 (1000 µl)
Magazine accommodating 8 tips for the SELMA 96 (1000 µl)
844-00190-2 Tip magazine for SELMA 96 (1000 µl)
Magazine for accomodating 96x 1 ml tips for SELMA 96 (1000 µl), metal
4 Liquid handling
844-00191-2 Tip transfer tool for SELMA 96 (1000 µl)
Tool for easy fill up of tip magazine for SELMA 96 (1000 µl) standard, pre-streilized and filter;
teflon coated metal
844-00192-2 Table for extra-high vessels
Special table with 2 work positions for processing extra-high vessels, filter blocks, vacuum stations etc;
vessels height up to 80 mm
844-00198-0 MTP Adapter 384 Well, enhanced
Adapter for processing of 384 well microplates using SELMA 96
313
5.1 qTOWER
The real-time thermal cycler qTOWER sets new standards for speed
on the qPCR market. Based on the established rapid PCR, the High speed, real-time PCR up to 10 times faster than
qTOWER is up to 10 times faster than commonly available systems, conventional cyclers
achieving heating rates of 12 °C/sec and cooling rates of 8 °C/sec. Patent pending, fiber-optic system achieves high signal
Completely quantitative PCR runs can be performed in less than intensities
25 min. The significant reduction of reaction volumes (down to 5 µL) Enormous cost reduction – works with reaction
is yet another highlight, as is the exceptional savings (up to 75 %) of volumes of just 5 µL
expensive real-time reagents. Consumables have been optimized, Highly energy efficient and RoHS compliant
making reaction volumes up to 20 µL possible and completely Integrated, user-friendly control and analysis software
matching comparable instruments with its maximum capacity of 96 Attractive high-gloss design
samples.
✶ 10 Years ✶ er
ing
ob
er Pr enverb
ra
uc
Green
G rrreen
a ntny
h,
lo n g -te rm wa
ene
qPCR
q PC
CRR
rgiespare
nd
✶ MIQE compliant ✶
,k
ei
ne
Scha
ds tof fe
H o ch le istu n g s opt i k
✶ 10 Jahre ✶
p l e c o n s u mp
s am t io
ow n
,e
L a n g z e i t g aG
Green
r raeen
n t in
ne
e
rg y-
qPCR
q PC
CRR
s a v i ng , l o w
er
e
nv
i ro
ct nm
a l i mp a en t
5.1
5 Real-time PCR thermal cycler
314
5.1 qTOWER
qPCR with up to 96 samples in less than 25 minutes The integrated SPS (Sample-Protection-System) also provides opti-
Adjustable ramping rates from 0.1 °C/sec up to 12 °C/sec mum sample protection within the thermal block, which is cooled
Reaction volumes of 5 – 20 µL generate outstanding savings down to 25 °C while the lid heats up to 120 °C prior to starting the
of expensive reagents actual PCR. The adjustable lid temperature and high contact pres-
sure results in nearly 100 % sample recovery. In addition, conden-
sation effects can also be avoided for small reaction volumes.
5.1
Impressive flexibility
The patented fiber-optic system at the heart of qTOWER guarantees
detection of homogenous fluorescence signals across the whole
microplate. The qTOWER can be equipped with up to four different
measuring channels, which makes the device very flexible and 5 Real-time PCR thermal cycler
adaptable for various applications. The user can choose from nine
high-resolution qPCR excitation and emission filters (Color and
FRET modules).
As a result, the qTOWER is capable of performing ambitious multi-
plex analyses and covers a broad range of commonly used fluores-
cence dyes. In addition, the exceptional scan speed of the plate is
impressive, because one 96 well microplate will be read out in just
four seconds, regardless of the number of colors measured.
315
5.1 qTOWER
The qTOWER also stays ahead of the pack in terms of energy con-
sumption. Up to 23 times more efficient than competing models,
the qTOWER can dramatically reduce both costs and CO2 emissions.
Energy consumption
2500
2000
kWh/year
1500
kWh/Jahr
500
qPCRsoft 0
qTOWER
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Konkurrenzprodukte
Absolute and relative quantification
PCR efficiency and delta-delta Ct method
Discrimination of allelic conditions and expression ratios
MIQE compliant Energy consumption of different real-time devices
5 Real-time PCR thermal cycler
Engery consumption
316
5.1 qTOWER
Technical data
Optical system
Principle of measurement Top-reading fluorescence detection via 8 optical light fibers with color modules for excitation and
emission filters
Light source High-power, long-life LEDs
Detector CPM – channel photo multiplier
Highly sensitive
Increased SNR
Number of color modules 11 available
4 positions inside device
Analytical parameters
Sensitivity 1 nM FAMTM in minimal 15 µL PCR buffer (equivalent to 15 fmol FAMTM per well)
Read-out time 4 sec for 96 wells, regardless of the number of spectral channels
Microplate format Ultrathin-walled 96 well microplate LP (low profile)
Sample volume 5 – 20 µL
Sample capacity 96 in parallel
5.1
System and rapid PCR application parameters
Heating rate 12 °C/sec max, (0.1 to 12 °C/sec)
Cooling rate 8 °C/sec max, (0.1 to 8 °C/sec)
Block homogeneity ± 0.2 °C 5 Real-time PCR thermal cycler
Control accuracy ± 0.2 °C
Block temperature 4 °C – 105 °C
Time incr./decr. ± 0.1 to 1 sec/cycle
Temperature incr./decr. ± 0.1 to 1 °C/cycle
Contact pressure 60 kg/plate, automatic
No. of programs Not limited on PC
Run time Down to < 25 min (depending on application)
Temperature control mode Block Control
(Simulated) Tube Control
Lid Sliding lid can be heated to up to 120 °C (motorized opening/closing)
SPS technology
* Yakima Yellow is registered trademark of Epoch Biosciences, Inc. Cy is a trademark of GE Healthcare. FAM, HEX, JOE, VIC, TAMRA, NED and ROX are
trademarks of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the US and/or certain other countries. SYBR, Alexa Fluor, SYPRO and Texas Red are registered
trademarks of Molecular Probes, Inc. TaqMan and LightCycler are registered trademarks of Roche Group, Inc. Quasar Dyes are trademarks of Biosearch
Technologies Inc. DFO™ is a trademark of Eurogentec S.A. Windows and Excel are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
317
5.1 qTOWER
Technical data
318
5.1 qTOWER
Order information
* Color modules or FRET modules for detection have to be ordered separately. The qTOWER can hold up to four modules.
Consumables
5.1
5 Real-time PCR thermal cycler
* Yakima Yellow is registered trademark of Epoch Biosciences, Inc. Cy is a trademark of GE Healthcare. FAM, HEX, JOE, VIC, TAMRA, NED and ROX are
trademarks of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the US and/or certain other countries. SYBR, Alexa Fluor, SYPRO and Texas Red are registered
trademarks of Molecular Probes, Inc. TaqMan and LightCycler are registered trademarks of Roche Group, Inc. Quasar Dyes are trademarks of Biosearch
Technologies Inc. DFO™ is a trademark of Eurogentec S.A. Windows and Excel are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
319
5.2 qTOWER 2.0 / 2.2
Now, in addition to the qTOWER for rapid qPCR, the product family
includes the standard real-time thermal cycler qTOWER 2.0. Featuring Quantitative real-time PCR in proven 96 well SBS
a striking, modern design, this system allows quantitative PCR in an standard format
established 96 well SBS standard format. The qTOWER 2.0 offers an State-of-the-art ramping rates of up to 5.5 °C/sec
open platform for any kind of real-time PCR plastic materials, such as For usage of different optical plastic ware: 0.2 ml
0.2 ml single tubes, 8 well strips or 96 well microplates. Tubes, 8 well strips or 96 well microplates
The high quality silver block of the qTOWER 2.0 ensures an outstanding Optimized for volumes of 10 – 60 µl
level of temperature homogeneity of 0.2 °C along the whole block Available with or without gradient function (max.
and is therefore ideally suited for all real-time PCR applications. In temperature range of 40 °C)
combination with the optional gradient function, different assays can Patented high performance optical system with a
be optimized with minimum effort. The qTOWER 2.0 is equipped with long-term warranty of 10 years
a patented, fiber-optic shuttle system for the best possible excitation Individual configuration with up to 6 different mea-
and detection of a variety of known fluorescence dyes. surement channels
Selection out of 12 high-resolution, retrofittable
color or FRET modules
High-speed scan: 6 sec. for a 96 well microplate (in-
dependent of the number of dyes to be measured)
Multilingual intuitive control and evaluation software
Wide variety of different evaluation methods
✶ 10 Years ✶
lo n g -te rm wa rr a nt y
✶ MIQE compliant ✶
H o ch le istu n g s opt i k
✶ 10 Jahre ✶
Langzeitgarantie
5.2
5 Real-time PCR thermal cycler
320
5.2 qTOWER 2.0 / 2.2
5.2
ing rates of up to 5.5 °C/sec and cooling rates of up to 4.0 °C/sec
make the instrument the first choice for standard real-time PCR.
Optionally, the qTOWER 2.2 with gradient function is available. The
maximum gradient temperature range of 40 °C across 12 columns
optimally prepares the instrument to establish new primer pairs.
Thereby a special feature is the possibility of programming linear 5 Real-time PCR thermal cycler
gradients, which not only significantly simplifies the evaluation of
results, but also optimizes the whole adaptation process.
321
5.2 qTOWER 2.0 / 2.2
The evaluation and control software qPCRsoft also offers the high-
est level of flexibility and ease of use. The logical arrangement of all
tools, intuitive handling and, last but not least, the parameter-orien-
tated memory and programming concept make the software easy
to use and clear. While a cycle is in progress, the operator can easily
evaluate the data of previous experiments in parallel. Based on
the Ct value determination via manually or automatically adapted
thresholds, the samples can be quantified absolutely or relatively
and the efficiency of the PCR can be determined. In addition, the
delta-delta Ct method (with or without relation to PCR efficiency)
and a method for allelic discrimination, e.g. for the detection of
point mutations, are available.
Patented high performance optical system with 8 optical fibers The qTOWER 2.0 or 2.2 convinces in every aspect and is the ideal
and 3 LEDs instrument for quantitative standard real-time PCR.
Optimum homogenous excitation and detection for each well
Read-out of a 96 well microplate within only 6 seconds - inde-
5.2
322
5.2 qTOWER 2.0 / 2.2
Technical data
Optical system
Principle of measurement Top-reading fluorescence detection via 8 optical fibers with color modules for excitation
and emission filters
Light source High-power, long-life LEDs
Detector CPM – channel photo multiplier
Highly sensitive
Increased SNR
Number of color modules 12 available
6 positions inside device
Analytical parameters
Sensitivity 1 nM FAMTM in minimal 30 µl sample volume
Read-out time 6 seconds for 96 wells independent of the number of dyes to be measured
Block capacity 96 wells for 96 well microplates, 8 well strips or individual tubes
Sample volumes 10 – 60 µl
5.2
System and application parameters of the thermal cycler
Heating rate 5.5 °C/sec max
Cooling rate 4.0 °C/sec max.
Block homogeneity ± 0.2 °C 5 Real-time PCR thermal cycler
Control accuracy ± 0.1 °C
Sample block temperature 3 °C – 99 °C
Time inc/dec ± 0.1 to 1 sec/cycle
Temperature inc/dec ± 0.1 to 1 °C/cycle
Contact pressure 10 kg/plate, automatically
Number of programs Not limited
Gradient Max. 40 °C across 12 columns
Lid Heated lid up to 110 °C
SPS technology
* Yakima Yellow is registered trademark of Epoch Biosciences, Inc. Cy is a trademark of GE Healthcare. FAM, HEX, JOE, VIC, TAMRA, NED and ROX are
trademarks of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the US and/or certain other countries. SYBR, Alexa Fluor, SYPRO and Texas Red are registered
trademarks of Molecular Probes, Inc. TaqMan and LightCycler are registered trademarks of Roche Group, Inc. Quasar Dyes are trademarks of Biosearch
Technologies Inc. DFO™ is a trademark of Eurogentec S.A. Windows and Excel are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
323
5.2 qTOWER 2.0 / 2.2
Technical data
324
5.2 qTOWER 2.0 / 2.2
Order information
5.2
* The Color or FRET modules can be ordered separately. The qTOWER 2.0 or 2.2 can be equipped with up to 6 modules.
* Yakima Yellow is registered trademark of Epoch Biosciences, Inc. Cy is a trademark of GE Healthcare. FAM, HEX, JOE, VIC, TAMRA, NED and ROX are
trademarks of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the US and/or certain other countries. SYBR, Alexa Fluor, SYPRO and Texas Red are registered
trademarks of Molecular Probes, Inc. TaqMan and LightCycler are registered trademarks of Roche Group, Inc. Quasar Dyes are trademarks of Biosearch
Technologies Inc. DFO™ is a trademark of Eurogentec S.A. Windows and Excel are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
325
Ultrafast DNA amplification with rapid PCR
The demands on the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for Fast control algorithms activate the peltier elements that almost
speed, efficiency and quality of results have grown with the instantaneously regulate the temperature of the rapid block. The
increasing number and variety of applications of this key tech- transfer of the energy into the sample solution, that is so crucial for
nology. The rapid cycle PCR technology, which is introduced the PCR experiment, occurs very effectively through the thin-well
here, offers substantial advances while honoring the increased walls. The sum of the effects described here is, that the rapid PCR
demands on PCR. technology reaches a very high thermal effectiveness. Heating and
In addition to a description of the technical foundations, the cooling rates of clearly more than 12 °C/sec make cycle times of
properties of the rapid PCR system will be clarified through 20 seconds possible and, hence, the realization of PCR protocols
examples of use. with 30 cycles in 8 – 15 minutes.
Since the development of the PCR method in 1985 by Kary Mullis In addition to the comparatively high ramp rates of the rapid
[1] [2]
and coworkers, continual innovation has contributed to the thermal cycler, the very short, necessary holding times of the three
fact, that PCR has developed into a key technology for biological re- temperature phases of PCR (denaturation, annealing, elongation)
search and routine diagnostics. Among the principles employed for also determine the duration of the rapid protocols. Whereas in the
heating and cooling the blocks (heating lamps, electrical resistance standard peltier thermal cycler, a large part of the time is needed
heating, water cooling, etc), today almost all thermal cyclers use for changing the temperature of the metal block and the plastic
peltier elements since this technology allows a robust and compact walls of the sample container, the time during the temperature
apparatus construction. steps in the rapid PCR system can be almost completely used for
the chemical (denaturation of the DNA double strand) or biochemi-
A disadvantage of those instruments are the slow heating and cool- cal (DNA synthesis) processes.
ing rates within the sample (1 – 2 °C/sec) that is a function of the
large volume of the metal blocks and the relatively thick walls of the
plastic sample wells (200 – 300 µm). Because of this, cycle times High speed and specificity
of 3 – 8 minutes and a total time of one and a half to three hours is The practical value of the thermal cycler system is determined by
needed for a typical PCR experiment. not just the physical performance parameters such as heating and
cooling rates or thermal efficiency. The characteristic features of
[1] Saiki, R.K. et al., Science 230 (1985), 1350 ff the molecular biological experiment such, as the duration of a PCR
[2] Mullis, K.B., Scientific American (1990), 56 ff protocol and the yield and quality of the PCR products are more im-
portant. Particularly in medical diagnostics and forensic applications,
PCR is often still the rate-determining step in a series of analytical
methods. A high specificity of the amplified DNA is especially desir-
rapid PCR able for the further use in cloning or sequencing.
Because control of the temperature cycles plays a central role in the
6 rapid PCR thermal cycler
polymerase chain reaction, alternatives were soon being sought that For preparing the rapid PCR reactions, standard enzymes, compo-
would lead to a more rapid process execution. The experimental nents and buffers in normal commercial quality and from different
experience with commercially available system led to the definition manufacturers were employed. The final concentrations of the
of the ultrafast PCR as: “rapid cycle PCR“ – by means of 30 amplifi- components in the rapid PCR master mix also corresponded to that
cation cycles in less than 30 minutes. [3] of normal PCR reactions.
326
rapid PCR Thermal Cycler | rapid PCR without chemical additives
With the rapid PCR Thermal Cycler, Analytik Jena | Life Science has An unsurpassed thermal efficiency of over 90 percent is achieved.
completely re-defined the standard for speed and flexibility of Through this innovative technology, applications using so-called
thermal cyclers. Different (rapid) cycler-systems are available to fit to “touch and go” protocols can be performed in exceptionally short
the respective demand of PCR applications. True heating and cooling times. PCR programs can be carried out in even less than 8 minutes.
rates of up to 15 °C/sec and 10 °C/sec, respectively, are realized.
Thus the rapid thermal cyclers are enormous fast due to its tech- These low-profile microplates has been optimized for very small
nique and do not necessarily require special chemical additives. sample consumption and the use of inexpensive standard PCR
reagents. The need of costly and often limiting chemical additives is
The choice of rapidPCR systems of blocks running with standard consciously avoided.
PCR consumables as well as blocks running with special patented,
ultrathin-walled low-profile microplates. LPR systems for 2 – 20 µl with heating and cooling rates up to
15 °C/sec and up to 10 °C/sec
Rapid heat transfer through SAC technology
Standard-Profile-Rapid (SPR) systems – rapid PCR under stan- Optimized for low reagent consumption
dard conditions
Equipped with the latest generation of peltier elements the
Standard-Profile-Rapid (SPR) systems provide unrivaled heating Excellent results
and cooling speed even at use of 0.2 ml standard consumables. In addition to the duration of the PCR program, quality and yield
The SPR block achieves so far unattained heating and cooling rates are decisive criteria. These, among other factors, are dependent on
of 12 °C/sec and 8 °C/sec accompanied by excellent temperature the correctness of the set temperature as well as the accuracy of
uniformity. Unlike other available thermal cyclers these specifica- the temperature control. Employing the latest generation of high-
tions are not unreachable “top values” but parameters a user really performance peltier elements completely prevents the occurrence
can rely on. Thus all SPR blocks provide precise reaction conditions of temperature inaccuracies within the sample blocks of conven-
and enormous short run times. tional peltier thermal cyclers and results in outstanding temperature
homogeneity throughout the block.
SPR systems for 0.2 ml sample volume
Heating and cooling rates up to 12 °C/sec and up to 8 °C/sec Primer mismatching during annealing is effectively prevented
through the combination of extremely rapid temperature ramp rates
and optimal temperature control accuracy. This, in turn, results in
Low-Profile-Rapid (LPR) systems – best performance at lowest more specific amplification products.
sample consumption
Special patented, low-profile and ultrathin-walled microplates con- Higher quality results
tribute to a never before achieved thermal efficiency. Through SAC Reduced primer mismatching
100
95
90
85
Temperature [ °C]
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
0 50 100 150 200 250
327
6.1 SpeedCycler ²
328
6.1 SpeedCycler ²
The LPR format, in particular, has been optimized for low sample
consumption and maximizes performance. Sample loss and
condensation are effectively prevented by the enormously high lid
contact pressure, even for volumes as small as 2 µL.
6.1
329
6.1 SpeedCycler ²
The HID-Pro 320 external user interface Users can easily change the operating language by clicking a button.
The new portable HID-Pro 320 user interface eliminates the need The HID-Pro 320 is also compatible with other instruments from
for a PC and makes the system exceptionally easy to operate. Its ex- Analytik Jena, such as the ScanDrop® microliter spectrophotometer.
tra large 5.7” color touchscreen eliminates the need for a keyboard The built-in power failure function restarts the cycler automatically.
or mouse. The software restarts with the denaturing step of the last active
cycle to eliminate any possible unspecific annealing
Portable and versatile HID-Pro 320 user-interface with 5.7"color SpeedCycler² with gold-coated silver rapid sample block in standard
touchscreen format
6 rapid PCR thermal cycler
96 LPR block; 96 × 20 µL
For 96 × 20 µL Microplate LP or 8 well Strips LP
HR 15 °C/sec; CR 10 °C/sec
96 LP block; 96 x 20 µL
For 96 x 20 µL Microplate LP or 8 well Strips LP
HR: 15 °C/sec; CR: 10 °C/sec
96 SP block; 96 × 0.2 ml
For 96 × 0.2 ml standard tubes, 8 well strips or PCR plates
HR 5.5 °C/sec; CR 4 °C/sec
Consumables
Overview Plates and Tubes......................................................................... 384
Order information on Tubes and Strips.................................................. 388
Order information on Microplates and Microtiterplates.................... 390
Order information on Sealingfoils and Sealingfilms............................391
330
6.1 SpeedCycler ²
Technical data
Sample capacity
SpeedCycler2 96 LPR 96 x 20 µL
SpeedCycler² 96 LP 96 x 20 μL
SpeedCycler2 96 SPR 96 x 0.2 mL
SpeedCycler2 96 SP 96 x 0.2 mL
General Data
Temperature control mode Block Control
(Simulated) Tube Control
Sample block temperature range 4 °C – 105 °C
Control accuracy < ± 0.2 °C at 72 °C
Block homogeneity < ± 0.3 °C at 72 °C
Lid Can be heated up to 120 °C
Adjustable contact pressure
User interface PC via included software
Alternative via HID-Pro 320
Warranty
Basic unit 2 years
Thermal blocks 2 years
6.1
331
6.1 SpeedCycler ²
Order information
332
6.1 SpeedCycler ²
rapid PCR in 8 minutes from heating the lid until cool down to Excellent block homogeneity, even for extremely short time
standby temperature protocols
The SpeedCycler makes it possible to amplify a 536 bp ß-globin- Outstanding temperature uniformity over the entire sample block
specific fragment (human genomic DNA) in less than 8 minutes. (and thus within the sample) results in excellent block homogeneity
The PCR was performed using Analytik Jena‘s thermostable Hot and no edge effects. Amplification of a 793 bp specific fragment of
Start enzyme (innuTaq HOT-A DNA Polymerase) and an ultra-rapid the p53 gene from human genomic DNA served as an example for
2-step protocol with an initial 30-second denaturation step at 96 °C the precise and specific functionality of the SpeedCycler rapid PCR.
followed by 25 cycles with a 0-second denaturation step at 96 °C p53, also known as tumor protein 53, is a transcription factor that
and a 0-second combined annealing/elongation step at 60 °C. The regulates the cell cycle and hence functions as a tumor suppressor. [1]
yield of specific PCR products is nevertheless high, which is due to
the sharp characteristic temperature curve of the device and to the These 793 bp can be amplified in 9 min and 30 sec. using a 3-step
ultra thin-walled SpeedCycler microplate. time protocol with 28 cycles of 0-second denaturation at 95 °C
followed by a 0-second annealing step at 60 °C and finished with a
1-sec elongation step at 72 °C
Ultrarapid amplification of a 536 bp ß-globin fragment from human Rapid amplification of a 793 bp p53 fragment from human genomic
genomic DNA: outstanding uniformity in less than 8 minutes. Markers DNA: outstanding uniformity in less than 9 minutes. Markers are
are 1500 bp, 850 bp, 400 bp, 200 bp and 50 bp long. 1500 bp, 850 bp, 400 bp, 200 bp and 50 bp long.
Sample layout of the used 96 well Microplate LP 96 LPR format for 96 well Microplate LP
333
6.1 SpeedCycler ²
BS_PCR_02_07_e Detection of transgenic Maize by rapid polymerase chain reaction with SpeedCycler
BS_PCR_03_07_e Determination of Neisseria gonorrhoeae by using rapid PCR with SpeedCycler and two different polymerases
334
6.1 SpeedCycler ²
335
6.1 6 rapid PCR thermal cycler
7.1 FlexCycler 2
336
7.1 FlexCycler 2
337
7.1 FlexCycler 2
USB functions
By a USB stick temperature programs can be exchanged eas-
ily between different FlexCycler2 instruments. Moreover for GLP
compliant documentation of PCR runs run-logfiles and in service
cases service info files can be saved. For this purpose standard USB
sticks can be connected to the USB A port on the front side of the
instrument. By the USB B port on the backside of the FlexCycler2
software updates can be uploaded from a connected computer and
installed conveniently.
Tabular programming...
7 Standard PCR thermal cycler
or graphical programming
7.1
338
7.1 FlexCycler 2
Technical specifications
Block surface coating Silver-coloured anodised Silver-coloured anodised Silver-coloured anodised Silver-coloured anodised
Time block exchange Less than 10 s Less than 10 s Less than 10 s Less than 10 s
Maximum heating rate* 4.5 °C/s 4.0 °C/s 4.0 °C/s 3.0 °C/s
Maximum cooling rate* 4.5 °C/s 4.0 °C/s 4.0 °C/s 3.0 °C/s
Average heating rate* 4.5 °C/s 3.0 °C/s 3.3 °C/s 2.4 °C/s
Average cooling rate* 4.5 °C/s 3.0 °C/s 3.3 °C/s 2.4 °C/s
Temperature uniformity 3 °C to 99 °C
Temperature range** 20 °C to 99 °C
Control accuracy ± 0,1 °C
Software Quick start of the 5 latest programs, program preview, toggle between easy spreadsheet and graphical
programming mode, graphical display of gradients, multiblock start- and stop-function, variable heating and
cooling rates, extended self test, service info file for remote diagnosis, versatile USB-functions like storage of
programs, run-logfiles or SINF-files
Programming modes Spreadsheet or graphical
Program memory 350 programs in 30 user directories with optional PIN-code protection
Display ¼ VGA screen, 320 x 240 pixel
Autorestart function Yes
339
7.1 FlexCycler 2
Order information
340
7.1 FlexCycler 2
341
7.1 7 Standard PCR thermal cycler
8.1 Gel Imaging
The whole range of Analytik Jena gel imaging systems is suited for System Type of camera
the documentation of agarose and polyacrylamide gels with fluores- GelTower, Digital single lens reflex camera
cent and visible colored stains.
8.1
For all of these stains the adequate bandpass filters and transil- Decision guidance – which is the most appropriate system?
luminators are available. Visible stains on membranes and also
Requirement Especial recommended system
radiographs can be documented, additionally.
Primarily saving and UVsolo
Laboratories with a very limited bench space will enjoy the systems printing of images
GelTower and UVsolo. The extraordinary compact systems are Limited bench space GelTower, UVsolo, GelStudio digital
designed for fast saving and printing of gels. No separate computer compact, GelStudio live compact
is necessary.
Colored images GelTower, GelStudio digital
The computer driven systems of the GelStudio line offer an Especial light-sensitive GelStudio live, GelStudio SA,
advanced comfort and include a versatile software for analysing system UVsolo
gel and blot images as standard delivery. Two different versions are Documentation of small UVsolo, GelStudio live,
available. They mainly differ in the type of camera included. gels with maximum zoom GelStudio SA
Documentation and GelStudio digital
Users who prefer an advanced imaging system without a separate
analysis of large gels
computer will enjoy the stand-alone system GelStudio SA. A large
touch screen allows for a self-explanatory image acquisition. Quantification of samples GelStudio live, GelStudio SA
342
8.1 Gel Imaging
Technische Daten
8.1
GelStudio Systems
8 BioImaging
Camera
Resolution 1.3 MP 12.2 MP * 12.2 MP * 2.0 MP, exentable to 2.0 MP, exentable to
6.0 MP 6.0 MP
Sensor monochrome color color monochrome monochrome
Sensor size ½´´ 22.2 mm x 17.4 mm 22.2 mm x 14.7 mm ½´´ ½´´
Data depth 8 bit (16 bit file) 8 bit (gray scales) 8 bit (gray scales) 12 bit 12 bit
24 bit (color) 24 bit (color) (16 bit file) (16 bit file)
Light-sensitivity ++ + + ++ ++
Darkhood
Filter changer Filter drawer 5-position filter GelStudio Box: GelStudio Box: 5-position filter
wheel 4-position filter wheel 4-position filter wheel wheel
Illumination
White light from above + + with GelStudio Box with GelStudio Box +
UV transilluminator fixed pull-out BDA Hood: separate BDA Hood: separate pull-out
GelStudio Box: GelStudio Box:
pull-out pull-out
UV light from above - - GelStudio Box 2 GelStudio Box 2 optional
Software
Image acquisition + + + + +
software
Silver stained polyacrylamide gel Ethidium bromide stained Silver stained polyacryamide gel Ethidium bromide stained agarose
(white light, black & white photo) agarose gel (UV light, black & (white light, color photo) gel (UV light, black & white photo)
white photo)
SYBR® Green stained agarose gel Coomassie Blue stained Ethidium bromide stained agarose
(UV light, color photo) polyacryamide gel (white light, gel (UV light, color photo)
color photo)
343
8.1 Gel Imaging
344
8.1 Gel Imaging
8.1
8 BioImaging
Order information
Accessories
Order number Item
849-00401-0 Bandpass filter for SYBR® Green stains, for UVsolo filter drawer
849-00402-0 Bandpass filter for SYBR® Gold stains, for UVsolo filter drawer
Software
849-00202-0 VisionWorksLS: analysis software for gel images in tif, jpg, bmp, gif or png format. Single use license.
849-00203-0 VisionWorksLS software: as above, but five user license
345
8.1 Gel Imaging
The small imager GelTower is perfect for small gels up to 11.5 to Easily accessible controls
16 cm size. The computer-controlled imager comes with a digital The control panel enables easy selection of emission filters and
single lens reflex camera and provides for high-resolution images in lighting. The emission filter selector controls the five-position filter
color and gray scales. Simply place the gels on the transillumination tray, located on the side of the darkroom, which includes an ethid-
plate, then capture brilliant color images. The streamlined software ium bromide filter. Add additional filters as required for other types
interface guides through the image capture process with automated of stains. The lighting selector controls choice of epi white light or
pre-set capture buttons. Alternatively, individual settings can be transillumination lighting. A safety switch automatically shuts the
defined for quick, personalized image capture. Analysis of gels is transillumination lighting off when the transilluminator is opened or
done with the user-friendly VisionWorksLS software. The use of this after ten minutes.
compact imager doesn´t require any training.
Simple software interface
The GelTower utilizes a built-in midrange 302 nm UV transillumina- The software interface features pre-set, one-touch preview and
tor. The imaging capabilities can be maximized by adding inter- capture buttons to simplify image acquisition. The capture buttons
changeable sample plates to view a wide range of fluorophore and control the camera and lighting settings. Or, define and save spe-
colorimetric stains. The modular design enables easy placement cific settings as templates which can easily be accessed for repeat
of sample plates to illuminate precast or mini gels with sizes up to experiments. Images are publication-ready and highly quantifi-
11.5 x 16 cm. able. They are clear and ready for analysis. Easily perform image
enhancements and 1D analysis with the VisionWorksLS software.
Selection of optional sample plates that convert 302 nm UV: Calibrate using Molecular Weight (MW) standards from the software
library or add your own standards. Create, document and print
Visi-Blue™ Light Plate: Converts UV to 460/470 nm for viewing detailed and customizable reports of analysis data.
stains such as SYBR® Green, GelRed TM and GelGreenTM.
White Light Plate: Converts UV to white light for viewing Coo-
massie Blue and silver stained gels.
Longwave UV Plate: Converts 302 nm UV to 365nm UV, which
reduces photonicking of samples.
346
8.1 Gel Imaging
Order information
8.1
11.5 cm x 16 cm filter size, epi-white light, 5-position filter-wheel, emission filter for e.g. EtBr, black
sample plate, VisionWorksLS acquisition and analysis software. Dimensions 39.4 x 32.5 x 33.0
(H x W x D, cm)
Accessories
849-00520-0 Visi-BlueTM Sample Plate, converts 302 nm UV to 460 - 470 nm for viewing stains such as SYBR®
8 BioImaging
Green, SYBR® Safe and GelGreenTM
849-00521-0 White Light Sample Plate, converts 302 nm UV to white light for viewing Coomassie Blue and
silver stained gels
849-00522-0 Longwave UV Sample Plate, converts 302 nm UV to 365 nm UV, which reduces photonicking
of samples
849-00401-0 Emission filter, 50 mm square, with transmission range 510 - 560 nm, for e.g. SYBR® Green
849-00402-0 Emission filter, 50 mm square, with transmission range 520 - 620 nm, for e.g. SYBR® Gold
849-20100-0 Thermal printer Mitsubishi P95DE, high resolution (325 dpi), USB2.0 interface,
dimensions 8.5 x 15.4 x 23.9 (H x W x D, cm)
849-20111-0 Thermal printer paper KP65HM, high contrast, 4 rolls à 20 m
846-20110-0 Thermal printer paper K95HG, high glossy, 4 rolls à 18 m
840-90000-2 Personal computer for GelTower, fully installed, with 19´´ TFT monitor
347
8.1 Gel Imaging
interfaces. The GelStudio line also offers an instrument with inte- systems with monochrome CCD camera are named GelStudio live,
grated computer: The GelStudio SA comes with a large touchscreen resp. GelStudio SA for the stand-alone version. The VisionWorksLS
and doesn´t require a separate computer. Depending on the camera gel analysis software is included in all GelStudio systems. It is an
type a specific image acquisition software is included to attain up-to-date software for fast and versatile analysis of gels and blots.
8 BioImaging
GelStudio digital | GelStudio with digital single lens reflex color camera
Note: System with Gelstudio Box is available from spring 2014. Please check The camera is widely software-controlled and provides versatile
www.bio.analytik-jena.com. functions for fast and easy image acquisition.The software offers
many tools for image capture, image enhancement and reporting
GelStudio digital provides state-of-the-art digital photography. Heart and supports compliance with 21 CFR Part 11. The gel files can
of the system is a digital single lens reflex camera with amazing be reliably analysed by self-explanatory VisionWorksLS software
high resolution and autofocus. routines (For details please see section “VisionWorksLS Analysis
Software“). The high resolution images are particularly useful for
High-class digital camera with 12.2 megapixels* the detection of close banded gels and for band quantification.The
Specifically developed software combination of zoom lens with high resolution of the sensor makes
Powerful VisionWorksLS gel analysis software the system ideal for acquisition of extra large gels.
Choice of small darkhood or advanced GelStudio Box
* Please refer to the Analytik Jena homepage for latest camera resolution.
348
8.1 Gel Imaging
8.1
color or in gray scales
systems with the advanced darkhood GelStudio Box.
Real-time image preview Exact gel positioning prior to UV
The small darkhood of GelStudio digital compact is placed on top of exposure
a UV transilluminator. Together with a UV converter plate GelStudio Individual profiles with Only one click for an image
is ready for documentation and analysis of fluorescent and colored camera settings
8 BioImaging
gels and blots.
Manual focussing possible Even samples with diffuse bands
can be photographed perfectly
Application of the GelStudio Box is the perfect choice for all users
looking for a bright overhead white light and for a pullout transil- Ingenious camera anti-theft No risk of camera theft
luminator. For details of GelStudio Box please refer to section mounting
“GelStudio Darkhood“. Independent use of camera Camera can also be used for other
possible laboratory tasks and microscopy
photography
Transilluminators
Small darkhood available High-quality gel documentation
GelStudio digital systems are equipped with a UV transilluminator out
of the wide range of the benchUV line. For details please see section with cost-effective and space-
“Transilluminators“. saving “compact“ set
349
8.1 Gel Imaging
GelStudio system
350
8.1 Gel Imaging
8.1
plus small darkhood “GelStudio Hood“. This hood is directly placed
on top of the transilluminator. A small sliding door allows an easy
aligning of the gel on the UV table.
8 BioImaging
ware. The analysis software offers the convenience of an automatic
or semi-automatic band detection with subsequent size and mass
calibration on the basis of custom markers.
351
8.1 Gel Imaging
1D quantitation, area density analysis and colony counting The analysis software convinces with its self-explanatory design and
User defined master templates for selecting and saving settings can be easily used without extensive training.
for repeat experiments
8.1
Report generation and export of data to Excel The software offers many non-destructive process filters, enhance-
Support for 21 CFR Part 11 compliance ment features and annotation tools that can be applied to images
Included in GelTower and GelStudio systems for visualization and publication. Annotations tools include text, lines
Optional component for UVsolo and highlights. Filter tools include align, rotate, emboss, sharpen,
resize and background correction. Researchers can personalize
8 BioImaging
The VisionWorksLS software is a powerful package of imaging and workspace preferences and save profiles by user name. Also, user
analysis software supporting different camera models. The software accounts can easily be set up with passwords to save and protect
provides sample analysis of electrophoresis gels and blots with best user data. Master templates are great time savers and allow users
results in a minimum amount of time. The software can be used for to set and save camera settings for quick, easy capture of samples.
fluorescent, colorimetric and chemiluminescent applications and ac- Reports are created showing extensive analysis results including
cepts typical file formats like JPG, TIF, and BMP. Gel images can be Molecular Weight (MW), Rf, band intensities and area density calcu-
analysed. Also files generated with other acquisition sources can be lations. Data can be exported to Excel. The image history is tracked
imported. The user-friendly interface provides for efficient analysis with change logs and supports 21 CFR Part 11 compliance.
and generates precise band size calculations.
Features
Automatic lane and band recognition
Add, delete and separate lanes and bands
Optimisation of detection parameters
Different choices for background adjustment
Automatic calculation for size/MW, mass, RF
Result sheet
Compensation of gel smiling and distortions
Zoom, invert and pseudocolor functions
Add annotations and arrows
Generate lane profile graphs
Perform dendrogram analysis
Colony counting
Support for 21 CFR Part 11 compliance
One-touch automated macros
Define user-profiles and preferences
Generate extensive reports and export data
Multiple user network license available
352
8.1 Gel Imaging
8.1
2 different configurations
The GelStudio Box is designed for daily use in the laboratory. The
robust construction provides high functionality and excellent ergo-
nomics over years.
8 BioImaging
Features Benefit
Compact size and small footprint Saves valuable bench space
Smooth surfaces and inside Easy to clean
coated with black protective Long-term resistent against ionic buffers and UV light
varnish Reflexion free
Comfort sliding door Light-tight cabinet
Free access to the imaging area with one fingertip
Space-saving opening proper for narrow laboratory corridors
Gels can be placed directly in front of the hood for easy gel transfer to the UV table
Integrated UV protection shield Protects the user from UV exposure also during sliding out the UV table
Freely adjustable according to individual needs
Applicable for cutting gels without the need for additional protection equipment
Bright overhead white light Supports sample positioning and is suitable for acquisition of colored blots
Panel with liquid protected Clearly arranged and designed for intensive use
switches for UV and white-light
Easy access to lamps and filters Absolute service friendly
and other replacement parts
353
8.1 Gel Imaging
Darkhood version
Feature GelStudio Box GelStudio Box 2
Standard version Advanced version
Epi-white light + +
8.1
UV protection shield + +
Mounting of UV bandpass filter 4-position filter wheel 4-position filter wheel
Transilluminator Pull-out Pull-out
Epi-UV light – +
8 BioImaging
354
8.1 Gel Imaging
8.1
There are different possibilities to place the filter in front of the camera lens:
8 BioImaging
filter with wide bandpass
With 4-position filter wheel High flexibility for use of staining dyes with different filter GelStudio Box,
requirements GelStudio Box 2
Accepts all filters with 58 mm diameter standard screw socket
355
8.1 Gel Imaging
For the documentation of UV fluorescent images an emission filter Optimal results with every dye are always achieved with the respec-
8.1
has to be attached in front of the camera lens. The filter has to be tive dedicated filter. Nevertheless it is possible to apply an emission
choosen in respect to the applied sample staining. The most com- filter with a wider bandpass which covers several dyes with dif-
monly used filter has a transmission maximum of 590 nm and fits ferent emission maxima. This might be helpful when a stand or a
e.g. to ethidium bromide, OrioleTM, SYPRO® Orange and SYPRO® darkhood without filter wheel is used. Analytik Jena offers such an
Ruby staining. An alternative filter is available for fluorescent dyes emission filter with wide bandpass: filter BP590/200.
8 BioImaging
with emission wavelengths between 500 and 580 nm, e.g. for
SYBR® Green, SYBR® Gold, SYBR® Safe and GelStar ®.
Order number Filter transmission Compatible dye Excitation maximum Emission maximum
range
849-00600-0 BP590
565 – 615 nm For nucleic acids:
Ethidium bromide 312 nm, 518 nm 595 nm
GelRed TM 315 nm, 520 nm 605 nm
For proteins:
OrioleTM 270 nm 604 nm
SYPRO® Orange 300 nm, 470 nm 570 nm
SYPRO® Ruby 280 nm, 450 nm 610 nm
849-00601-0 BP540/80
500 – 580 nm For nucleic acids:
GelGreenTM 270 nm, 510 nm 525 nm
GelStar ® 300 nm, 493 nm 527 nm (RNA: 532 nm)
SYBR® Gold 284 nm, 382 nm, 494 nm 537 nm
SYBR® Green I 254 nm, 497 nm 521 nm
SYBR® Green II (for RNA) 521 nm
SYBR® Safe 280 nm, 502 nm 530 nm
849-00602-0 BP590/200
resp. 490 – 690 nm For nucleic acids and proteins:
849-00603-0* All dyes compatible with filter 849-00600-0 and 849-00601-0,
see above, and additionally:
For proteins:
SYPRO® Red 300 nm, 550 nm 630 nm
For proteins, on Western Blots:
WesternDotTM 625 with Qdot® 254 nm, 488 nm 625 nm
nanocrystals
With GelStudio Box, in filter Insert 849-00603-0 (= filter 849-00602-0 + adapter ring + sealing ring) directly in the filter wheel.
wheel
With GelStudio Hood or with With GelStudio live compact: Screw filter 849-00602-0 directly to the camera zoom lens.
stand With GelStudio digital compact: Screw filter 849-00602-0 with adapter ring 846-034-019
(58 – 55 mm) to the lens.
356
8.1 Gel Imaging
8.1
230 V 110/115 V GelStudio digitalb
849-00530-2 849-00530-4 GelStudio digital core set: Digital SLR cameraa with USB2.0 interface, camera power supply,
VisionWorksLS software for image acquisition and gel analysis. English manual.
849-00531-2 849-00531-4 GelStudio compact: GelStudio digital core set, small darkhood GelStudio Hood
8 BioImaging
GelStudio liveb
849-00540-2 849-00540-4 GelStudio live core set: Digital monochrome ½´´ CCD camera with USB2.0 interface, resolution
1600 x 1200 pixels, manual zoom lens 8 – 48 mm (F1.0 – F1.2), VisionWorksLS software for image
acquisition and gel analysis
849-00541-2 849-00541-4 GelStudio live Plus core set: Digital monochrome 1/2“ CCD camera, USB2.0 interface, resolution
1600 x 1200 pixels, motorized zoom lens, motor zoom controller, VisionWorksLS software for image
acquisition and gel analysis.
849-00542-2 849-00542-4 GelStudio live compact: GelStudio live core set (with manual zoom lens), small darkhood GelStudio
Hood
a
Please check our homepage www.bio.analytik-jena.com for the current camera resolution.
b
Emission filter is not included. Please choose one of the list below according to used staining dye.
c
including anti-theft adapter for GelStudio digital camera
d
including adapter for GelStudio live camera
e
Without a GelStudio Box please order adapter ring 846-035-027 additionally for mounting the emission filter directly at the camera lens.
357
8.1 Gel Imaging
Accessories
849-20100-0 Thermal printer Mitsubishi P95DE, high resolution (325 dpi), USB2.0 interface,
dimensions 8.5 x 15.4 x 23.9 (H x W x D, cm)
849-20111-0 Thermal printer paper KP65HM, high contrast, 4 rolls à 20 m
849-20110-0 Thermal printer paper K95HG, high glossy, high contrast, 5 rolls à 18 m, only compatible with printer P95DE!
8 BioImaging
Computer
840-90000-2 Personal computer, plus TFT monitor, completely installed
Software
849-00202-0 VisionWorksLS software (already included in GelTower and all GelStudio systems): Analysis software for
gel images in tif, jpg, bmp, gif or png format. Single user license.
849-00203-0 VisionWorksLS software, see above. 5 user license.
358
8.1 Gel Imaging
8.1
Brilliant images of fluorescence and colorimetric applica-
tions
Large 15.6´´ touch screen for self-explanatory image
acquisition
Compact darkroom with slide-out transilluminator
8 BioImaging
Touch Screen
Researchers can perform simplified imaging with the integrated
image capture software and touch screen interface.
Touch screen: Users can easily control settings with the user-
intuitive touch screen interface.
The function control panel lets users fine tune exposure, aperture,
zoom and focus functions which can be adjusted with a touch of
the screen. All current settings are clearly displayed on the main
screen. Additional software functions are a click away with the
conveniently located buttons:
359
8.1 Gel Imaging
The compact, light-tight darkroom is ideal for multiple users and Researchers performing colorimetric visible light imaging can use
multiple applications. a converter plate or can add the optional LED white light plate.
8.1
360
8.1 Gel Imaging
Order information
8.1
230 V 115 V
849-00550-2 849-00550-4 GelStudio SA: Digital monochrome ½´´ CCD camera, resolution 1600 x 1200 pixels (2.0 MP, extentable
to 6.0 MP), motorized zoom lens (12.5 – 75 mm, F1.2), 12 bit data depth, 16 bit file depth (65,536
grayscales), emission filter (580 – 630 nm) for e.g. EtBr, five position filter wheel, 15.6´´ touch screen,
integrated computer, with access port for optional eLite source, epi-white light, pull-out tray for
8 BioImaging
transilluminator, USB flash drive, keyboard, mouse, VisionWorksLS software for image acquisition and
analysis. Dimensions: 85.1 x 44.4 x 36.8 (H x W x D, cm).
The transilluminator is not included and has to be choosen from section “Transilluminators”!
Emission filters
849-00401-0 Emission filter, 50 mm square, with transmission range 510 - 560 nm, for e.g. SYBR® Green
849-00402-0 Emission filter, 50 mm square, with transmission range 520 - 620 nm, for e.g. SYBR® Gold
Converter plates
849-20510-0 Converter plate UV-to-white, 21 cm x 26 cm filter size
849-20511-0 Converter plate UV-to-white, 25 cm x 26 cm filter size
849-20520-0 Converter plate UV-to-blue "Visi-Blue", 21 cm x 26 cm filter size, 460 nm - 470 nm
849-20521-0 Converter plate UV-to-blue "Visi-Blue", 25 cm x 26 cm filter size, 460 nm - 470 nm
849-20523-0 Converter plate UV302-to-UV365, 25 cm x 26 cm filter size
849-20500-0 LED white light plate
Epi UV modules
849-20700-0 UV module UVGL-25 (254/365 nm). Two are recommended.
849-20701-0 UV module UVL-21 (365 nm). Two are recommended.
849-20702-0 UV module UVG-11 (254 nm). Two are recommended.
Software
849-00202-0 VisionWorksLS software (already included in GelStudio SA): Analysis software for gel images in tif,
jpg, bmp, gif or png format. Single user license.
849-00203-0 VisionWorksLS software, see above. 5 user license.
Further accessories
849-20100-0 Thermal printer Mitsubishi P95DE, high resolution (325 dpi), USB2.0 interface, dimensions 8.5 x
15.4 x 23.9 (H x W x D, cm)
849-20111-0 Thermal printer paper KP65HM, high contrast, 4 rolls à 20 m
846-20110-0 Thermal printer paper K95HG, high glossy, 4 rolls à 18 m
361
8.2 Chemiluminescence
The ChemStudio product line has been designed for a wide range
of imaging applications. Depending on system configuration, usages Imager for chemiluminescence, fluorescence and colorim-
range from simple gel and chemiluminescent documentation to etry, upgradeable for NIR/multiplexing imaging applications
8.2
advanced, multispectral and multifunctional imaging. Significant ap- Selection of highly sensitive, cooled CCD cameras with
plications include high-resolution detection of chemiluminescence, fixed focal length or zoom lenses (motorized or manual)
fluorescence and colorimetric samples. ChemStudio can be used to Light-tight darkrooms with large front door and unique UV-
meet countless BioImaging needs, both in the fields of proteomics safe gel viewer window
and genomics. When operated with VisionWorksLS software, auto- Available either as a PC-operated unit or as a stand-alone
8 BioImaging
mated image acquisition and analysis can be realized. instrument with integrated color touchscreen
In addition to comprehensive image acquisition features, the soft- Easy-to-access filter wheel with to up to five positions
ware provides extensive and detailed image analysis tools, including Integrated overhead (epi) white light for optimum illumina-
1D, area density and colony counting capabilities. tion and focusing
Chemi tray for sample placement on the black, non-reflec-
tive surface
Telescoping transilluminator tray provides easy access to
the UV transilluminators
Upgrade options with versatile accessories such as mul-
tispectral light sources, overhead UV light sources, LED
white light plates and much more
VisionWorksLS Software with comprehensive features
362
8.2 Chemiluminescence
8.2
8 BioImaging
ChemStudio ChemStudio SA ChemStudio PLUS
Simple, efficient darkroom configuration Stand-alone system with integrated PC High-end darkroom for a variety of
and 15.6” color touchscreen imaging applications
Cost-effective alternative to other Simple, intuitive software user interface Motorized or manual platform lift
chemiluminescence systems USB ports as well as wired and wireless available
networking capabilities for saving
images
4-position emission filter wheel 5-position emission filter wheel 5-position emission filter wheel
Manually controlled illumination and Fully automatic control: illumination, Fully automatic control: illumination,
emission filter wheel camera, lens and emission filter wheel camera, lens and emission filter wheel
Camera and lens controlled manually or
via software
Chemiluminescence, fluorescence and colorimetry Analytik Jena‘s BioImaging products eliminate the need for film and
Expandable to IR/NIR multiplex applications accordant processing chemicals. Thus, the ChemStudio line sup-
Designed with simplicity and ease-of-use in mind ports eco-friendly, imaging practices.
Extensive standard equipment
363
8.2 Chemiluminescence
Colorimetry +++ ++ ++
NIR ++ +++ +
Multiplex ++ +++ +
8 BioImaging
Image acquisition and analysis: Simple and intuitive Vision- 1D lane analysis
WorksLS software Area density analysis
Chemiluminescence imaging and subsequent analysis are greatly Colony counting analysis
significantly simplified using a combination of ChemStudio systems Plant imaging
and VisionWorksLS software. VisionWorksLS is a modern software Molecular weight standards
package with an extensive array of features to simplify the imaging Protein quantification
of chemiluminescence, fluorescence and colorimetric gels, blots, Quantitative analysis of PCR experiments
colonies and membranes. Western Blot densitometry
Once positioned on the imaging platform, the sample is focused GFP expression tracking
and the picture is captured. Multiplexing and more
The full dynamic range can be acquired with the use of dynamic
and sequential integration capabilities. High sensitivity and superior
resolution cameras guarantee excellent, publication quality and Flexibility and modularity: Accessories for convenient system
quantifiable results. expansion
All chemiluminescence systems can be combined with a selection
Extensive imaging capabilities of transilluminators for ethidium bromide or differently stained gels.
Image enhancement functions Models are available with a single excitation wavelength of 302 nm
User-defined master templates for simple, 1-click image capture or with multiple excitation wavelengths in the UV range. Addition-
Support for 21 CFR Part 11 compliance ally, white light converter plates and LED white light plates allow for
Reporting and data export to Excel visualization of colorimetric gels, colony plates, autoradiograms or
other samples being excited by white light. Furthermore, Visi-BlueTM
Most combinations of camera and lens allow imaging settings to converter plates enable blue light excitation of samples containing
be automatically controlled. The VisionWorksLS software menu GelGreen, SYBR Green and other “safe” stains. Analytik Jena also
provides a variety of features to ensure high quality, repeatable im- offers overhead (epi) UV modules for an optimum image presenta-
age acquisition. tion of thin-layer chromatography plates.
Multiplex and fluorescence Western Blot imaging are accomplished
Integration: On-chip, sequential or dynamic with the eLITE multi spectral light sources. The fiber optic cables are
Binning directly connected within the darkroom to provide a brilliant, highly
Saturation preview intense excitation of the samples. All light sources use specialized
Automatic exposure filters to meet the wavelength requirements of different dyes such
as GFP, RFP, CY and IR-dyes.
Furthermore, the software offers a substantial range of tools for
detailed image analysis. These features, which are easy to use and Transilluminators and overhead (epi) UV modules
intuitive to apply, provide the capability to automate all experiments Multiple excitation and emission filters are available
with precise quantification. Creation of profile graphs with intensity White light converter plates and LED white light plates
histograms, concentration curves and much more are available with Visi-BlueTM converter plates
VisionWorksLS. Multispectral light sources
364
8.2 Chemiluminescence
Technical data
ChemStudio ChemStudio SA ChemStudio PLUS
Darkroom Simple, efficient darkroom Stand-alone system with High-end darkroom for a variety
8.2
configuration integrated PC and 15.6” color of imaging applications
touchscreen
Emission filter wheel 4 positions 5 positions 5 positions
Lighting White overhead (epi) lighting White overhead (epi) lighting White, blue and 365 nm UV
overhead (epi) lighting
8 BioImaging
Control of filters and lighting Manual (software) Fully automated Fully automated
Transilluminator (optional) 3 UV or single UV
Large filter size up to 25 x 26 cm
Roll-out tray
Platform lift - - Manual or automated for real
zoom functionality
Application Chemiluminescence, Fluorescence, Colorimetric, Multiplex / NIR ready
Dimensions (W x D x H) (W x D x H) (W x D x H)
Exterior [mm] 470 x 380 x 810 444 x 368 x 851 445 x 445 x 813
(+ camera cover)
Weight [kg] Approx. 26.8 kg Approx. 43.1 kg Approx. 36.7 kg
(motorized darkroom)
Approx. 27.7 kg
(manual darkroom)
365
8.2 Chemiluminescence
Order information
(black)
VisionWorksLS Acquisition & Analysis (single license)
849-00101-2 849-00101-4 ChemStudio SA
Darkroom for chemiluminescence imaging
Stand alone with integrated 15.6“ color touchscreen
Without Camera/Lens Kit and without transilluminator
Including epi white light, Ethidium Bromide emission filter, gel ruler and tray, focus target, Chemi tray
(black)
VisionWorksLS Acquisition & Analysis (single license, separate PC required)
849-00102-2 849-00102-4 ChemStudio PLUS motorized
Darkroom for chemiluminescence imaging with automated platform lift
Without PC, without Camera/Lens Kit and without transilluminator
Including Ethidium Bromide, SYBR Green and SYBR Gold emissions filter, epi white light, gel ruler
and tray, focus target, Chemi tray (black), LED white light plate
VisionWorksLS Acquisition & Analysis (single license)
849-00103-2 849-00103-4 ChemStudio PLUS manual
Darkroom for chemiluminescence imaging with manual platform lift
Without PC, without Camera/Lens Kit and without transilluminator
Including Ethidium Bromide, SYBR Green and SYBR Gold emissions filter, epi white light, gel ruler
and tray, focus target, Chemi tray (black), LED white light plate
VisionWorksLS Acquisition & Analysis (single license)
366
8.2 Chemiluminescence
Accessories
8.2
Gel tray 849-20605-0 29 x 23 cm, scope of delivery of darkrooms
Gel cutter 849-20603-0 Double pack
Gel scooper 846-057-013 UV transparent, 14 x 15 cm
Faceshield 849-20602-0 UV blocking
Focus target, fluorescent 849-20601-0 Scope of delivery of darkrooms, double pack
8 BioImaging
LED white light plate 849-20500-0 Scope of delivery of ChemStudio PLUS
Chemi tray (black) 849-20501-0 Scope of delivery of darkrooms
Software
Converter plate
367
8.2 Chemiluminescence
Order information
Emission filter
* Yakima Yellow is registered trademark of Epoch Biosciences, Inc. Cy is a trademark of GE Healthcare. FAM, HEX, JOE, VIC, TAMRA, NED and ROX are
trademarks of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the US and/or certain other countries. SYBR, Alexa Fluor, SYPRO and Texas Red are registered
trademarks of Molecular Probes, Inc. TaqMan and LightCycler are registered trademarks of Roche Group, Inc. Quasar Dyes are trademarks of Biosearch
Technologies Inc. DFO™ is a trademark of Eurogentec S.A. Windows and Excel are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
368
8.2 Chemiluminescence
8.2
8 BioImaging
369
8.3 Transilluminators
UV transilluminators for UV fluorescent stains The UV transilluminators feature a uniform and bright illumination.
8.3
Filter sizes from 15 cm x 15 cm up to 25 cm x 26 cm The exclusive application of high-grade filter glass provides for
or 20 cm x 40 cm excellent documentation results with lowest background signal.
Exceeding uniform illumination The great illumination uniformity allows the reliable quantification of
High-grade filter glass for low background electrophoretically separated fluorescent samples.
Wide choice of standard and high-performance models
8 BioImaging
benchUV 20SML
370
8.3 Transilluminators
8.3
The benchUV FirstLight ® transilluminators represent a unique
highly uniform 302 nm UV excitation source for quantitative fluores-
cent imaging in a wide range of applications.
8 BioImaging
area
Exceptionally uniform, edge-to-edge illumination
Accurate gel to gel comparison
Uniformity ensures consistent illumination over the imaging
surface resulting in high quality images benchUV FirstLight ®
Applications range from DNA and protein gel documentation
and analysis
benchUV 40Lhi
371
8.3 Transilluminators
furthermore after gel documentation. Users also benefit from it as for users
there is no risk of UV exposure. Blue light excitation is applicable
for fluorescent dyes for nucleic acid or protein stains with excitation
wavelengths around 470 nm. Examples for compatible stains are:
SYBR® Green, GelGreenTM, SYBR® Safe, SYBR® Gold or SYPRO® Ruby
8 BioImaging
benchBL 26
372
8.3 Transilluminators
8.3
20 cm filter size for UV fluorescent samples and additional a 20
cm x 20 cm filter size for white light transillumination. The white
light table can be used for the documentation of all visible colored
samples like silver or Coomassie Blue stained gels as well as for ra-
diographs. The benchUV WL can not be integrated into a GelStudio
8 BioImaging
darkhood due to its geometry.
benchUV WL
benchWL
373
8.3 Transilluminators
Order information
849-20015-0 849-20015-4 benchUV 15, filter size 15 cm x 15 cm, 8 W 302 nm UV, UV protection shield
849-20016-0 846-20016-4 benchUV 20, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 W 302 nm UV, UV protection shield
849-20017-0 849-20017-4 benchUV 26, filter size 21 cm x 26 cm, 8 W 302 nm UV, UV protection shield
846-20018-0 846-20018-4 benchUV 15i, filter size 15 cm x 15 cm, 8 W 302 nm UV, high/medium/low intensity setting,
UV protection shield
849-20019-0 849-20019-4 benchUV 20i, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 W 302 nm UV, high/medium/low intensity setting,
UV protection shield
849-20020-0 849-20020-4 benchUV 26i, filter size 21 cm x 26 cm, 8 W 302 nm UV, high/medium/low intensity setting,
UV protection shield
849-20021-0 849-20021-4 benchUV 26Xi, filter size 25 cm x 26 cm, 8 W 302 nm UV, high/medium/low intensity setting,
UV protection shield
UV transilluminators without intensity setting, 3 UV wavelengths: 245 nm, 302 nm, 365 nm
849-20013-0 849-20013-4 benchUV 20SML, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 W 254/302/365 nm UV, UV protection shield
849-20014-0 849-20014-4 benchUV 26SML, filter size 21 cm x 26 cm, 8 W 254/302/365 nm UV, UV protection shield
374
8.3 Transilluminators
8.3
849-20510-0 Converter plate UV-to-white, 21 cm x 26 cm filter size
849-20511-0 Converter plate UV-to-white, 25 cm x 26 cm filter size
849-20512-0 Converter plate UV-to-white, 20 cm x 40 cm filter size
849-20520-0 Converter plate UV-to-blue "Visi-Blue", 21 cm x 26 cm filter size, 460 nm - 470 nm*
849-20521-0 Converter plate UV-to-blue "Visi-Blue", 25 cm x 26 cm filter size, 460 nm - 470 nm*
8 BioImaging
849-20522-0 Converter plate UV-to-blue "Visi-Blue", 20 cm x 40 cm filter size, 460 nm - 470 nm*
849-20523-0 Converter plate UV302-to-UV365, 25 cm x 26 cm filter size*
* Includes amber 50 mm square camera filter, compatible with UVsolo, GelStudio SA.
For compatibility of transilluminators with Analytik Jena imaging systems please check this table:
Accessories
Order number Description
849-20602-0 UV light face protection shield
846-055-002 UV light protecting glasses
849-20605-0 UV transparent acrylic tray for preparative tasks on a transilluminator, 29 cm x 23 cm
846-057-013 UV transparent gel scoop, scoop area 14 cm x 15 cm
Spare parts
Bestellnummer Description
846-057-007 UV bulb 8 W, 254 nm
846-057-002 UV bulb 8 W, 302 nm
846-057-009 UV bulb 8 W, 365 nm
846-057-016 UV bulb 25 W, 302 nm
846-057-017 UV bulb 25 W, 365 nm
34-9-720-007 White light bulb, 8 W
375
9.1 PCR UV Cabinets & Workstations
hoods use shortwave ultraviolet to control unwanted transfers of Up to three built-in shortwave (254 nm) UV tubes
nucleic acids. The systems bring together UV irradiation and antimi- for decontamination between experiments
crobial coated stainless steel and aluminum to create a dual-attack Timer sets UV exposure up to 12 h
environment against PCR contaminations. Safety shut-off switch automatically turns the UV light
In addition to standard PCR UV² models, PCR UV³ HEPA systems off when door is opened
with integrated three-stage filters are available. The equipment pro- Keylock prevents accidental exposure of samples
vides efficient use of lab space and a perfect arranged working area to UV
for any application, like sample preparation, nucleic acid isolation, Unique, easy-clean antimicrobial coating on the stain
PCR or Real-Time PCR preparation and more. less steel and aluminum surfaces
9.1
Two sizes are available: The cabinet features a smaller With or without three-stage HEPA filter
work area than the workstation. Different sizes: Cabinet or Workstation to meet each
individual need
376
9.1 PCR UV Cabinets & Workstations
6 7
8
1
8.1
9
2
9.1
10
4
11
5
Decontaminate apparatus and reagents within minutes Cabinets and larger workstations sizes are available for both the
Integrated timer to set UV irradiation from 5 min up to 12 h PCR UV² and UV³ HEPA styles.
Important features for user and sample protection
377
9.1 PCR UV Cabinets & Workstations
Sophisticated platform for any sample preparation PCR UV³ HEPA feature
All Analytik Jena Cabinets and Workstations combine a whole slew Next to all specifications noted above the PCR UV³ Cabinet & Work-
of important features for contamination-sensitive applications: station also include a three-stage filter module with built-in
8.1
3
9 General laboratory equipment
A side access with a slide out design makes changing filters and UV
tube easy. Protection is given due to the automatic safety switch,
10 which shuts UV off when the side door is opened.
4
A
Airflow enters
filter system
1. Three-stage filter system:
Pre-filter; Carbon-filter; HEPA Filter; Plus UV to decontaminate
Overhead Airflow entering
2. Antimicrobial coated surface prevents contamination white light PCR Chamber Overhead UV
3. MAKROLON® panels blocks UV below 400 nm
4. Built-in power outlets for operating equipment inside B
5. Large working area
6. Power switches are conveniently located
7. UV timer
8. UV lock prevents accidental UV exposure of samples Slots for Shelves
9. Shortwave 254 nm UV light for decontaminating the chamber
10. Two removable shelves for placement of small objects UV
C
11. Door flips open for easy access to interior;
UV shuts off when door is open
The PCR UV³ HEPA drawing (below) front cut-out view demon-
strates the air flow through the filter module. These models supply
three UV sources (UV³) which are indicated in the drawing: filter
area (A), chamber (B) and UV/air circulator (C).
378
9.1 PCR UV Cabinets & Workstations
Technical data
8.1
UV source Two 254 nm shortwave UV sources Three 254 nm shortwave UV sources
Chamber and UV/air circulator Chamber, UV/air circulator and filter module
White light Overhead white light brightly illuminates the work area
Power outlets 2 4 2 4
9.1
Shelves 2 2 2 2
Safety shut off Automatic switch off of ultraviolet light, when door is opened
Interior Uniquely coated stainless steel and aluminum design and easy-clean surface
Durable coating material contains silver ions:
a. Providing continuous antimicrobial protection
b. Stain and fingerprint resistant
c. Listed by Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as an
antimicrobial agent
d. Suppresses growth of bacteria, molds and fungi on surfaces
Interior Aluminum powder coated
Door and side panel MAKROLON® panels block wavelength below 400 nm
Dimensions (W x D x H) (W x D x H) (W x D x H) (W x D x H)
Exterior [mm] 544 x 610 x (729) 737 x 610 x (729) 544 x 610 x (826) 737 x 610 x (826)
Interior [mm] 500 x 544 706 x 544 500 x 544 706 x 544
Order information
849-00001-03 PCR UV² Cabinet, 230 V (Euro plug) 849-00005-03 PCR UV² Workstation, 230 V (Euro plug)
849-00001-04 PCR UV² Cabinet, 115 V (US plug) 849-00005-04 PCR UV² Workstation, 115 V (US plug)
849-00001-05 PCR UV² Cabinet, 100 V (US plug) 849-00005-05 PCR UV² Workstation, 100 V (US plug)
849-00002-02 PCR UV³ HEPA Cabinet, 230 V (UK plug) 849-00006-02 PCR UV³ HEPA Workstation, 230 V (UK plug)
849-00002-03 PCR UV³ HEPA Cabinet, 230 V (Euro plug) 849-00006-03 PCR UV³ HEPA Workstation, 230 V (Euro plug)
849-00002-04 PCR UV³ HEPA Cabinet, 115 V (US plug) 849-00006-04 PCR UV³ HEPA Workstation, 115 V (US plug)
849-00002-05 PCR UV³ HEPA Cabinet, 100 V (US plug) 849-00006-05 PCR UV³ HEPA Workstation, 100 V (US plug)
379
9.2 Crosslinker
used for UV sterilisation and for elimination of PCR contaminations. Microprocessor control provides precise UV dosis control
Irradiation can be defined as Energy (Joules/cm²)
or Time (seconds)
Preset programs for nucleic acid immobilisation at
120 mJoule/cm2
Safety interlock door with UV protection glass
9.2
9 General laboratory equipment
Technical data
UV light 5 × 8 W 254 nm
UV irradiation energy 0 up to 99.99 J/cm²
Maximum time of exposure 999.9 min
Instrument dimensions (H x W x D, cm) 22.2 x 40.0 x 34.9
Chamber (inside) dimensions (H x W x D, cm) 12.7 × 25.4 × 30.5
Order information
380
9.2 Crosslinker
381
9 General laboratory equipment 9.2 8.2
Consumables supplied by Analytik Jena |
Life Science combine an outstanding price/
performance ratio with exceptional quality.
All delivered consumables are optimzied for
our devices and therefore easen up your work
and will meet your requirements.
382
Contents
Consumables/Accessories
383
1.1 Selection charts/Overview starting material
384
1.1 Selection charts/Overview starting material
SpeedCycler qTOWER
96 (LPR) 36 (LPR) 24 (SPR) 96 (LPR)
(1 × 96 well) (1 × 36 well) (1 × 24 well) (1 × 96 well)
1.1
Low-Profile Low-Profile 0.2 ml Low-Profile
× × ×
385
1.1 Selection charts/Overview starting material
* Plates are divisible into 12 strips at 8 wells; use ½ plate for the 48 well blocks and a ¼ plate for 24 well blocks
386
1.1 Selection charts/Overview starting material
1.1
(1 × 96 well) (2 × 48 well) (1 × 96 well) (30 × 0,5 ml) (48 × 0,2 ml / (1 × 96 well)
(18 × 0,5 ml)
0.2 ml 0.2 ml 0.2 ml 0.2 ml
×
× ×
×
×
×
×
×
× ×
×
×
×
× × ×
× × ×
×
×
× ×
387
2.1 Strips and tubes
Green 0.2 ml thin-walled tube Red 0.2 ml thin-walled tube Blue 0.2 ml thin-walled tube
with flat cap with flat cap with flat cap
388
2.1 Strips and tubes
2.1
2 Microplates, tubes, strips and foils
8 well strips with caps
Order number Quantity Description
846-050-254 Packet of 125 pcs. 0.2 ml strips of 8 tubes and flat caps
846-050-255 Packet of 125 pcs. 0.2 ml strips of 8 tubes and domed caps 125 pcs.
389
2.2 Microplates
Microplates
Microplate 36 LP
Order number Quantity Description
844-70000-0 Packet of 25 pieces Ultrathin-walled 36 well microplate, low profile format for rapid PCR. Sealing foils
seperately available (see 2.3 Sealing foils)
844-70001-0 Packet of 100 pieces Ultrathin-walled 36 well microplate, low profile format for rapid PCR. Sealing foils
seperately available(see 2.3 Sealing foils)
844-70002-0 Packet of 250 pieces Ultrathin-walled 36 well microplate, low profile format for rapid PCR. Sealing foils
seperately available(see 2.3 Sealing foils)
2.2
Microplate 96 LP
Order number Quantity Description
2 Microplates, tubes, strips and foils
844-70050-0 Packet of 25 pieces Ultrathin-walled 96 well microplate, low profile format for rapid PCR and real-time
rapidPCR. Sealing foils are available seperately (see 2.3 Sealing foils)
844-70051-0 Packet of 100 pieces Ultrathin-walled 96 well microplate, low profile format for rapid PCR and real-time
rapidPCR. Sealing foils are available seperately (see 2.3 Sealing foils)
844-70052-0 Packet of 250 pieces Ultrathin-walled 96 well microplate, low profile format for rapid PCR and real-time
rapidPCR. Sealing foils are available seperately (see 2.3 Sealing foils)
Microplate 48 well
Order number Quantity Description
846-050-225 50 pieces 48 well microplate
Microplate 96 well
Order number Quantity Description
844-70030-0 50 pieces Thin-walled microplate 96, non-skirted, transparent
844-70031-0 50 pieces Thin-walled microplate 96, semi-skirted, transparent
846-050-259 50 pieces 96 well microplate, fully-skirted, white, suitable for real-time PCR
846-050-232 25 pieces 96 well skirted
846-050-213 25 pieces 96 well non-skirted (low profile)
846-050-253 25 pieces 96 well non-skirted
846-050-260 50 pieces 96 well microplate, black fram, white wells , suitable for
real-time PCR
390
2.3 Sealing foils and sealing films
2.3
50 × 55 mm
391
2.3 Sealing foils, sealing mats, sealing films
74 × 40 mm
2 Microplates, tubes, strips and foils
392
3.1 Consumables for KingFisher ® systems
3.1
3 Consumables for KingFisher ® systems
393
4.1 Tips for GeneTheatre
All sterile tips are certified to be DNase, RNase, DNA, pyrogen and ATP-free.
Non-sterile tips are certified to be RNase and DNase free.
394
4.2 Tips for SELMA 96 / 384
High precision pipetting tips (polypropylene) for SELMA 96, ready-to-use racked in a disposable tray
4.2
250 µl TipTray for SELMA 96 (250 µl)
Order number Quantity Description
844-70180-0 96 tips/tray, 18 trays per package 250 µl TipTray, non-sterile, DW
for usage of deep well plates
4 Pipetting tips
844-70181-0 96 tips/tray, 18 trays per package 250 µl TipTray, sterile, DW
for usage of deep well plates
844-70182-0 96 tips/tray, 18 trays per package 250 µl TipTray, sterile PCR certified, DW
for usage of deep well plates
844-70183-0 96 tips/tray, 18 trays per package 250 µl TipTray, sterile, PCR certified,
with filter, net volume 250 µl, DW
for usage of deep well plates
844-70184-0 96 tips/tray, 18 trays per package 250 µl TipTray, non-sterile, SW
for usage of shallow well plates
844-70185-0 96 tips/tray, 24 trays per package 250 µl TipTray, sterile, SW
for usage of shallow well plates
844-70186-0 96 tips/tray, 24 trays per package 250 µl TipTray, sterile, PCR certified, SW
For usage with SELMA 96 (1000 µl) tips has to be transferred from TipRack to a tip magazine (metal; 844-00190-2). Therefore a tip-transfer
tool (844-00191-2) is available.
395
4.3 Tips for FasTrans
All sterile tips are certified to be DNase, RNase, DNA, pyrogen and ATP-free.
4 Pipetting tips
396
397
4 Pipetting tips 4.3
Working hand in hand with Analytik Jena’s
subsidiary AJ Blomesystem, we can generate
customized Laboratory Information and
Management Systems.
398
Contents
LIMS
399
1.1 LABbase®
LABbase®
Validation and QA
LABbase® is a completely qualified product. All 800 integrated ob- Service and support
jects were evaluated using risk analysis and were tested to exhaus- If you wish continuing support after the completion of a project and
tion. Therefor the effort for validating the LIMS is greatly reduced for implementation of the blomesystem® application, it is advisable to
laboratories deciding on LABbase®. conclude a software maintenance contract. Software maintenance
AJ Blomesystem is DIN EN ISO 9001 certified. Customer audits includes services for updates, upgrades and, if desired, a hotline
confirm the outstanding quality guaranteed by this system. service. As an option, the software maintenance contract can be
expanded by a defined quota of service days. These service days
can be called up according to requirements. Moreover, comprehen-
Multilingualism sive training courses are offered and regular user meetings are or-
Applications are currently available in English, French and German. ganized. In addition, we provide the possibility to use the extensive
A module for the translation of mask and block titles as well as field support forum on our website.
labels etc. is available. Reports are independent from the language
the user interface is set to.
400
1.1 LABbase®
LABbase® in action
1.1
Order creation
Sample
distribution
The LIMS Standard Sample
validation
and release
Result
Sample
validation
preparation
Result registration
Online data entry
LABbase® workflow
401
1.2 Customization using LABbase® Report Generator and Designer
the application or the database design. application as well as the underlying data-base.
Printable templates can be generated and be used for data entry. The Designer is a fully developed and reliable tool thanks to the
Standardized, given paper forms can be replicated as entry mask on active input of numerous leading companies. It is beneficial for
the screen – it eases orientation and saves time. those customers who want to integrate LABbase® into their current
company IT. It is up to you whether you commission changes to the
relevant modules or whether you make changes by yourself.
As results and reports are directly created and saved in LABbase®, A unique feature of the blomesystem® Designer: despite of changes
there is no need to export data into other applications. This means made to the application one is able to carry the structures and
that administrative work, like filing and protecting Office documents, programs including the data into the next higher system version
is no longer necessary. Additionally, the fields in mask and report when an update is available. It is possible because all changes to
allow the user to insert and save text of unlimited size. Thus, an the application are saved in a separate installation directory while
additional word processing program is not needed. the source code remains unchanged.
Conclusion: The blomesystem® Report Generator increases your Conclusion: The blomesystem® Designer is the optimal tool to
workflow efficiency and avoids potential errors. customize LABbase®.
402
1.3 Data and facts
Tight network of certified service partners Multilingualism (applications, master data, labels)
Customer-specific adjustments Ad hoc limits
Rapid prototyping Transparent, bidirectional interface to Microsoft Office
1.3
Concurrent licensing GAMP level III standard system
Client capability Suitable for working under GxP requirements
403
2.1 readyLIMS®
readyLIMS®
The application will consist of three logical layers: Native Windows application:
Persistence Layer (Database Tier) Windows look and feel
The data of an object are transferred into a non-volatile condi- Comfortable GUI with extensive possibilities of data aggregation
tion here. This basically corresponds to the storage of data in a and assortment
database. Support of Windows Vista and Windows 7
Support of function keys (e. g. F1 – F12 in combination with Alt
Business Layer (Logic Tier) and/or Strg) and shortcuts (Strg + S for memory or Strg + L
The processing of data takes place on this layer. The essential tasks for load, ...)
of the application server are realized here. Application is as far as possible controllable over the keyboard
Contextsensitive menu
Presentation Layer (Client Tier) Support of different charts
This task is primarily represented by the Client. The user interacts
with the data or calls up functions with which the data can be Crystal Reports as a reporting tool:
manipulated and modified. The processing basically takes place on Creates your reports with the common reporting tool Crystal Reports.
the Business Layer level.
Integrated document management:
Filing of reports as PDFs directly in the database.
readyLIMS®offers a number of advantages:
Webfarm: Integrated formula interpreter:
readyLIMS®can be allocated, depending upon user load, on differ- Calculation formula can be defined freely.
ent servers. This includes vertical and horizontal scaling. An exten-
sion of hardware can be the upgrade of a server or the extension of Configurable workflow
the server farm by new servers. Release mechanisms for master and other data can be managed
via state machines.
Clusterable:
readyLIMS®supports the use of cluster databases. Individual optimized processes
Use of work lists and automatic modes for quick execution of
Multi-tier-architecture individual tasks in the system.
Modern multi layer application which separates database,
application and client.
readyLIMS®is offered as Software-as-a-Service (SaaS). In addition,
Web based: you only need for the Clients the appropriate number of comput-
Fast connection of clients via WWW. ers with Internet connection and Microsoft. Net Framework version
2.0 + 3,5, which can be downloaded from the Internet free of
SSL encryption for secure communications: charge. readyLIMS®as SaaS model brings your LIMS from local serv-
Data encryption via SSL over TCP/IP and HTTP. ers to heavy-duty machines of professional providers and uses the
possibilities of operational fund division. It contributes to the idea
Click-Once-Deployment of Green IT and additional expenditures with the purchase of data
Simple installation on a client computer which fulfills the system processing technology such as computers and servers are avoided
requirements. as far as possible.
The client can be downloaded from the company-owned intranet
without assistance by an external IT-worker on site.
404
Worksheet samples
readyLIMS® in action
2.1 readyLIMS®
405
2 readyLIMS® – A compact solution for small partners 2.1
3.1 ENMO®hydro
ENMO®hydro
www.enmohydro.com
[email protected]
ENMO® Site continuously collects data, status messages and error classic water parameters and biomonitors – with respect to whether
reports from the installed measuring systems in the measuring sta- they fulfil the criteria of “conspicuousness”.
tions. The data records are buffered on the ENMO®-Site-Computers ENMO® IT SEES determines the alarm index from all suspicious
and are then transmitted via the Internet to the ENMO® Server. With events with different weightings. Each irregularity increases the
the optional available ENMO® IT SEES plug-in, the system checks value of the alarm index by a value defined for the respective
the data for irregularities and an automatic alarm index is generated, measurement. If defined thresholds are exceeded, ENMO® IT SEES
which simplifies a fast evaluation of the current water situation. generates a warning. When the highest threshold is crossed, the
“announcement stage” is reached. Dynamic detection procedures
ENMO® Server: The data and status messages of all measuring such as the double-sigma test and Hinkley detector offer a sensitive
stations are collected in a measuring network centre and are stored detection of irregularities in the water and thus also significantly re-
in an Oracle database. The ENMO® Server automatically evaluates duce the probability of a false alarm. ENMO® IT SEES was developed
incoming data – if the alarm index points to a suspicious water con- by bbe Moldaenke, Kiel and Hamburg’s water quality measuring
dition, the responsible users are informed automatically by SMS and network within the context of the research and development project
email. At the same time, a workflow is started for the analysis of the “EASE – Development of Alarm Criteria and Incident Measurement
automatically obtained alarm samples from the measuring stations. in Measuring Stations for International Danger Prevention.”
406
3.1 ENMO®hydro
Disaster scenario
LABORATORY
INSTITUTE
ENMO® Client
ENMO® Server
3
2 4
1 5
O2
ENMO IT SEES
®
MONITORING SITE
3.1
THERMAL/INDUSTRIAL DISCHARGE
ACCIDENT
3
2 4
1 5
O2
MONITORING SITE
1) A toxic substance is emitted into a river for example after a disaster at a tanker or a chemical factory.
2) ENMO® Site reads the values and transmits them to ENMO® IT SEES – the alarm index “warning” or
“announcement stage” is created.
3) Values and alarm index are transmitted via Internet to ENMO® Server.
4) ENMO® Server evaluates alarm index as significant. The user is notified by SMS and email. Automatic sampling in
the measuring station to store the samples.
5) The user analyses the values and alarm index via ENMO® Client to ensure that with the utmost probability a
non-natural event has occurred. The user then obtains the samples from the measuring station and initiates an
analysis in the laboratory.
6) The laboratory delivers an analysis of the samples.
7) The user immediately informs the authority responsible for the warning and alarm plan.
407
4.1 AJ Blomesystem in the field of Life Science
Unlike classic LIMS, working processes in Molecular Biology are ex- AJ Blomesystem allows to extend and change the structure of their
tremely heterogeneously. Classic LIMS present their user interfaces products by using a specifically developed blomesystem® Designer
in a sample-oriented manner. A LIMS in the biotechnology sector to meet these requirements.
has to present user interfaces focused on the specific methodology. Through structural changes AJ Blomesystem allows maintaining the
Most LIMS are standardized systems, which can be configured on natural workflow of each laboratory and thus directs the functional-
field level but not in the design structure. ity to the unique features of their customers.
408
409
We are not satisfied until
the optimal solution has been found.
410
Contents
Service
2 Information 413
4 A – Z index 421
411
Order information
Your local distributor, and order forms you`ll find on our website:
www.bio.analytik-jena.com
412
2.1 Information
Information
2.1
Trademarks
Alexa Fluor® is a registered trademark of Molecular Probes Inc. PureProve® is a registered trademark of Analytik Jena AG (formerly
BIAffinity ® is a registered trademark of Analytik Jena AG SIRSLab)
blomesystem® is a registered trademark of AJ Blomesystem GmbH Quasar™ is a registered trademark of Biosearch Technologies Inc.
2 Information
Cy® is a registered trademark of GE Healthcare Bio-Science Corp. ROX™ is a trademark of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the
DFO™ is a trademark of Eurogentec S.A. US and/or certain other countries
ECL™ is a registered trademark of Amersham Biosciences ScanDrop ® is a registered trademark of Analytik Jena AG
ENMO® is a registered trademark of AJ Blomesystem GmbH SPEKOL® is a registered trademark of Analytik Jena AG
Excel® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. SYBR®Green is a registered trademark of Molecular Probes, Inc.
FAM™ is a trademark of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the SYPRO® Orange is a registered trademark of Molecular Probes, Inc.
US and/or certain other countries TAMRA™ is a trademark of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in
HEX™ is a trademark of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the the US and/or certain other countries
US and/or certain other countries TaqMan® is a registered trademark of Roche Group, Inc.
InnuPure® is a registered trademark of Analytik Jena AG Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours
JOE™ is a trademark of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the TexasRed® is a registered trademark of Molecular Probes Inc.
US and/or certain other countries TaqMan ® is a registered trademark of Roche Group, Inc.
KingFisher® is a registered trademark of Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. VIC ® is a trademark of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the US
LABbase® is a registered trademark of AJ Blomesystem GmbH and/or certain other countries
LightCycler® is a registered trademark of Roche Group Systems, Inc. VYOO® is a registered trademark of Analytik Jena AG (formerly
LOOXSTER® is a registered trademark of Analytik Jena AG (formerly SIRSLab)
SIRSLab) Whatman® is a registered trademark of Whatman Gruppe
NED™ is a trademark of Applera Corporation or its subsidiaries in the Windows ® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
US and/or certain other countries Yakima Yellow™ is a registered trademark of Epoch Bioscience Inc.
413
3.1 Numerical index
Numerical index
414
3.1 Numerical index
3.1
845-BP-0030050 37 845-CS-1140100 101 845-IP-5112096 119 845-IPS-3016016 115
845-BP-0030250 37 845-CS-1140250 101 845-IP-5112480 119 845-IPS-3016096 115
845-BP-3100010 49 845-CS-1150050 101 845-IPP-1016016 107 845-IPS-5016016 116
845-BP-3100025 49 845-CS-1150100 101 845-IPP-1016096 107 845-IPS-5016096 116
845-BP-3100050 49 845-CS-1150250 101 845-IPP-1016480 107 845-IPS-5516016 113
3 Numerical index
845-BP-3200010 48 845-CS-1160050 102 845-IPP-1216016 108 845-IPS-5516096 113
845-BP-3200025 48 845-CS-1160100 102 845-IPP-1216096 108 845-IPS-5716016 110
845-BP-3200050 48 845-CS-1160250 102 845-IPP-1216480 108 845-IPS-5716096 110
845-BP-5100010 50 , 76 845-CS-1170050 102 845-IPP-1516016 109 845-IPS-5816016 114
845-BP-5100025 50 , 76 845-CS-1170100 102 845-IPP-1516096 109 845-IPS-5816096 114
845-BP-5100050 50 , 76 845-CS-1170250 102 845-IPP-1516480 109 845-IPS-5916016 111
845-CH-0010006 86 845-CS-1180006 101 845-IPP-2016016 105 845-IPS-5916096 111
845-CH-0010030 86 845-CS-1180012 101 845-IPP-2016096 105 845-IR-0003010 80 , 146
845-CS-1010050 99 845-CS-1180024 101 845-IPP-2016480 105 845-IR-0003050 80 , 146
845-CS-1010100 99 845-EP-1000010 83 845-IPP-2116016 112 845-IS-1001010 211, 219
845-CS-1010250 99 845-EP-1000050 83 845-IPP-2116096 112 845-IS-1001025 211, 219
845-CS-1020050 101 845-EP-1000200 83 845-IPP-2116480 112 845-IS-1001050 211, 219
845-CS-1020100 101 845-EZ-1000500 151 845-IPP-2416016 106 845-IS-1002010 220
845-CS-1020250 101 845-EZ-2000500 151 845-IPP-2416096 106 845-IS-1002025 220
845-CS-1030050 99 845-EZ-3000500 152 845-IPP-2416480 106 845-IS-1002050 220
845-CS-1030100 99 845-EZ-6000500 152 845-IPP-3016016 115 845-IS-1003010 221
845-CS-1030250 99 845-FP-5010192 59 845-IPP-3016096 115 845-IS-1003025 221
845-CS-1040050 99 845-FP-5010384 59 845-IPP-3016480 115 845-IS-1003050 221
845-CS-1040100 99 845-FP-5010960 59 845-IPP-5016016 116 845-IS-1004010 205
845-CS-1040250 99 845-IA-2006010 140 845-IPP-5016096 116 845-IS-1004025 205
845-CS-1050050 99 845-IA-2006025 140 845-IPP-5016480 116 845-IS-1004050 205
845-CS-1050100 99 845-IA-2006050 140 845-IPP-5516016 113 845-IS-1005010 206
845-CS-1050250 99 845-IA-2007010 139 845-IPP-5516096 113 845-IS-1005025 206
845-CS-1060050 101 845-IA-2007025 139 845-IPP-5516480 113 845-IS-1005050 206
845-CS-1060100 101 845-IA-2007050 139 845-IPP-5716016 110 845-IS-1006010 209
845-CS-1060250 101 845-IC-1000008 143 845-IPP-5716096 110 845-IS-1006025 209
845-CS-1070050 99 845-IC-1000040 143 845-IPP-5716480 110 845-IS-1006050 209
845-CS-1070100 99 845-IC-1000080 143 845-IPP-5816016 114 845-IS-1007010 222
845-CS-1070250 99 845-IC-2000008 144 845-IPP-5816096 114 845-IS-1007025 222
415
3.1 Numerical index
416
3.1 Numerical index
3.1
845-ST-1020100 162 847-0101000803 240 847-0101003702 241 847-0101006802 243
845-ST-1020500 162 847-0101000902 240 847-0101003703 241 847-0101006803 243
845-ST-3010003 162 847-0101000903 240 847-0101003802 241 847-0101006901 243
845-ST-3010006 162 847-0101001002 240 847-0101003803 241 847-0101006903 243
3 Numerical index
845-ST-4010003 162 847-0101001003 240 847-0101003902 241 847-0101007003 243
845-ST-4010006 162 847-0101001102 240 847-0101003903 241 847-0101007101 239
846-050-213 384, 386 , 390 847-0101001103 240 847-0101004002 241 847-0101007102 239
846-050-225 384, 386 847-0101001202 240 847-0101004003 241 847-0101007103 239
846-050-231 384, 386 , 390 847-0101001203 240 847-0101004102 241 847-0101007201 239
846-050-232 384, 386 , 390 847-0101001302 240 847-0101004103 241 847-0101007202 239
846-050-253 384, 386 , 390 847-0101001303 240 847-0101004202 241 847-0101007203 239
846-050-254 384, 386 , 389 847-0101001402 240 847-0101004203 241 847-0101007301 239
846-050-255 384, 386 , 389 847-0101001403 240 847-0101004301 238 847-0101007302 239
846-050-258 325 , 392 847-0101001502 240 847-0101004304 238 847-0101007303 239
846-050-259 325 , 384, 386 847-0101001503 240 847-0101004401 238 847-0101007401 239
846-050-260 325 , 384, 390 847-0101001602 240 847-0101004404 238 847-0101007402 239
846-050-310 384, 386 , 388 847-0101001603 240 847-0101004501 238 847-0101007403 239
846-050-320 384, 386 , 388 847-0101001702 240 847-0101004504 238 847-0101007501 239
846-055-001 345 847-0101001703 240 847-0101004601 238 847-0101007502 239
846-055-002 375 847-0101001802 240 847-0101004604 238 847-0101007503 239
846-057-002 345 , 375 847-0101001803 240 847-0101004701 238 847-0101007601 239
846-057-007 375 , 380 847-0101001902 240 847-0101004704 238 847-0101007602 239
846-057-009 375 847-0101002002 240 847-0101004801 238 847-0101007603 239
846-057-012 345 847-0101002003 240 847-0101004804 238 847-0101007701 240
846-057-013 345 , 367, 375 847-0101002101 240 847-0101004901 238 847-0101007702 240
846-057-016 375 847-0101002103 240 847-0101004904 238 847-0101007801 241
846-057-017 375 847-0101002201 241 847-0101005004 238 847-0101007803 241
846-20016-4 374 847-0101002203 241 847-0101005104 238 847-0101007903 241
846-20018-0 374 847-0101002301 241 847-0101005204 238 847-0101008003 241
846-20018-4 374 847-0101002303 241 847-0101005304 238 847-0101008102 237
846-20110-0 347, 361 847-0101002401 241 847-0101005402 237 847-0101008103 237
847-20101-2 264 847-0101002403 241 847-0101005403 237 847-0101008303 241
847-30250-0 264 847-0101002501 241 847-0101005502 237 847-0101008403 241
417
3.1 Numerical index
3.1
847-0107001902 242 847-0207200304 173 847-0207400502 172 848-1808-1095 275
847-0107002002 242 847-0207200342 173 847-0207400504 172 848-1808-1121 275
847-0107002102 242 847-0207200344 173 847-0207400542 172 848-1808-1131 275
847-0107002202 242 847-0207200352 173 847-0207400544 172 848-MX-1000100 319
3 Numerical index
847-0202000102 177 847-0207200354 173 847-0207400562 172 848-MX-1001100 325
847-0202000132 177 847-0207200362 173 847-0207400564 172 848-MX-1004010 214
847-0202000142 177 847-0207200364 173 847-0207400682 184 848-MX-1004025 214
847-0202000162 177 847-0207300102 170 847-0207400684 184 848-MX-1004050 214
847-0202000202 177 847-0207300104 170 847-0207500202 174 848-MX-1004100 214
847-0202000232 177 847-0207300132 170 847-0207500204 174 849-00001-02 379
847-0202000242 177 847-0207300134 170 847-0207500232 174 849-00001-03 379
847-0202000302 180 847-0207300142 170 847-0207500234 174 849-00001-04 379
847-0202000342 180 847-0207300144 170 847-0207500242 174 849-00001-05 379
847-0202000402 180 847-0207300152 170 847-0207500244 174 849-00002-02 379
847-0202000442 180 847-0207300154 170 847-0207500252 174 849-00002-03 379
847-0202001002 179 847-0207300162 170 847-0207500254 174 849-00002-04 379
847-0202001042 179 847-0207300164 170 847-0207500262 174 849-00002-05 379
847-0202001102 179 847-0207300172 170 847-0207500264 174 849-00005-02 379
847-0202001142 179 847-0207300174 170 847-0207500272 174 849-00005-03 379
847-0202001202 178 847-0207300182 170 847-0207500602 181 849-00005-04 379
847-0202001232 178 847-0207300184 170 847-0207500604 181 849-00005-05 379
847-0202001242 178 847-0207300274 174 847-0207500642 181 849-00006-02 379
847-0202001262 178 847-0207300302 175 847-0207500644 181 849-00006-03 379
847-0202001402 177 847-0207300304 175 847-0207500662 181 849-00006-04 379
847-0202001432 177 847-0207300342 175 847-0207500664 181 849-00006-05 379
847-0202001442 177 847-0207300344 175 847-0501000103 384, 389 849-00011-0 279
847-0202001462 177 847-0207300362 175 847-0501000203 384, 389 849-00012-0 279
847-0202001602 177 847-0207300364 175 847-0501000502 384, 389 849-00015-0 279
847-0202001632 177 847-0207300402 176 847-0501000602 384, 389 849-00100-2 366
847-0202001642 177 847-0207300404 176 848-1808-0505 275 849-00100-4 366
847-0202002002 178 847-0207300442 176 848-1808-0506 275 849-00101-2 366
847-0202002032 178 847-0207300444 176 848-1808-0555 275 849-00101-4 366
847-0202002042 178 847-0207300462 176 848-1808-0556 275 849-00102-2 366
847-0202002062 178 847-0207300464 176 848-1808-0565 275 849-00102-4 366
847-0202002102 177 847-0207300502 183 848-1808-0566 275 849-00103-2 366
419
3.1 Numerical index
420
4.1 A – Z index
A – Z Index
Borrelia Assay 140, 220
A
Botulinum toxin 263
Accessories 13 BTV RNA Virus Kit - KFFLX 135
Adapter for BioShake 273 Buffer 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 42, 43, 44, 45, 48, 49, 50,
Adapter for FasTrans 307 53, 54, 56, 57, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 66, 67, 68, 70, 76, 84, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 97,
Alpha-Synuclein 191 121, 122, 123, 127, 128, 129, 130, 135, 136, 151, 152, 157, 163, 186
Anaplasma Assay 140, 222 BVDV / INFL / SP Virus Kit - KFFLX 136
Antibodies 168
for human Alpha-Synuclein 225
for human TAU 226
C
for human tissue transglutaminase 229 Campylobacter Assay 208, 256
Product finder 231, 232 , 234, 236 cDNA synthesis 46, 73, 74, 124, 125, 126, 134, 135, 136, 137, 157, 187,
189, 221
Special monoclonal antibodies 230
Cell cycle 180
Apoptosis 180
ChemStudio 10, 363, 366
Automated isolation 133
ChemStudio PLUS 363
Automated nucleic acid extraction 104, 292
ChemStudio PLUS manual 366
Automatic isolation of nucleic acids 117
ChemStudio PLUS motorized 366
ChemStudio product line 362
B CCD-Camera 510 364
Babesia Assay 140, 223 CCD-Camera 610 364
Bacillus anthracis 263 CCD-Camera 810 364
Bacteria DNA Kit 42, 122 ChemStudio SA 363, 366
Bacteria DNA Kit - KFml 122 CHIPCUVETTE® 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302
Bacteria/Fungi DNA Kit 92, 97 Cleanup products 58
Bacteria/Fungi RNA Kit 97 innuPREP DOUBLEpure Kit 61
benchBL 375
innuPREP DYEpure Kit 62
benchBL 26 372
innuPREP Gel Extraction Kit 60
benchUV 375
benchUV FirstLight® 375
innuPREP PCRpure 96 Kit 59
innuPREP PCRpure Kit 59, 62
4.1
benchUV high performance 375
benchUV WL 373, 375 Color or FRET modules 322
benchWL 373 Consumables 13
Beta-Amyloid Antibodies 227 Consumables for KingFisher ® systems 393
BIAffinity® 413 Contamination protection 293
BioImaging 342 Control kits 140, 141
4 A – Z index
BioShake adapter 273 for tick diagnostics 140 , 141
BioShake iQ 270, 271, 272, 274, 275 Crosslinker 380
BioShake XP 270, 271, 272, 274, 275
Bisulfite All-In-One Kit 144
Bisulfite Basic Kit 143 D
blackPREP 16, 18, 20, 24, 37, 38, 39, 48, 49, 50, 76, 77, 80, 139, 140, 141, Desoxynukleotide 161
146, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223 Ladders and gel loading 162
FFPE DNA Kit 39 Reagents and additives 163
Food DNA Kit I 48 , 139, 205 , 206 Detection systems 170, 181, 185, 191, 202
Powder DNA/RNA Kit 51, 77 Diagnostics of Nucleic Acids 168, 169, 201, 218
Rodent Tail DNA Kit 38 Diagnostics of proteins 168
Swab DNA Kit 37 Direct Amplification Kit A 83
Tick DNA Kit 49, 140 , 219, 220 , 222 , 223 DNA amplification 326
DNA extraction 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23
Tick DNA/RNA Kit 50 , 76 , 140 , 219, 220 , 221, 222 , 223
DNA Ladder 151, 162
blomesystem® 400, 402, 408, 413
6× Loading Dye Bromophenol Blue 162
Designer 400 , 402 , 408
6× Loading Dye Orange G 162 , 163
Report Generator 402
Blood DNA Kit - KFFLX 129
innuSTAR 100 bp DNA Ladder 151, 162
Blood DNA Master Kit 35 innuSTAR 100 bp DNA Ladder Express 162
Blood DNA MIDI Direct Kit 34 DNA Micro Kit 28
Blood DNA Midi Kit 33, 130 DNA Mini Kit 29, 32
Blood DNA Mini Kit 32 DNA Polymerase 83, 151, 152, 333, 334
Blood DNA Mini Kit-IPC96 118 DNA/RNA extraction 293
Blood RNA Kit 68 DNA/RNA Mini Kit 30, 67
Blood RNA MIDI Direct Kit 69 dNTP’s 161
Blood & Tissue DNA Kit - KFFLX 132 DOUBLEpure Kit 61
Blood & Tissue DNA Maxi Kit - KFFLX 131 DYEpure Kit 62
Bordetella Assay 185
421
4.1 A – Z index
E I
E.coli O104 Assay 139, 204, 209, 211, 257 Immuno-Assays
E.coli O157 Assay 207, 255, 259 Kits for human Alpha-Synuclein 191
Emission filter 345, 356, 368 Kits for human TAU protein 192
ENMO® Client 406, 407 Kits for Prion proteins 193
ENMO®hydro 406 Kits for special parameters & staining 194
ENMO® Server 406, 407 Influenza A/B Assay 189, 190
ENMO® Site 406, 407 Influenza A/H1N1 Assay 252
Enrichment Kit 81 innuAMP Food DNA Test 139
Enzymes 157 innuAMP Tests 17
ePaTOX II 261, 262, 264 innuAMP Tick DNA Test 76, 140
Conditioning Kit 264 inNucleotide 161
Demo & Control Kit 264 innuCONVERT 144
Maintenance Kit 264 innuCONVERT Bisulfite Basic Kit 80, 143
Pathogen DNA Kit I 263, 264 innuCONVERT Bisulfit Kits 8
Toxin Kit I 263, 264 innuDETECT 139, 141
Washing Kit 264 innuDETECT Assays 8, 168
Extraction kits for KingFisher® systems 133 E.coli O104 Assay 204
Extraction system 122, 123, 124, 126, 128, 130, 286 Internal Control DNA Assay 141
Internal Control DNA/RNA Assay 141
F Internal Control RNA Assay 141
Falcon tubes 273 Listeria spp. Assay 203
FFPE DNA Kit-IPC16 111 Salmonella spp. Assay 202
FlexCycler 45, 139, 140, 386 innuDETECT Internal Control DNA Assay 74
FlexCycler² 336, 386 innuDETECT Internal Control DNA/RNA Assay 74
Food DNA 48, 139, 205, 206 innuEASY Kits 16
Food DNA Kit-IPC16 110 innuMIX 153
Forensic Kit 31 innuMIX Green PCR MasterMix 153, 154
4.1
Gel Imaging 342 Bacteria DNA Kit 42 , 122 , 207, 208 , 209, 210
GelStudio 10, 349, 356 Bacteria DNA Kit-IP-C16 113
GelStudio Box 356 Bacteria DNA Kit - KFml 122
GelStudio Box 1 354 Blood DNA Kit - KFFLX 129
GelStudio Box 2 354, 355 Blood DNA Master Kit 35
GelStudio Darkhood 353
Blood DNA MIDI Direct Kit 34
GelStudio digital 343, 348, 375
Blood DNA Midi Kit 33 , 130
GelStudio digital compact 375
GelStudio Hood 356
Blood DNA Midi Kit-IP-C16 108
GelStudio live 343, 350, 375 Blood DNA Midi Kit - KFFLX 130
GelStudio live compact 351, 375 Blood DNA Mini Kit 32
GelStudio SA 359, 375 Blood DNA Mini Kit-IP-C16 107
GelStudio Systems 348 Blood RNA Kit 68
GelTower 343, 346 Blood RNA MIDI Direct Kit 69
Gene expression 178 BTV RNA Kit - KFml 126
GeneTheatre 129, 304, 305, 306, 379, 394 DNA I Kit - KFml 121
Green PCR MasterMix 154 DNA Kit-IP-C16 105
DNA Micro Kit 28
H DNA Mini Kit 29, 32
H1N1 Assay 187, 188
DNA/RNA Mini Kit 30 , 67
Hematology 177 DNA/RNA Virus PLUS Kit - KFFLX 137
HEPA filter 292 DNase I 85
HID-Pro 320 286, 288, 290, 296, 298, 300, 301, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332 DNase I Digest Kit 84
Homogenizer 280 DOUBLEpure Kit 61
SpeedMill PLUS 16 , 276 , 280 , 282 , 284 DYEpure Kit 62
HOT-A DNA Polymerase 83, 152, 333 Forensic DNA Kit-IPC16 106
Human Diagnostics 170, 181, 185 Forensic Kit 31
Human TAU protein 192 Gel Extraction Kit 60
Hybridization Ovens 276
422
4.1 A – Z index
4.1
InnuPure® C16 22, 24, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 298 innuPREP Swab DNA Kit-IP-C16 112
Adapter for 4 Reagent Strips 290 innuPREP Virus DNA / RNA Kit-IP-C16 116 , 118
Priming Station 288 , 290 Isolation kits for InnuPure®-systems 104, 117
Sample Tray 287, 288 , 289, 290 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems 120
UV lamp for InnuPure® C16 290 Isolation of genomic DNA 16, 26, 29, 32, 90
4 A – Z index
InnuPure® C96 11, 24, 117, 292, 293, 294 blackPREP FFPE DNA Kit 39
innuSCRIPT 156 blackPREP Food DNA Kit 48 , 139, 205 , 206
innuScript Reverse Transcriptase 157 blackPREP Rodent Tail DNA Kit 38
innuSOLV 24 blackPREP Swab DNA Kit 37
innuSOLV RNA Reagent 86, 87 blackPREP Tick DNA Kit 49, 140 , 219, 220 , 222 , 223
innuSPEED 16, 18, 20, 24, 65, 70, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 95, 96, 97, 99, 100, blackPREP Tick DNA/RNA Kit 50 , 76 , 80 , 140 , 146 , 219, 220 , 221,
101, 102, 282
222 , 223
Bacteria/Fungi DNA Kit 92 , 97
Blood DNA MIDI Direct Kit 34
Bacteria/Fungi RNA Kit 97
innuEASY Direct Amplification Kit A 83
Lysis Tube A 99
innuPREP Blood DNA Master Kit 35
Lysis Tube B 99
innuPREP Blood DNA Midi Kit 33 , 130
Lysis Tube C 99
innuPREP Blood DNA Mini Kit 32
Lysis Tube D 99
innuPREP DNA Micro Kit 28
Lysis Tube E 99
innuPREP DNA Mini Kit 29
Lysis Tube F 100
innuPREP DNA/RNA Mini Kit 30 , 67
Lysis Tube G 100
innuPREP Forensic Kit 31
Lysis Tube H 100
innuPREP Plant DNA Kit 36
Lysis Tube I 100 Isolation of microbial DNA 40, 91
Lysis Tube J 100 innuPREP Bacteria DNA Kit 42 , 122
Lysis Tube P 101 innuPREP Mycobacteria DNA Kit 43
Lysis Tube Q 101 innuPREP Stool DNA Kit 44, 128
Lysis Tube S 101 innuPREP Virus DNA Kit 45 , 123
Lysis Tube W 101 INSTANT Virus DNA Kit 45
Lysis Tube X 101 Powder DNA/RNA Kit 51
Lysis Tube Y 102 Isolation of microbial RNA 71
Lysis Tube Z 102 innuPREP Virus RNA Kit 73 , 124, 188 , 190
Plant DNA Kit 36 , 90 Powder DNA/RNA Kit 51
423
4.1 A – Z index
Kits for human TAU protein 192 MIDI Spin Filter 34, 55, 65, 69
Kits for Prion proteins 193 Minimal residual disease 177
Kits for special parameters & staining 194 MobiLab 246, 247, 248, 249
Campylobacter Assay 256
L CASE 250
4 A – Z index
424
4.1 A – Z index
rapidSTRIPE 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 73, 74, 76, 125, 134, 137, 139, 140, 168,
P
186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 214, 219, 220, 221,
PCR enzymes and reagents 150 222, 223
PCR-grade H2O 163
Anaplasma Assay 140 , 222
PCRpure 96 Kit 59
Babesia Assay 140 , 223
PCRpure Kits 59, 62
Bacillus Anthracis Assay 214
PCR Reaction Buffer with KCl (10x) 163
PCR Reaction Buffer with NH4 (10x) 163 Bordetella Assay 185
PCR UV Cabinets & Workstations 9, 376 Borrelia Assay 140 , 220
Pertussis Assay 186 Campylobacter Assay 208
Pipetting head 306 E.coli O104 Assay 209, 210 , 211
Plant DNA Kit 36, 90 E.coli O157 Assay 207
Plant DNA Kit - KFFLX 133 H1N1 Assay 187, 188
Plant RNA Kit 70, 96 H1N1 Detection Assay 187
Plasmid MIDI Direct Kit 55 Influenza A/B Assay 189, 190
Plasmid Mini Kit 53, 54
Listeria Assay 139, 206
Plasmid Mini Kit Plus 54
Mycoplasma Assay 213
Plasmid Rapid Kit 56
Pertussis Assay 186
Plasmid Small Kit 57
Plastic 139, 140, 187, 189, 219, 220, 221, 223 Rickettsia Assay 140 , 219
Microplates, tubes, strips and foils 388 Salmonella Assay 205
Pipetting tips 394 Shigella Toxin II Assay 209, 210
rapidSTRIPE Anaplasma Assay 76
Sealing 389, 390 , 391, 392
rapidSTRIPE Babesia Assay 76
Selection chart 384, 386
rapidSTRIPE Borrelia Assay 76
PME free-circulating DNA Extraction 79, 145
rapidSTRIPE TBE Assay 76
Polymer Mediated Enrichment 8, 79
Reaction Buffer with KCl 163
Pork Assay 211, 259
Reaction Buffer with NH4 163
Priming Station 288, 290
readyLIMS® 404, 405
prion protein 228
Reagents 163
Prion proteins 193
4.1
Cleanup products 58
Proteinase K 86
Proteins 168 Desoxynukleotide 161
Beta-Amyloid proteins 240 , 241 Detection systems 170 , 181, 185 , 191, 202
Prion proteins 239 Enzymes for cDNA synthesis 157
Recombinant and synthetic proteins 243 External extraction control 138 , 142
innuSPEED Kits 16
4 A – Z index
Synucleins 237
TAU proteins 238 innuSPEED Lysis Tubes 99
PRRSV DETECT ELISA 216 Isolation kits for InnuPure®-systems 104, 117
PRRSV NA/EU TYP ELISA 217 Isolation kits for KingFisher®-systems 120
PureProve® 9, 17, 103, 131, 413 Isolation of genomic DNA 16 , 26 , 29, 32 , 90
Blood & Tissue DNA Maxi Kit - KFFLX 131 Isolation of microbial DNA 40 , 91
Isolation of microbial RNA 71
Isolation of plasmid DNA 52
Q Isolation of total RNA 63
qPCR 205, 206, 315, 316 Ladders and gel loading 162
qPCR MasterMix Probe 159 rapidSTRIPE 48 , 49, 50 , 76 , 139, 140 , 168 , 186 , 187, 188 , 189, 190 ,
qPCR MasterMix SyGreen 159
205 , 206 , 208 , 219, 220 , 221, 222 , 223
qPCRsoft 322
Reagents and additives 163
qTOWER 202, 203, 204, 314, 315, 316, 319, 384
Reagents for molecular biology 12
qTOWER 2.0 / 2.2 202, 203, 204, 320, 321, 386
Real-time PCR
Quantitative real-time PCR 320
qTOWER 314, 315 , 316 , 319
Quick-X-Change block exchange system 336
qTOWER 2.0 / 2.2 320
TOptical 319, 325
R Real-time PCR assays for food quality control 168
rapid PCR 16, 44, 62, 83, 139, 140, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 202, 203, 204, Real-time system 202
205, 206, 208, 220, 221, 223, 247, 248, 314, 316, 317, 319, 326, 327, 328, 329, RED DNA Polymerase 151
333, 334, 384, 389, 390 Reverse Transcriptase 157
Sealing foils 389, 390 , 391, 392 Ricin 263
Rickettsia Assay 140, 219
Sealingfolien 389
RNA extraction 24, 25
SpeedCycler 2 298 , 328 , 329
RNA Mini Kit 30, 64, 66, 67
rapidPCR 141
RNA Reagent 87
rapidPCR MasterMix 153
RNA Virus Kit - KFFLX 134, 135, 137
425
4.1 A – Z index
RoboGene® 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 181, 182, 183, 184 Thin-walled tube 388
RoboGene® Assays 168, 170 Tick DNA Kit 49, 140, 219, 220, 222, 223
BF H5N1 RNA Qualitative Kit 182 Tick DNA/RNA Kit 50, 76, 140, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223
EBV DNA Quantification Kit 175 Tick DNA Test 140
HBV DNA Quantification Kit – CE 170 Tissue DNA Kit 89, 127
HCMV DNA Quantification Kit 174 Tissue DNA Kit - KF96 127
Tissue RNA Kit 95
HCV RNA Quantification Kit – CE 171
TOptical 202, 203, 204
HDV RNA Quantification Kit 172
Total RNA 30, 50, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 87, 95
HIV-1 Quantification RNA Kit 173
extraction of viral and bacterial nucleic acids 51
HSV DNA Qualitative DNA Kit 181 Toxin 261
Norovirus RNA Detection Kit 184 Transilluminators 370, 372, 373
PVB19 Quantification DNA Kit 176 benchUV 20SML 370
TB DNA Qualitative Kit 183 benchUV 26Xi 370
RoboStrip® benchUV 40Lhi 371
8 Well RoboStrip® to be closed with sealing tapes 389 benchUV FirstLight® 371
Rodent Tail DNA Kit 38
UVstar WL 372
Tube Fixation 284
S Tubes with flat cap 388
Salmonella Assay 205 Tumor research 180
Sample Holder P12 284
Sample Holder P20 284
Sample Tray 287, 288, 289, 290 U
Sealing foil 391, 392 Ultrathin-walled 8 well Strip LP 389
SEB 263 UV Incubator 278
Selection charts 384, 385, 386, 387 UV lamp 292
SELMA 96 / 384 129, 309, 310, 311, 313, 395, 396 UVLink 1000 Crosslinker 380
Sepsis 195 UVsolo TS 342, 343, 344, 345
Service 13 UVsolo TS2 345
4.1
T
TBE Assay 140, 221
Thermal cycler 83, 186, 187, 189, 221, 247, 248, 298, 314, 316, 326, 328,
336
FlexCycler 45 , 139, 140
SpeedCycler 2 298 , 328 , 329
Thermal mixer 270
BioShake iQ 270 , 272 , 274, 275
BioShake XP 270 , 272 , 274, 275
Thermopapier 345
426
4.1 A – Z index
4.1
4 A – Z index
427
Notes
428
Notes
429
Notes
430
Notes
431
Notes
432
Notes
433
Notes
434
Notes
435
Notes
436
Notes
437
Notes
438
Imprint
Publisher
Analytik Jena AG
Konrad-Zuse-Strasse 1
07745 Jena/Germany
Printed by
Strube Druck & Medien OHG
Photography
Analytik Jena AG, Biometra GmbH,
Fox & Co. GmbH – Christian Lorenz, Guido Werner
Labortest © luchsen# 42205708 - Fotolia.com
Copyright
Reprint only with permission of the publisher.